424B4 1 ea0269972-04.htm PROSPECTUS

Prospectus

 

Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4)

Registration No. 333-293354

$200,000,000

TRG Latin America Acquisitions Corp.

20,000,000 Units

TRG Latin America Acquisitions Corp., is a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company and incorporated for the purpose of effecting a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as our initial business combination. We have not selected any business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any business combination target. Our efforts to identify a prospective initial business combination target will not be limited to a particular industry, sector or geographic region.

This is an initial public offering of our securities. Each unit has an offering price of $10.00 and consists of one Class A ordinary share and one right entitling the holder thereof to receive one tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share upon the consummation of an initial business combination.

The underwriter has a 45-day option from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an additional 3,000,000 units to cover over-allotments, if any. No fractional shares will be issued upon conversion of any rights. As a result, a rights holder must have 10 rights in order to receive one Class A ordinary share at the closing of our initial business combination.

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem, regardless of whether they abstain, vote for, or vote against, our initial business combination, all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares that are sold as part of the units in this offering, which we refer to collectively as our public shares, upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account described below as of two business days prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations and on the conditions described herein. SeeSummary — The Offering — Redemption rights for public shareholders upon completion of our initial business combination” and Summary — The Offering — Redemption of public shares and distribution and liquidation if no initial business combination” for more information.

Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption rights, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering without our prior consent. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including all shares held by those shareholders that hold more than 15% of the shares sold in this offering) for or against our initial business combination. See “Summary — The Offering — Limitation on redemption rights of shareholders holding 15% or more of the shares sold in this offering if we hold shareholder vote for further discussion on certain limitations on redemption rights.

Our sponsor, TRG Latin America Acquisitions LLC, has agreed to purchase an aggregate of 225,000 private placement units (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full), at a price of $10.00 per unit, or $2,250,000 in the aggregate (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised), in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. We refer to these units throughout this prospectus as the private placement units. Each private placement unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one right entitled the holder thereof to receive one tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share upon the consummation of an initial business combination. Each private placement share included in each private placement unit will not have any redemption rights or be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account if we fail to consummate an initial business combination. SeeSummary — Sponsor Information,” “The Offering — Private placement units,”

 

Table of Contents

“The Offering — Transfer restrictions on private placement units,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Related Party Transactions,” “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Units,” “Principal Shareholders — Registration Rights,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” and “Description of Securities — Private Placement Units” for more information.

On November 18, 2025, our sponsor paid $25,000, or approximately $0.004 per share, to cover certain of our offering costs in exchange for 5,750,000 founder shares. Up to 750,000 of the founder shares will be forfeited to us for no consideration after the closing of this offering depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised. The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holders thereof on a one-for-one basis, subject to the adjustments described herein. The Class A ordinary shares issuable in connection with the conversion of the Class B ordinary shares may result in material dilution to our public shareholders due to the anti-dilution rights of our Class B ordinary shares that may result in an issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion. Prior to the closing of our initial business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares (i) will have the right to vote to appoint and remove directors prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination and (ii) will be entitled to vote on continuing our company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend our constitutional documents or to adopt new constitutional documents as a result of our approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands). On any other matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, holders of the Class B ordinary shares and holders of the Class A ordinary shares will vote together as a single class, except as required by law. SeeSummary — The Offering — Founder Shares,” “Summary — The Offering — Transfer Restrictions on Founder Shares,” “Summary — The Offering — Founder Shares Conversion and Anti-Dilution Rights,” “Summary — The Offering — Appointment and Removal of Directors and Continuing the Company Outside of the Cayman Islands; Voting Rights,” “Summary — Sponsor Information” and “Description of Securities — Founder Shares” for further discussion on our sponsor’s and our affiliates’ securities.

We are not prohibited from paying any fees (including advisory fees, consulting fees or success fees) and reimbursements or cash payments to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, including payment of consulting, legal, success or finder fees to our independent directors, advisors, or their respective affiliates in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination. Prior to the closing of this offering, our sponsor agreed to loan us up to $300,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. This loan will be repaid at the earlier of June 30, 2026 or the closing of this offering. In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us additional funds as may be required. If we complete our initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, no proceeds from our trust account would be used to repay such loaned amounts. Additionally, if the $1,500,000 in working capital loans is fully advanced by the sponsor and the sponsor elects to convert the working capital loans into private placement units at $10.00 per unit, resulting in the sponsor receiving an additional 150,000 private Class A ordinary shares and 150,000 private placement rights (where each private placement right entitles the holder to receive one-tenth (1/10th) of one private Class A ordinary share), it could materially dilute our public shareholders. Further, we may engage our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as an advisor or otherwise in connection with our initial business combination and certain other transactions and pay such person or entity a salary or fee in an amount that constitutes a market standard for comparable transactions. We may also reimburse our sponsor for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating, negotiating and completing an initial business combination. Moreover, commencing on the date that our securities are first listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”) through the earlier of consummation of our initial business combination and our liquidation, we intend to reimburse an affiliate of our sponsor for accounting, bookkeeping, office space, IT support, research, professional, secretarial and administrative services provided to us in an amount fixed at $10,000 per month. See Summary — Sponsor Information,” “Summary — Limited payments to insiders,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Related Party Transactions and Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions for further discussion on compensation paid or to be paid to our sponsor and its affiliates.

 

Table of Contents

As more fully discussed inManagement — Conflicts of Interest,” each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary, contractual or other obligations or duties to one or more other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entities. The low price that our sponsor, executive officers, and directors (directly or indirectly) paid for the founder shares creates an incentive whereby our officers and directors could potentially make a substantial profit even if we select an acquisition target that subsequently declines in value and is unprofitable for public shareholders. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering, or by such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, the founder shares and private placement units may be worthless, except to the extent they receive liquidating distributions from assets outside the trust account, which could create an incentive for our sponsor, executive officers and directors to complete a transaction even if we select an acquisition target that subsequently declines in value and is unprofitable for public shareholders. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

We have until the date that is 24 months from the closing of this offering or until such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, to consummate our initial business combination. If we anticipate that we may be unable to consummate our initial business combination within such time period and we wish to further extend the date by which we must consummate our initial business combination, we will seek shareholder approval to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to extend the date by which we must consummate our initial business combination, and holders of public shares will be offered an opportunity to redeem their shares at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned thereon (net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, subject to applicable law. Such amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may include limitations on the duration of the extension, the number of possible extensions, requirements for additional payments to the trust in connection with an extension, and other potential terms for consideration by our shareholders. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering, or by such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, we will redeem 100% of the public shares at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned thereon (net of taxes payable and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay liquidation and dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, subject to applicable law and certain conditions as further described herein.

If we have not completed our initial business combination within the time period described above (including any extensions), we will cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, redeem the public shares, and, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our rights, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the completion window. SeeSummary — The Offering — Redemption of public shares and distribution and liquidation if no initial business combination.

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our units, Class A ordinary shares or rights. Our units have been approved for listing on Nasdaq, under the symbol “TRGSU” on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. We expect the Class A ordinary shares and rights comprising the units to begin separate trading on the 52nd day following the date of this prospectus unless Santander US Capital Markets LLC, the underwriter, informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, subject to our satisfaction of certain conditions as described further herein. Once the securities comprising the units begin separate trading, we expect that the Class A ordinary shares and rights will be listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “TRGS” and “TRGSR”, respectively.

We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” under applicable federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 49 for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities. Investors will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings.

 

Table of Contents

Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

No offer or invitation, whether directly or indirectly, is being or may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands to subscribe for any of our securities.

 

Per Unit

 

Total

Public offering price

 

$

10.00

 

$

200,000,000

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

 

$

0.3125

 

$

6,250,000

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

$

9.6875

 

$

193,750,000

____________

(1)      Includes $250,000 (such amount to remain unchanged in the event the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) payable to the underwriter upon the closing of this offering. Also includes $0.30 per unit on all units sold ($6,000,000 in the aggregate or up to $6,900,000 in the aggregate if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) payable to the underwriter for deferred underwriting commissions to be deposited into a trust account located in the United States and released to Santander US Capital Markets LLC or its own account only upon the completion of an initial business combination. Such deferred underwriting commissions will not be payable with respect to any shares redeemed in connection with an initial business combination and may be paid at the sole and absolute discretion of our management team to any one or more FINRA members, which may or may not include the underwriter. See also “Underwriting” for a description of compensation and other items of value payable to the underwriter.

In addition to the underwriting discounts and commissions, we will also engage Santander US Capital Markets LLC to provide advisory services from time to time. As compensation for the services provided under the engagement letter, we will agree to pay Santander US Capital Markets LLC an advisory fee equal to 3% of the gross proceeds raised in the IPO, payable upon closing of our initial business combination. We will also agree to indemnify Santander US Capital Markets LLC and its affiliates in connection with its role in providing the advisory services.

Of the proceeds we receive from this offering and the sale of the private placement units described in this prospectus, $200.0 million, or $230.0 million if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full ($10.00 per unit in either case), will be placed into a U.S.-based trust account with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee.

Because our sponsor acquired the founder shares at a nominal price, our public shareholders will incur an immediate and substantial dilution upon the closing of this offering, assuming no value is ascribed to the rights included in the units. Further, the Class A ordinary shares issuable in connection with the conversion of the founder shares, and any private placement shares of the post-business combination entity issuable in connection with the conversion of up to $1,500,000 of loans from our sponsor, members of our management team or their affiliates or other third parties, at a price of $10.00 per unit, may result in material dilution to our public shareholders. Such dilution could materially increase to the extent that the anti-dilution provision of the founder shares results in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the founder shares at the time of our initial business combination to maintain the number of founder shares at 20%. SeeSummary — The Offering — Founder Shares Conversion and Anti-Dilution Rights.” Our board of directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate approving any share capitalizations in the foreseeable future. See the sections titled Dividend Policy,” “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Securities — The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsor for the founder shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares upon the consummation of our initial business combination, and our sponsor is likely to make a substantial profit on its investment in us in the event we consummate an initial business combination, even if the business combination causes the trading price of our ordinary shares to materially decline.” andRisk Factors — Risks Relating to our Search for, and Consummation of or Inability to Consummate, a Business Combination — We may issue additional Class A ordinary shares or preference shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon the conversion of the founder shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained therein. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.

 

Table of Contents

The following table illustrates the difference between the deemed offering price of $10.00 per unit and our net tangible book value per share (“NTBV”), as adjusted to give effect to this offering, including the structure of the underwriting commissions, and assuming the redemption of our public shares at varying levels and the exercise in full and no exercise of the over-allotment option. See the section titled Dilution for more information.

As of December 31, 2025

Redemption
Deemed
Offering
Price of
$10.00 per 
Unit

 

25% of Maximum
Redemption

 

50% of Maximum
Redemption

 

75% of Maximum
Redemption

 

Maximum
Redemption

NTBV

 

NTBV

 

Difference
between
NTBV and
Offering
Price

 

NTBV

 

Difference
between
NTBV and 
Offering
Price

 

NTBV

 

Difference
between
NTBV and
Offering
Price

 

NTBV

 

Difference
between
NTBV and
Offering
Price

 

Assuming Full Exercise of Over-Allotment Option

$

7.50

 

$

6.95

 

$

3.05

 

$

6.04

 

$

3.96

 

$

4.25

 

$

5.75

 

$

(0.99

)

 

$

10.99

 

Assuming No Exercise of Over-Allotment Option

$

7.48

 

$

6.94

 

$

3.06

 

$

6.03

 

$

3.97

 

$

4.23

 

$

5.77

 

$

(1.00

)

 

$

11.00

Our sponsor and members of our management team will directly or indirectly own our securities following this offering, and accordingly, they may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Additionally, each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary, contractual or other obligations or duties to one or more other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entities. See the sections titledProposed Business — Sourcing of Potential Business Combination TargetsandManagement — Conflicts of Interestfor more information.

The underwriter is offering the units for sale on a firm commitment basis. The underwriter expects to deliver the units to the purchasers on or about February 27, 2026.

______________________________________

Sole Book-Running Manager

Santander

February 25, 2026

 

Table of Contents

Table of Contents

 

Page

SUMMARY

 

1

THE OFFERING

 

25

RISKS

 

46

RISK FACTORS

 

49

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

93

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

94

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

97

DILUTION

 

98

CAPITALIZATION

 

100

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

101

PROPOSED BUSINESS

 

107

MANAGEMENT

 

129

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

 

139

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

142

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

 

145

TAXATION

 

163

UNDERWRITING

 

176

LEGAL MATTERS

 

183

EXPERTS

 

183

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

183

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

F-1

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriter has not, authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different from or inconsistent with that contained in this prospectus. We are not, and the underwriter is not, making an offer to sell securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus.

Trademarks

This prospectus contains references to trademarks and service marks belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that the applicable licensor will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, its rights to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

i

Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary only highlights the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. As this is a summary, it does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making an investment decision. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the information under “Risk Factors” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before investing.

Unless otherwise stated in this prospectus or the context otherwise requires, references to:

        amended and restated memorandum and articles of association” are to the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that the company adopted prior to the consummation of this offering, as amended and/or restated from time to time;

        “Companies Act” are to the Companies Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands as the same may be amended from time to time;

        “completion window” are to (i) the period ending on the date that is 24 months from the closing of this offering or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, in which we must complete an initial business combination or (ii) such other time period in which we must complete an initial business combination pursuant to an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association;

        equity-linked securities” are to any debt or equity securities that are convertible, exercisable or exchangeable for Class A ordinary shares issued in connection with our initial business combination including but not limited to a private placement of equity or debt;

        “founder shares” are to Class B ordinary shares initially purchased by our sponsor in a private placement prior to this offering and the Class A ordinary shares that will be issued upon the automatic conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination, or at any time prior thereto at the option of the holders thereof, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment, as described in this prospectus (for the avoidance of doubt, such Class A ordinary shares will not be “public shares”);

        “initial shareholders” are to our sponsor and any other holders of our founder shares immediately prior to this offering;

        “Investment Company Act” are to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

        “letter agreement” refers to the agreement among us, the sponsor, and each of our officers and directors;

        “management” or our “management team” are to our officers and directors;

        “ordinary resolution” are to a resolution of the company passed by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the company, or a resolution approved in writing by all of the holders of the issued shares entitled to vote on such matter (or such lower threshold as may be allowed under the Companies Act from time to time);

        “ordinary shares” are to our Class A ordinary shares and our Class B ordinary shares;

        “private placement rights” are to our rights underlying the private placement units, which are identical to the public rights, subject to certain exceptions;

        “private placement shares” are to our Class A ordinary shares underlying the private placement units, which are identical to the public shares, subject to certain exceptions;

        “private placement units” are to the units issued to our sponsor in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of this offering;

1

Table of Contents

        “public rights” are to the rights to receive one tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share upon the consummation of an initial business combination, which are being sold as part of the units in this offering (whether they are purchased in this offering or thereafter in the open market);

        “public shareholders” are to the holders of our public shares, including our initial shareholders, management team or advisors to the extent our initial shareholders, members of our management team and/or advisors purchase public shares, provided that each initial shareholder’s, member of our management team’s status as a “public shareholder” will only exist with respect to such public shares;

        “public shares” are to Class A ordinary shares sold as part of the units in this offering (whether they are purchased in this offering or thereafter in the open market);

        “rights” are to the public rights and private placement rights;

        “SEC” are to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission;

        “shares” are to our public shares and private placement shares;

        “special resolution” are to a resolution of the company passed by at least a two-thirds (2/3) majority (or such higher approval threshold as specified in the company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association) of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the company of which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been duly given, or a resolution approved in writing by all of the holders of the issued shares entitled to vote on such matter (or such lower threshold as may be allowed under the Companies Act from time to time);

        “sponsor” are to TRG Latin America Acquisitions LLC, a Delaware limited liability company which was recently formed in November 2025 to invest in our company, which is controlled by entities controlled by Nicolas Rohatyn, as further discussed under “Sponsor Information”, below;

        “underwriter’s over-allotment option” are to the underwriter’s 45-day option to purchase up to an additional 3,000,000 units to cover over-allotments, if any; and

        “we,” “us,” “company” or “our company” are to TRG Latin America Acquisitions Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company.

Any conversion of the Class B ordinary shares described in this prospectus will take effect as a compulsory redemption of Class B ordinary shares and an issuance of Class A ordinary shares as a matter of Cayman Islands law.

Any forfeiture of shares, and all references to forfeiture of shares, described in this prospectus shall take effect as a surrender of shares for no consideration as a matter of Cayman Islands law. Any share dividend described in this prospectus will take effect as a share capitalization as a matter of Cayman Islands law (that is, an issuance of shares from share premium).

Unless we tell you otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriter will not exercise their over-allotment option.

Our Company

We are a blank check company newly incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company for the purpose of effecting a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as our initial business combination. We have not identified or selected any potential initial business combination target, and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any potential initial business combination target. To date, our efforts have been limited to organizational activities and activities related to this offering.

Our sponsor is an affiliate of TRG Management LP (“The Rohatyn Group,” “TRG” or the “Firm”), a global asset manager dedicated to providing investors with differentiated access to emerging markets-focused strategies. TRG

2

Table of Contents

has operated with a global investment mindset since its inception in 2002, and is led by Nicolas Rohatyn, founder and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”). Currently, TRG employs approximately 100 professionals and operates in 14 countries throughout North and Latin America, Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”), Asia and Oceania. This includes 13 investment professionals focused on Latin America and 10 employees in Argentina.

We intend to identify and consummate an initial business combination that we believe will generate attractive long-term returns for our shareholders. While we may pursue an initial business combination target in any industry or geography, we intend to capitalize on TRG’s emerging market investment expertise by focusing on acquisition opportunities located in Latin America (“the Region”), with a particular focus on opportunities in Argentina.

We believe TRG has robust deal-sourcing capabilities driven by a proprietary global network of established relationships with rapidly growing private businesses, blue-chip multinationals, institutional investors, and advisors. Importantly, TRG brings more than 20 years of successful investment execution in Argentina, supported by an exceptional on-the-ground management team focused on the country. We believe that TRG’s track record and experience in private equity, private credit and public equity investment strategies will enhance our ability to identify attractive acquisition opportunities. We intend to leverage the full breadth of TRG’s investment platform and relationship network to source from a carefully selected opportunity set and consummate a value-additive initial business combination.

The Rohatyn Group

TRG is a global investment asset manager with a longstanding track record in emerging markets, spanning both private and public asset classes as well as real assets. The Firm’s core strategies include private equity, private credit, private infrastructure, public equities, fixed income and currencies, each of these focused on emerging markets, in addition to global forestry and agriculture investments.

Founded in 2002 by Nicolas Rohatyn, TRG had approximately $7 billion in assets under management (“AUM”) as of September 30, 2025. Since its inception, TRG has been built as a global firm with a unified investment and capital allocation mindset, supported by a dedicated and local investment presence across its core target geographies. TRG believes that combining a global perspective with local relationships and insights provides a competitive advantage in identifying and executing attractive investment opportunities within its target markets. To this end, the firm also believes that its worldwide network of current and former portfolio companies enhances its ability to identify sizeable, growing target companies with attractive risk-adjusted return profiles. In private equity, TRG focuses on transforming founder-led businesses into pan-regional champions by providing operational and financial support to management teams. TRG focuses on growth capital and buyouts, with either control, co-control or significant minority stakes. We believe this market segment represents a large and growing opportunity across emerging markets.

TRG’s successful track record, driven by its disciplined strategy and strong investment capabilities, has attracted a diversified and committed investor base, with over 250 institutional Limited Partners (“LPs”). TRG’s global LP network includes some of the world’s largest and most influential asset managers, public and private pension funds, foundations, endowments and family offices, sovereign wealth funds, financial institutions and insurance companies that invest across the TRG fund structure. TRG’s LPs are located across North America, Europe, Latin America, Asia and the Middle East.

TRG started investing in Latin America private markets in 2005, building a strong platform that has managed approximately $2.7 billion in cumulative assets in the Region over the past 20 years. The Firm has successfully completed 18 direct private equity investments and 18 private credit transactions across eight countries in the Region and in multiple sectors, including energy (generation and distribution), IT services, telecommunications, food, agribusiness, and pharmaceuticals, among others. We believe that this experience, combined with a disciplined investment process, has positioned TRG as a relevant player in Latin America’s private markets.

Furthermore, TRG has a long-standing presence in Argentina, where the Firm has successfully raised and deployed capital through different economic cycles for more than 20 years. TRG’s approach in Argentina typically combines

3

Table of Contents

control and significant minority positions with strong governance rights, leveraging its regional platform to support growth and operational improvements. TRG’s investment team, based in Buenos Aires, has approximately 20 years of experience working together and actively participates in portfolio company decision-making process to drive value creation.

The Firm has successfully raised more than $100 million in country-dedicated private equity efforts in Argentina. These vehicles have focused on middle-market companies operating in key sectors such as energy, agribusiness, industrial services, and technology. Representative investments include:

        Eco Minera S.A (Controlling Stake) | Acquired in 2017, Eco Minera provides drilling and soil movement services to exploration and production mining companies across Argentina.

        Nova S.A (Controlling Stake) | Acquired in 2018, Nova is a leading manufacturer and distributor of crop protection products and biologicals, with a strong presence in Argentina’s agriculture-intensive central and northern regions.

        Matba Rofex S.A. (Minority Stake) | Acquired in 2022, Matba Rofex is Argentina’s leading agricultural commodities and futures exchange. In 2024, it merged with MAE to form A3 Mercados, the second-largest exchange in the country.

In executing these investments, TRG applied a disciplined sector selection and due-diligence framework tailored to the Argentine market. We believe that many of the themes that guided TRG’s historical investment activity in the country, such as energy, natural resources, agribusiness and technology, continue to characterize some of the most attractive opportunities. These sectors align with several of the areas highlighted below under “—Target Sectors” and may form part of the opportunity set we expect to evaluate.

Finally, in addition to the country-dedicated private equity funds, TRG executed a GP replacement for BAF LatAm Credit adding AUM of approximately $400 million in 2022, reinforcing its leadership in private investments in Argentina.

Key Members of Management, Advisors and Directors

We are led by Nicolas Rohatyn as Chairman of the Board of Directors and CEO and by Miguel Gutierrez as a Director and Chief Financial Officer. Our management team is supported by the broader TRG management and investment team as advisors as well as our independent directors, as further described below.

Officers

Nicolas Rohatyn

Nicolas Rohatyn is the founder of TRG, overseeing its overall strategy and management. He is also a member of TRG’s Executive Committee and is based in New York.

Prior to founding TRG in 2002, Mr. Rohatyn spent 19 years at J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. (“J.P. Morgan”), including five years as a member of J.P. Morgan’s executive management team, holding a variety of leadership positions in emerging markets, foreign exchange, commodities, credit markets and e-commerce functions. As Managing Director and Head of Emerging Markets Sales, Trading and Research, Mr. Rohatyn established offices in Mexico, South Africa, Turkey, Russia, Korea and India, as part of J.P Morgan’s expansion in those markets. From 1988 to 1995, Mr. Rohatyn built and restructured the emerging markets sales, trading and research area from a loan-based business to an integrated and diversified sales, trading and capital markets effort while producing significant net income and winning numerous awards and industry-wide recognition. During Mr. Rohatyn’s tenure, J.P. Morgan established its widely acknowledged leadership position in emerging markets securities distribution, trading and research. From 2000 to 2001, as Executive Vice President, he established LabMorgan, a new business unit created to formulate and execute J.P Morgan’s e-finance investment strategy.

Mr. Rohatyn is a founder and the former chairman of the Emerging Markets Traders Association (“EMTA”), a body that today is recognized by many professionals as the authority on emerging markets standards, practices and volumes. He

4

Table of Contents

currently serves on the boards of The Asia Society and the Global Private Capital Association (“GPCA”), where he also served as chairman, and the French Institute/Alliance Française. He is a Trustee of the Citizens Budget Commission and serves on the Investment Committee of the Foundation for Contemporary Arts. He formerly served on the boards of The Alvin Ailey American Dance Theatre, Robert College of Istanbul, MarketAxess, the Local Initiatives Support Corporation (“LISC”), the RiskMetrics Group, Archipelago, and the Lewis T. Preston Foundation for Girls.

Mr. Rohatyn holds a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Brown University.

Miguel Gutierrez

Miguel Gutiérrez is a co-founder, Partner and Head of Private Markets at TRG, overseeing the firm’s emerging markets private equity, private credit and infrastructure strategies. He has extensive experience leading and advising publicly listed companies. He is also a member of TRG’s Executive Committee and is based in Uruguay.

Mr. Gutiérrez has over 40 years of experience in international financial markets, with the majority of this time dedicated to emerging markets. Prior to joining TRG in October 2004, Mr. Gutiérrez served as the Chairman and CEO of the Telefónica Group in Argentina from 2001 to 2003 and as Chairman of Grupo Concesionario del Oeste S.A from 2001 to 2004. He also served as the non-executive chairman of YPF S.A. (YPF, NYSE) from April 2016 to December 2019. In that role, he was Chair of the Argentina B20 Energy, Resource Efficiency and Sustainability (“ERES”) Taskforce in 2018, an initiative under the B20 to promote collaboration between the global business community and the G20 leaders to pursue accelerated transitions towards a low carbon, sustainable and equitable energy future. He was also President of the Argentine Business Council for Sustainable Development from 2019 to 2021.

Earlier in his career, Mr. Gutiérrez spent 21 years at J.P Morgan, where he held numerous senior positions, including as the Head of Global Emerging Markets Sales, Trading and Research and, prior to that, as Head of Latin America Emerging Markets. Under his leadership, J.P. Morgan established and solidified its leading position in emerging markets sales, trading and research. Earlier in his tenure, Mr. Gutiérrez also held senior roles, including Head of European Interest Rate Management and Treasury Manager in both Madrid and Buenos Aires.

Mr. Gutiérrez has served on the boards of Abertis Infraestructuras SA in Spain (2004 – 2015), Telecomunicacoes de Sao Paulo SA (“Telesp”) in Brazil (2005 – 2011) and Grupo Assa S.A. (2010 – 2020) Mr. Gutierrez currently serves on the boards of Satellogic Inc. (NASDAQ, SATL), CapAsia (Singapore) and PECOM Servicios Energia S.A. (“Pecom Energía”) (Argentina). He is a member of the Advisory Boards of Harvard Business School (Latin America), Universidad Torcuato Di Tella, IAE Business School, and Grupo Pérez Companc (Argentina).

Mr. Gutiérrez holds an Advance Management Program (AMP) degree from IAE — Universidad Austral in Argentina.

Advisors

Roberto Chute

Mr. Chute is a Partner at TRG and oversees the Latin America Private Markets investment team. He is based in Buenos Aires.

Mr. Chute leads TRG’s private markets investments in Latin America, with experience spanning a wide range of sectors including pharmaceuticals, information technology, logistics, agribusiness, real estate, consumer products, retail, energy and mining services, among others. He has nearly 25 years of private equity investing experience in Latin America and currently serves on the board of directors of Servosa Cargo S.A.C and Servosa Gas S.A.C (“Servosa”) (logistics and transportation), Eco Minera S.A. (mining services), Nova S.A (agribusiness inputs) and NFD Agro Ltd (agriculture) as well as a board observer for Todimo SA (home improvement retail). Mr. Chute’s experience encompasses a variety of capital structures such as buyouts, growth capital and mezzanine investments.

Prior to joining TRG in 2006, Mr. Chute was a Principal at Banc of America Equity Partners Latin America (“BAEP”), where he was responsible for investments in Mexico, Brazil, and Argentina. During his tenure at BAEP, he also served

5

Table of Contents

on the boards of directors of several portfolio companies across the retail, telecommunications, outdoor advertising, consumer finance and waste management sectors. Earlier in his career, Mr. Chute worked in the Investment Banking Division of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (“Goldman”) and as a senior consultant at Strat Consulting, a leading management consulting Firm in Argentina. He began his career at the Techint Group in Buenos Aires.

Mr. Chute received his MBA from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University and holds a degree in Industrial Engineering from the Instituto Tecnologico de Buenos Aires.

Francisco Vaca-Guzman

Mr. Vaca-Guzman serves as a Managing Director of TRG and is a member of the Latin America Private Markets investment team. He is based in Buenos Aires.

Mr. Vaca-Guzman has played a central role in TRG’s investment activities in Latin America, with a focus in Argentina for nearly two decades. He helped establish the Firm’s Special Situations practice and has executed transactions across multiple sectors and asset classes, including private credit, private equity, distressed debt, non-performing loans and assets (NPLs/NPAs), and real estate. He has been directly involved in sourcing, structuring and managing several of TRG’s Argentina-focused investments across sectors including technology and agriculture and serves as a member of the Investment Committee for TRG’s Argentina Private Equity Fund (“APEF”).

Prior to joining TRG in October 2004, Mr. Vaca-Guzman worked at BankBoston Argentina, where he was part of the team responsible for restructuring the bank’s $1.7 billion corporate loan portfolio in the country, and earlier held roles in the Investment Banking Group. He previously worked at Fitch Ratings Inc. (“Fitch”) in Buenos Aires and New York, covering structured finance products such as mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) and asset-backed securities (“ABS”) across Latin America.

Mr. Vaca-Guzman holds an MBA from Universidad CEMA in Argentina and is a Certified Public Accountant (“CPA”) from the Universidad Católica Argentina.

Maria Falkinhoff

Ms. Falkinhoff serves as a Managing Director of TRG and is a member of the Latin America Private Markets investment team. She is based in Buenos Aires.

Ms. Falkinhoff has been part of TRG’s investment team since 2004 and was instrumental in building the Firm’s Special Situations practice. She has significant experience evaluating and managing investments across the power, mining services, agriculture and infrastructure sectors in Argentina as well as across multiple asset classes, including private equity, distressed debt restructurings, direct lending, and high-yield corporate debt. She is a member of TRG’s Argentina Private Equity Fund (“APEF”) Investment Committee and serves on the boards of several of the Firm’s portfolio companies.

From 1999 to 2002, Ms. Falkinhoff was a member of the Institutional Investor-ranked equity research team at Citibank, N.A. (“Citibank”) in New York, covering the Latin American utilities sector. Between 1993 to 1998, she worked in the Investment Banking Division at Merrill Lynch in New York, focusing on the power sector and leading multiple capital-raising efforts for Latin American issuers.

Ms. Falkinhoff holds a CPA from the Universidad Católica Argentina.

Guillermo Perrone

Guillermo Perrone is a Managing Director of TRG and a member of TRG’s Legal and Compliance team, serving as Global Transactions Counsel. He is based in Buenos Aires.

Prior to joining TRG in May 2016, Mr. Perrone served as General Counsel of Despegar.com Corp the largest online travel agency in Latin America. He also worked as an Associate at Cleary, Gottlieb, Steen & Hamilton LLP (“Cleary”), where he advised private and public sector clients on international corporate and financing transactions across Latin America, including mergers and acquisitions, capital markets transactions, cross-border financing, and debt restructuring.

Before joining Cleary, Mr. Perrone worked as a Legal Advisor to the Secretary of Finance at the Ministry of Economy of Argentina and to Seguro de Depositos S.A., the Trustee for the Financial Institutions Deposits Guarantee Fund.

6

Table of Contents

Mr. Perrone received his law degree from the Pontificia Universidad Católica Argentina and an M.A. in Business Law from Universidad Austral. He also holds an LLM from Duke University School of Law and an EMBA from IAE School of Business in Argentina. He is a member of the Bars of the State of New York and the City of Buenos Aires.

TRG’s Argentina-based advisors work closely with an extended Latin America team, with deep experience and established presence in the Region, including with:

Ernesto Knizek

Ernesto Knizek is a Managing Director of TRG and a member of the Latin America Private Markets investment team. He is based in São Paulo.

Mr. Knizek focuses on sourcing, evaluating, executing, and monitoring equity and credit investments for TRG across sectors. He has served on the boards of several of the Firm’s portfolio companies headquartered across the Region, including in Brazil and Colombia.

Prior to joining TRG in January 2011, Mr. Knizek served as Vice President at Macquarie Group Limited (“Macquarie”) in the Brazil Coverage Group, where he focused on the bank’s investment banking and principal activities in the Region. From 2006 to 2009, he was a member of Citibank’s Energy Investment Banking Group in New York. During his tenure at Citibank, he led the execution of multiple private equity, M&A, and capital-raising transactions in the oil and gas, oil services, renewable energy, and commodities sectors across Latin America. He also advised on one of the largest private equity transactions in the Region’s oil sector.

Mr. Knizek was born and raised in Brazil and has dual Brazilian and Mexican citizenship. He received his MBA from Duke University’s Fuqua School of Business and holds a B.A. from Tufts University.

Martin Ramos

Martin Ramos is a Managing Director of TRG and a member of the Latin America Private Markets investment team. He is based in Lima.

Mr. Ramos has participated in transaction evaluations and investments in Mexico, Peru, Colombia, Chile, and Uruguay across sectors. He has served as a director on the boards of several TRG companies in Latin America.

Prior to joining TRG in March 2012, Mr. Ramos worked at Morgan Stanley, where he served as a Vice President in the Investment Banking Division in New York. He was a member of the Latin America Corporate Finance Group, focusing on the Andean Region, Central America, and the Caribbean. In this role, he was responsible for deal origination, client coverage, and execution of M&A and corporate finance engagements. His transaction experience spanned several sectors, including financial services, IT, mining, retail, oil and gas, fishing, infrastructure, agribusiness, pharmaceuticals, and energy. Prior to this role, Mr. Ramos spent five years in U.S.-based technology investment banking with Morgan Stanley, based first in Boston and later in New York.

Mr. Ramos received an M.E. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, a B.S. in Management Science, and a B.S. in Electrical Science and Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Independent Directors

The efforts of our executive management team to identify and pursue a high-quality business combination target are complemented and strengthened by the expertise of our independent directors. They have been carefully selected for their extensive networks and deep understanding of the unique opportunities and challenges faced by businesses operating in emerging markets. We believe that our access to, and affiliation with, these independent directors represents a distinct competitive advantage.

Daniel Gerold

Daniel Gerold has more than 38 years of experience in the energy sector, with a particular focus on oil, natural gas, fuels, and power businesses in Latin America. He has extensive expertise in strategic planning, mergers and acquisitions, project evaluation, commercial negotiations, and energy market development.

7

Table of Contents

Since April 2001, Mr. Gerold has acted as an independent consultant at G&G Energy Consultants, where he advises clients in Argentina, Bolivia, Chile, and Brazil on natural gas and oil transportation, distribution and production, power generation, company and asset valuations, market studies, and strategic business planning.

Previously, Mr. Gerold served as Commercial and Business Manager at Chevron in Argentina, where he was responsible for oil and gas marketing activities and for new business development initiatives, including mergers and acquisitions and strategic partnerships, a position Mr. Gerold held from Apil 2000 until April 2001. Prior to that, from March 1997 to March 2000, he held senior strategic and business development roles at Chevron San Jorge and Petrolera San Jorge, focusing on upstream and downstream gas business development in South America and participating in significant M&A transactions.

Earlier in his career from January 1995 to February 1997, Mr. Gerold held management positions at YPF S.A., where he was Natural Gas Sales Manager responsible for large-scale commercial contracts and regional negotiations in Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, and Chile, as well as roles in strategic planning and acquisitions. He also held positions in oil and gas operations, equipment sales, and project evaluation at various Argentine and international companies.

Mr. Gerold holds a degree in Industrial Engineering from the University of Buenos Aires and completed postgraduate studies in the Economics of Oil and Gas at the Instituto Tecnológico de Buenos Aires.

Miguel Kiguel

Miguel A. Kiguel has more than four decades of experience in economics, finance, and public policy, with extensive expertise in macroeconomics, financial markets, banking, and economic advisory services. He is currently Director of Econviews, an economic and financial consultancy advising domestic and international corporations, financial institutions, and investment funds.

Mr. Kiguel serves as a member of the board of directors of Banco del Sol S.A., where he has been a director since August 2019 and has served as President of the Board since May 2025. Additionally, since June 2025, Mr. Kiguel has served as a member of the boards of Raghsa S.A. and previously served on the boards of Megainver S.A. (later Mega QM S.A.) from 2012 to 2024 and Puente Hermanos S.A. from 2013 to 2024. From 2000 to 2003, he served as Chairman of Banco Hipotecario S.A.

Mr. Kiguel previously held senior positions in the Argentine government, including Undersecretary of Finance at the Ministry of Economy and Public Works and Services from 1996 to 1999 and Chief of the Cabinet of Economic Advisors from 1998 to 1999. He also served as Deputy General Manager for Economics and Finance and Chief Economist of the Central Bank of Argentina from 1994 to 1996. Earlier in his career, he was a Lead Economist at The World Bank from 1987 to 1994. In academia, Mr. Kiguel has served as Professor of Money and Banking at Universidad Torcuato Di Tella since 1997 was an assistant professor at the University of Maryland at College Park and held teaching and research positions at Georgetown University, Columbia University, and other institutions.

Mr. Kiguel holds a Ph.D. in Economics from Columbia University and a degree in Economics from the University of Buenos Aires.

Thomas Wolf

Mr. Wolf is an experienced private equity investor having been in the industry since 1997 and has invested over $1.5 billion in equity. Mr. Wolf has led acquisitions, divestitures, equity and debt refinancings, new business initiatives, CEO/management changes, operational improvements and IT/ERP implementation over the last thirty years. Since April 2025, Mr. Wolf has been a senior advisor at Avance Investment Management (“Avance”), a $1 billion private equity fund. Avance is focused on rapidly-growing entrepreneurial companies where the founders want to remain involved. Mr. Wolf’s top priority is building strong relationships with management teams to help make strategic decisions. Prior to joining Avance, Mr. Wolf was the effective Managing Partner of Kenner & Company (“Kenner”), a New York-based private equity firm, which he joined in May 2000. Mr. Wolf was involved in all aspects of Kenner’s fund raising, deal sourcing and portfolio management. Mr. Wolf has extensive experience in the consumer, manufacturing, building materials, aerospace and automotive industries. He has been an active board member or advisor to the following businesses: Form Technologies, Inc. (Dynacast International), Pace Industries Inc., Atrium Windows (Cornerstone Building Brands, Inc.), Therma-Tru Doors Corp., Tru-Stile Doors, LLC, BSI Holdings, Inc., and Behr Paint (Behr Process Corporation). These companies collectively represent more than $4 billion in enterprise value. Mr. Wolf

8

Table of Contents

maintains close relationships with his investors, which include large family offices, sovereign wealth funds and other financial institutions. Mr. Wolf’s contacts allow for close collaboration with management as a company goes through different stages of growth. Prior to Kenner beginning in October 1991, Mr. Wolf worked for J.P. Morgan in various departments, including the principal private equity group, equity derivatives and mergers & acquisitions. Mr. Wolf graduated from Cornell University with a Masters in Engineering in Operations Research in 1991 and a Bachelor of Science in Industrial Engineering in 1990.

Investing in Argentina

We believe that Argentina represents a highly attractive investment opportunity for international investors in today’s market. With a focus on macroeconomic stabilization, institutional reforms and market liberalization, we believe Argentina is undergoing a structural transformation that will create a more favorable long-term investment environment.

We believe that, in addition to recent progress in restoring fiscal discipline and reducing inflationary pressures, Argentina possesses structural advantages that underpin sustainable growth. These include:

        world-class shale oil and gas reserves in Vaca Muerta

        large copper and lithium deposits, along with other minerals and metals critical to global energy transition;

        a highly competitive agricultural sector;

        a skilled, innovative, and globally integrated workforce;

        a strategic geographic location with access to regional and international markets; and

        a small but institutionally developed public equity market, which we believe offers significant long-term growth potential.

We believe key sectors, including energy, mining, agribusiness, technology and IT-enabled services, are expected to attract increasing investment flows as regulatory frameworks continue evolving. These structural factors can provide a strong foundation for companies seeking exposure to a market with scale, diversification, and long-term development potential.

We believe that Argentina’s investment opportunity is further underscored by several key elements described below.

Improving macroeconomic fundamentals leading to solid growth.    Argentina’s macroeconomic landscape has undergone a profound transformation under President Javier Milei’s administration. The country achieved its first fiscal surplus since 2010, driven by significant cuts in public expenditure, and has posted primary surpluses nearly every month since Milei took office. Inflation has consistently declined to six-year lows, with monthly rates falling from 25% in December 2023 to below 2%, while the government successfully lifted foreign exchange controls in April 2025 without triggering a currency devaluation. Importantly, these measures were implemented with limited pass-through effects on prices enhancing economic predictability. According to the IMF, Argentina is projected to be among the fastest-growing economies in South America in 2025 and 2026, with real GDP growth forecasted at around 4.5% in 2025 and 4% in 2026. We believe these results reflect a disciplined, reform-driven approach that has strengthened Argentina’s profile as a more stable and investment-friendly economy within the Region.

Improved investor confidence and international support.    Investor sentiment has continued to improve since Milei took office. Country risk, as measured by Argentina Emerging Bond Index (EMBI), has decreased by more than 1,800 basis points in that time The MERVAL Index, the benchmark for Argentine equities, has increased by over 170% in USD terms during the same period. External liquidity has been reinforced through multiple agreements, with international institutions and counterparties, including a $20 billion IMF facility (April 2025), $3 billion in repo agreements with international banks (December 2024 and June 2025), and a $20 billion swap line with the U.S. Treasury (October 2025).

Constructive political outlook providing long-term visibility.    We believe Argentina’s political landscape has shifted decisively towards a pro-market orientation following Milei’s victory in the 2023 presidential runoff. This direction has been reinforced by the successful passage of Ley Bases, a comprehensive legislative package focused on deregulation, fiscal consolidation, and state modernization. A central component of the reform is the Regime for Incentives for Large Investments (“RIGI”), designed to attract long-term foreign capital through tax incentives,

9

Table of Contents

regulatory stability, and streamlined permitting processes for major projects. In the October 2025 mid-term elections, the governing pro-market coalition (“La Libertad Avanza”) strengthened its position in both legislative chambers and is prioritizing additional key reforms in labor and tax policy aimed at enhancing competitiveness and fostering long-term economic growth. We expect that this governance framework and political environment will provide improved policy continuity and visibility for investors.

Strong competitive advantages across key sectors.    Argentina combines an exceptional natural resource base with a highly skilled labor force and diversified industrial ecosystem, offering long-term structural advantages for investors. The country holds one of the world’s largest unconventional oil and gas reserves, with proven resources concentrated in Vaca Muerta, where new infrastructure, including pipelines and port terminals, is enabling export growth and hard-currency generation, further enhancing the strategic value of Argentina’s energy sector. Similarly, Argentina is emerging as a central player in the global energy transition, ranking among the world’s top producers of lithium and possessing significant copper reserves, supporting the potential to become a key supplier to electric vehicle and battery industries. Beyond natural resources, Argentina remains a global agricultural powerhouse, consistently ranking among the top exporters of soybeans, corn, wheat, and beef, supported by fertile land, advanced farming technology, and a well-developed agro-industrial value chain Significant additional upside may arise for this sector if export taxes are reduced or eliminated. These strengths are complemented by a highly educated and competitive workforce, recognized for strong technical skills and the highest English proficiency in Latin America. Argentina also benefits from a dynamic technology talent base placing the country among the Region’s leading innovation hubs on a per-capita basis. Argentine founders have played central roles in establishing several of Latin America’s most prominent technology companies, including businesses now listed on global exchanges, reinforcing the country’s reputation for creativity, engineering depth, and globally exportable IT services. We believe this innovative human-capital base underpins attractive opportunities in IT services, digital payments and other technology-enabled sectors. Recent pro-investment reforms, including the RIGI, are designed to provide greater long-term fiscal stability and regulatory certainty, positioning Argentina as a compelling destination for large-scale investment in energy, mining, agriculture, and technology.

A small but under-penetrated public equity market.    Argentina’s public equity market remains small relative to both the size of its economy and regional peers, despite having established institutional infrastructure and regulatory oversight. According to World Bank data, Argentina’s stock market capitalization stood at approximately 8.4% of GDP in 2022, compared with about 94.7% in Chile, 40.7% in Brazil and 31.0% in Mexico. In terms of breadth, Argentina had around 85 listed domestic companies in 2021, versus roughly 381 companies in Brazil and about 402 in Chile that same year. We believe that this combination of relatively low market capitalization to GDP and a limited number of listed companies, suggests substantial long-term growth potential for equity capital markets in Argentina, particularly for companies with scalable business models and export-oriented revenue. Further, we believe a potential MSCI (Morgan Stanley Capital International) re-rating could fuel increased investor appetite for Argentine equities.

Universe of private companies with public potential.    We believe Argentina has a meaningful universe of private companies with potential to transition to public markets, largely due to a several years of relatively muted equity-capital-markets activity driven by elevated country risk and foreign exchange controls. While equity capital markets activity has been limited, Argentine corporates have remained active issuers in local and international debt capital markets, maintaining financial reporting compliant with international standards. Many of these private companies, some backed by private equity funds, feature robust governance structures aligned with international standards. We believe this creates a substantial pipeline of potential acquisition targets that could be well positioned to become public on international exchanges such as the New York Stock Exchange and the Nasdaq Stock Exchange.

Limited Competition for private acquisitions.    Competition for private company acquisitions in Argentina remains structurally limited relative to other large Latin American markets. Years of macroeconomic volatility, capital controls, and a challenging fundraising environment have reduced the number of regionally specialized acquirers deploying capital in the country. As a result, the pool of credible, well-capitalized bidders for medium- and large-sized private companies in Argentina is materially smaller than in peer geographies such as Brazil or Mexico. In this context, we believe Argentina represents a market where the supply of attractive acquisition opportunities meaningfully exceeds the number of qualified acquirers, creating a favorable environment for disciplined investors with local presence and a long-term perspective like ourselves.

We intend to seek to capitalize on what we believe to be an imbalance between the supply of compelling companies and the availability of growth capital in Argentina by identifying and pursuing an initial business combination with a company

10

Table of Contents

that (i) is well positioned to benefit from growing domestic demand and/or pan-regional expansion opportunities, (ii) could achieve accelerated growth through additional capital, improved governance and operational practices, expanded networks, and/or financial optimization, and (iii) that has visible potential to thrive as a public company.

We believe that a deep understanding of Argentina’s macroeconomic, institutional and market dynamics is essential both to unlocking key attractive investment opportunities and to effectively mitigating risks. We further believe that Nicolas Rohatyn, Miguel Gutierrez and our advisors bring the expertise and insight required to execute on this opportunity. With many years of shared experience investing across Latin America, our team has developed a disciplined, cycle-tested approach to private investing. This team is expected to be supported by the Firm’s global capabilities across private credit, public equities, fixed income, and currencies, which provide a comprehensive perspective on market intelligence, sector trends, and valuations.

Our Target Sectors

While there are many industries in Argentina to which we expect to have access through our extensive sourcing network and local connectivity, we intend to focus our search on the sectors described below that have mitigated currency risk through U.S. dollar exposure, that demonstrate strong growth potential due to pent-up demand or have experienced historic underinvestment. Target companies may operate as service or product providers, depending on where we identify value-creation potential. We anticipate targeting both traditional sectors, such as oil & gas, power and renewables, agriculture and metals & mining, as well as forward-leaning technology subsectors, including financial technology and energy transition related businesses.

Oil & Gas.    Argentina’s oil and gas industry is experiencing significant growth, particularly driven by the expansion of shale oil and gas production in the Vaca Muerta formation in the Neuquen Basin. Between 2021 and 2024, shale oil and shale gas production grew by 147%, and by 92% respectively, driven by increased drilling activity and technological advances. Supported by pro-investment policies and rising foreign capital inflows, we believe Vaca Muerta is set to become a cornerstone of Argentina’s energy sector and a key contributor to the national economy. In 2024, the oil and gas industry accounted for 50% of foreign currency transactions. In addition, production in Vaca Muerta has helped offset declines in other mature basins in Argentina, increasing total national oil and gas output. This has enabled Argentina to become a net exporter of light crude oil since 2023 and to reduce natural gas imports from neighboring countries, a trend that has contributed significantly to improving Argentina’s trade balance. Exports of unconventional crude oil are expected to increase in the coming years, supported by ongoing transportation and infrastructure investments. According to the Central Bank of Argentina, total fuel exports are projected to increase from approximately $10 billion in 2024 to approximately $37 billion by 2030.

Mining.    Argentina’s mining industry is poised for significant growth, driven by abundant mineral and metal resources and strategic government initiatives designed to accelerate production. Argentina possesses substantial deposits of lithium, gold, silver and copper, making it an attractive destination for mining-focused capital As of December 2025, there were approximately 311 mining projects across the country, with 25 already in production. Argentina is part of the “Lithium Triangle,” an area holding roughly 75% of the world’s lithium reserves and has seen lithium production increase by nearly 260% since 2021. Gold exports increased by 15% between 2023 and 2024. while Argentina’s large copper reserves position it to become a major global supplier as demand increases on the back of energy transition. Mining exports are expected to increase from approximately $6 billion in 2024 to around $16 billion by 2030, as new projects reach full operation, according to the Central Bank of Argentina.

Agriculture & Food.    Argentina’s agriculture industry is one the country’s primary economic drivers, contributing approximately $34 billion annually (around 6.7% of GDP) and accounting for 14% of foreign-currency transactions in 2024 Grain production is projected to increase by 40% by 2030, reaching approximately 190 million tons annually, while agricultural exports are expected to reach approximately $37 billion according to the Central Bank of Argentina. We believe the sector is well-positioned to expand its global market presence, supported by an extensive distribution network, targeted financial solutions, and increasing adoption of technology to enhance efficiency and sustainability. Argentina is recognized as a pioneer in no-till farming and has a rapidly growing agtech ecosystem developing solutions in precision agriculture, satellite monitoring, IoT, and data analytics. We believe these innovations, combined with strong fundamentals and rising global food demand, create significant opportunities for investment in sustainable production, logistics, and digital agricultural platforms, reinforcing Argentina’s position as a strategic hub for agricultural technology and long-term growth.

11

Table of Contents

Power & Renewables.    Argentina’s power sector is undergoing a significant transformation, driven by the need to modernize and expand its generation and transmission infrastructure while advancing toward a cleaner energy matrix. The country has exceptional renewable energy potential, with wind and solar resources among the best in Latin America. As of 2024, renewables accounted for over 16% of total energy generation, while thermal sources represented more than 51% of the energy mix. The government has set ambitious targets to exceed 30% renewable energy generation by 2030, supported by new programs and regulatory frameworks promoting private investment. The rapid growth of renewable generation has created a pressing need for expansion and modernization of Argentina’s transmission network. Much of Argentina’s existing infrastructure remains concentrated near traditional thermal and hydroelectric hubs, leaving renewable-rich regions, such as Patagonia and the Northwest, underserved. We believe this creates meaningful investment opportunities in high-voltage transmission lines, regional interconnections, and smart grid technologies. Recent reforms under the Milei administration aim to liberalize the electricity market, enabling free contracting between generators and large users, reducing state intervention, and encouraging private investment in generation and transmission projects, smart grids and energy storage. We believe these factors position Argentina as an attractive destination for investment in power generation, transmission infrastructure, and clean energy projects, offering long-term growth potential aligned with global energy-transition trends.

Information Technology and Digital Services.    Argentina has a highly competitive IT and digital services sector, supported by a deep engineering talent base and strong English-language proficiency. The industry is one of the country’s largest generators of service exports, with a significant portion of revenues effectively USD-linked through global clients in the United States and Europe. Demand for IT and digital services continues to increase as companies across key industries, such as financial services, agribusiness, retail, logistics, energy, and telecommunication, accelerate digital adoption. Publicly available forecasts indicate that the Argentina IT sector (software, services, and outsourcing) is expected to grow 9 to 11.5% annually over the next 5 to 6 years, supported by rising global demand for nearshore talent and increased investment in cloud services, data analytics, and automation technologies. We believe these dynamics position Argentina as a regional leader in IT and digital services and an attractive source of scalable, USD-linked, technology-enabled businesses.

Our Business Strategy

We believe that our company offers a highly compelling, attractive, and differentiated proposition when compared with other blank check companies and alternative sources of equity capital. Our approach combines a defined geographic focus, a proprietary investment funnel, and investment expertise supported by a deep operational track record built over multiple economic cycles. We heavily rely upon the operational, governance and public company expertise of TRG in sourcing and consummating our initial business combination through our management and advisors. We believe that TRG’s partnership-oriented culture, global presence, and extensive emerging markets network, give us a sustained competitive advantage in doing so.

Dedicated Emerging Markets and Latin America platform.    Since its inception, TRG has been built on a foundation of emerging markets expertise, with the goal of creating one of the leading diversified emerging markets-focused investment managers. Over time, TRG has developed deep local knowledge and institutional experience across these markets. We believe that, given the intricacies and unique characteristics of investing in these geographies, a dedicated focus allows for the most robust outcome.

Within this context, Latin America has historically represented a core geography for the Firm, with TRG investing in the Region since 2005. Throughout this period (2005 to 2025), TRG has achieved cumulative AUM of more than US$2.7 billion, in Latin America including in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Mexico and Peru.. With a generalist approach, TRG has deployed capital in sectors like energy, IT services, telecom, food, agri-business, and pharma, among others.

With private markets investment professional advisors in our local markets, and an extended emerging markets investment advisory team led by TRG veterans Nicolas Rohatyn and Miguel Gutierrez, we believe we possess the investment acumen, capital and physical resources and institutional infrastructure necessary to successfully execute an attractive initial business combination based on our investment and acquisition criteria.

Extensive proprietary sourcing capabilities.    All private equity and private credit investments within TRG’s portfolio of investment funds consist of proprietary and secondary market transactions sourced by TRG investment

12

Table of Contents

professionals dedicated to emerging markets. We seek to leverage TRG’s core industry and sector knowledge to identify additional value-enhancing opportunities beyond basic organic growth, including the early identification of bolt-on acquisition targets. TRG’s sourcing model is supported by the broad and well-established network of local connections across different geographies. This network includes current and former management teams, partners, service providers, and non-executive board members, all of whom expand the reach and insight available to TRG’s investment professionals. We expect to benefit from TRG’s decades-long reputation as a reliable, constructive, and hands-on investor in emerging markets, with experience spanning the entire capital structure of private companies.

Value creation through operational support.    TRG believes that complementing strong local management teams with experienced industry professionals at the board level, while improving successful teams with greater financial and strategic depth, leads to favorable and rewarding investment outcomes. TRG has observed that its portfolio companies benefit from enhanced decision-making tools, strengthened governance structures, and improved financial reporting systems, which together support accelerated growth. In addition to pursuing organic growth and buy-and-build strategies, TRG seeks to deliver tangible operational improvements aimed at enhancing margins and overall profitability. We benefit from TRG’s approach to active management, which includes providing strategic guidance, supporting acquisitions and pan-regional expansion initiatives, implementing corporate governance and internal control best practices, optimizing management incentive structures, and the balance sheet and facilitating management knowledge transfer.

Strong governance and public company expertise.    TRG has a long-standing track record of investing in portfolio companies with strong and prudent corporate governance frameworks. TRG works extensively with the boards and management teams of portfolio companies to monitor and improve governance practices, strengthen internal controls, and optimize organizational structures in preparation for successful investment exits. Several of our professionals have first-hand experience advising companies on initial public offerings (IPOs) during their tenure at leading global investment banks. Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer each have approximately 20 years of experience serving on the boards of blue-chip listed companies, such as MarketAxess, the RiskMetrics Group (pre-IPO), Archipelago (pre-IPO), Telefonica International, Abertis and Telesp. We expect to benefit from TRG’s experience in helping private companies adopt governance, reporting, and oversight standards consistent with those required for public companies.

In addition, TRG’s multi-asset investment platform includes dedicated teams with experience investing and managing a diversified portfolio of public equities in distinct global exchanges, providing TRG with insights into the standards, expectations, and valuation frameworks used by public-market investors-expertise that we leverage in evaluating and preparing business combination target for the public markets.

Seasoned management team with experience spanning multiple market cycles.    Our management team and advisors bring an exceptional depth of experience, averaging over 35 years in their respective fields and have worked together for 20 years. TRG’s senior Latin America private equity team also has extensive emerging markets finance experience, averaging 18 years per professional; all members of the team have worked together for 14 years. Over the course of their careers, our management team and advisors have navigated multiple market cycles, including periods of headwinds and tailwinds across global and emerging markets. This experience spans the Asia Financial Crisis, the Russian devaluation, the entry of China into the WTO and the subsequent commodity boom, the Global Financial Crisis, the Taper Tantrum, and the COVID-19 pandemic.

In addition, our advisors focused on Argentina bring long-standing experience investing across different domestic macroeconomic environments, providing valuable local insight and a cycle-tested approach to underwriting risks and opportunities in the country.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, effecting a business combination with a company located in emerging markets could subject us to a variety of additional risks that may negatively affect our operations. See the risk factor titled “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Acquiring and Operating a Business in Foreign Countries — If we effect our initial business combination with a company located outside of the United States, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may adversely affect us,” for more information on the risks attendant to acquiring a target business.

13

Table of Contents

Acquisition Criteria

Consistent with our business strategy and experience, we have identified the following general, non-exclusive criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective targets for our initial business combination. These criteria are intended to serve as a framework for identifying and evaluating acquisition opportunities; however, we may decide to proceed with a target that does not meet one or more of these criteria if we believe the transaction presents an attractive strategic or financial opportunity. We intend to focus on target businesses that we believe possess the following characteristics:

        established leadership position in its local market, through a differentiated product or service and a proven business model with significant growth potential;

        primarily U.S. dollar-denominated businesses;

        regional or international growth potential outside of their home market;

        potential to become a platform for consolidation and a strong foundation for a buy-and-build strategy;

        strong financial performance with stable cash flows and predictable earnings;

        proven track record of historical growth and achievable near-term growth prospects;

        robust management team that can be augmented by TRG’s network;

        established business with clear identifiable benefit from access to U.S. capital markets.

These criteria and guidelines are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on general criteria and guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management may deem relevant. In the event that we decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet the above criteria and guidelines, we will disclose that the target business does not meet the above criteria and guidelines in our shareholder communications related to our initial business combination, which, as discussed in this prospectus, would be in the form of proxy solicitation or tender offer materials that we would file with the SEC.

Acquisition Process

In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a due diligence review that may encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, market surveys, consultant studies and inspection of facilities, as well as a review of financial and other information that will be made available to us. We will also utilize our management team’s operational and capital allocation experience.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a business that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a business that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that the consideration to be paid by us in such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

Members of our management team, including our independent directors, will directly or indirectly own founder shares and/or private placement units following this offering and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

We currently do not have any specific business combination under consideration. Our officers and directors have neither individually selected nor have they had any substantive discussions regarding possible target businesses among themselves or with the underwriter or other advisors. Additionally, we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, taken any measure, directly or indirectly, to identify or locate any suitable acquisition candidate for us, nor have we engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any such acquisition candidate.

14

Table of Contents

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that is suitable for an entity to which they have then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, they will honor their fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such entity (unless such opportunity was presented to them solely in their capacity as officers or directors of our company and it is an opportunity our company is able to complete on a reasonable basis). Such other fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors could materially affect our ability to complete our business combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for any director or officer on the one hand, and us, on the other.

Many potential targets for SPACs have already entered into an initial business combination, and there are numerous SPACs preparing for an initial public offering, as well as many such companies currently in registration. As a result, at times, fewer attractive targets may be available to consummate an initial business combination. In addition, because there are numerous SPACs seeking to enter into an initial business combination with available targets, the competition for available targets with attractive fundamentals or business models may increase, which could cause target companies to demand improved financial terms. Attractive deals could also become scarcer for other reasons, such as economic or industry sector downturns (including a negative public perception of mergers involving SPACs), geopolitical tensions, or increases in the cost of additional capital needed to close business combinations or operate targets post-business combination. This could increase the cost of, delay or otherwise complicate or frustrate our ability to find and consummate an initial business combination and may result in our inability to consummate an initial business combination on terms favorable to our investors or at all.

Initial Business Combination

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time following this offering. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of this offering and the private placement of the private placement units, the proceeds of the sale of our shares in connection with our initial business combination (including pursuant to forward purchase agreements or backstop agreements we may enter into following the consummation of this offering or otherwise), shares issued to the owners of the target, debt issued to bank or other lenders or the owners of the target, other securities issuances, or a combination of the foregoing. We may seek to complete our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon the completion of our initial business combination either (i) in connection with a general meeting called to approve the business combination or (ii) without a shareholder vote by means of a tender offer. If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if we obtain the approval of an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which requires the affirmative vote of at least a simple majority of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement.

We have until the date that is 24 months from the closing of this offering or until such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, to consummate our initial business combination. If we anticipate that we may be unable to consummate our initial business combination within such time period and we wish to further extend the date by which we must consummate our initial business combination, we will seek shareholder approval to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to extend the date by which we must consummate our initial business combination, and holders of public shares will be offered an opportunity to redeem their shares at a per share price,

15

Table of Contents

payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned thereon (net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, subject to applicable law. Such amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may include limitations on the duration of the extension, the number of possible extensions, requirements for additional payments to the trust in connection with an extension, and other potential terms for consideration by our shareholders. There is no limit on the number of extensions that we may seek; however, we do not expect to extend the time period to consummate our initial business combination beyond 36 months from the closing of this offering. If we determine not to or are unable to extend the time period to consummate our initial business combination or fail to obtain shareholder approval to extend the completion window, our sponsor’s investment in our founder shares and our private placement units will be worthless.

If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering, or by such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering, we will redeem 100% of the public shares at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned thereon (net of taxes payable and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay liquidation and dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, subject to applicable law and certain conditions as further described herein. We expect the pro rata redemption price to be approximately $10.00 per public share (regardless of whether or not the underwriter exercises their over-allotment option), without taking into account any interest or other income earned on such funds. However, we cannot assure you that we will in fact be able to distribute such amounts as a result of claims of creditors, which may take priority over the claims of our public shareholders.

Nasdaq rules require that we must complete one or more business combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned on the trust account). Our board of directors will make the determination as to the fair market value of our initial business combination. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of our initial business combination, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. While we consider it likely that our board of directors will be able to make an independent determination of the fair market value of our initial business combination, it may be unable to do so if it is less familiar or experienced with the business of a particular target or if there is a significant amount of uncertainty as to the value of the target’s assets or prospects. Additionally, pursuant to Nasdaq rules, any initial business combination must be approved by a majority of our independent directors.

We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so that the post transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination such that the post transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity interests of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be taken into account for purposes of the 80% of net assets test described above. If the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, or completing the business combination through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated (as defined in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association) with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an

16

Table of Contents

independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions, stating that the consideration to be paid by us in such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

Members of our management team and our independent directors will directly or indirectly own founder shares and/or private placement units following this offering and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. The low price that our sponsor, executive officers and directors (directly or indirectly) paid for the founder shares creates an incentive whereby our officers and directors could potentially make a substantial profit even if we select an acquisition target that subsequently declines in value and is unprofitable for public shareholders. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering, or by such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, the founder shares and private placement units may be worthless, except to the extent they receive liquidating distributions from assets outside the trust account, which could create an incentive for our sponsor, executive officers and directors to complete a transaction even if we select an acquisition target that subsequently declines in value and is unprofitable for public shareholders. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary, contractual or other obligations or duties to one or more other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entities. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such other entity (unless such opportunity was presented to them solely in their capacity as officers or directors of our company and it is an opportunity our company is able to complete on a reasonable basis), subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer, among other persons, shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us, and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which (a) may be a corporate opportunity for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other or (b) the presentation of which would breach an existing legal obligation of a director or officer to any other entity. Such fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors could materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

In addition, our sponsor and our officers and directors may sponsor or form other SPACs similar to ours or may pursue other business or investment ventures during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination. As a result, our sponsor, officers and directors could have conflicts of interest in determining whether to present business combination opportunities to us or to any other SPAC with which they may become involved. Any such companies, businesses or investments may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an initial business combination target.

We have filed a Registration Statement on Form 8-A with the SEC to voluntarily register our securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. As a result, we are subject to the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. We have no current intention of filing a Form 15 to suspend our reporting or other obligations under the Exchange Act prior or subsequent to the consummation of our initial business combination.

Potential Additional Financing

We may obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination, for example, because the transaction requires more cash than is available from the proceeds held in our trust account or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon completion of the business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. If we raise additional

17

Table of Contents

funds through equity and equity-linked securities or the incurrence of indebtedness, our public shareholders may suffer significant dilution and these securities could have rights that rank senior to our public shares. If we raise additional funds through the incurrence of indebtedness, such indebtedness would have rights that are senior to our equity securities and could contain covenants that restrict our operations. Further, as described above, due to the anti-dilution rights of our founder shares, our public shareholders may incur material dilution. In addition, we may target businesses with enterprise values that are greater than we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units, and, as a result, if the cash portion of the purchase price exceeds the amount available from the trust account, net of amounts needed to satisfy any redemptions by public shareholders, we may be required to seek additional financing to complete such proposed initial business combination. We may also obtain financing prior to the closing of our initial business combination to fund our working capital needs and transaction costs in connection with our search for and completion of our initial business combination. There is no limitation on our ability to raise funds through the issuance of equity or equity-linked securities or through loans, advances or other indebtedness in connection with our initial business combination, including pursuant to forward purchase agreements or backstop agreements we may enter into following consummation of this offering. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only complete such financing simultaneously with the completion of our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to liquidate the trust account. In addition, following our initial business combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations.

Sponsor Information

Our sponsor is a Delaware limited liability company, which was recently formed to invest in our company. Although our sponsor is permitted to undertake any activities permitted under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act and other applicable law, our sponsor’s business is focused on investing in our company. As of the date hereof, TRG Allocation LLC is the managing member and owner of 100% of the membership interests of our sponsor. Nicolas Rohatyn, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, holds ultimate voting and investment discretion with respect to the securities held of record by the sponsor. As of the date hereof, other than Mr. Rohatyn, no person has a direct or indirect material interest in our sponsor.

At the conclusion of this offering, we expect that our sponsor’s managing member and our directors and officers will hold an indirect interest in 4,000,000 founder shares (or 4,750,000 founder shares if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full), or 80.0% of the outstanding founder shares (or 82.61% of the outstanding founder shares if the underwriters’ overallotment is exercised in full).

In addition, funds managed by Harraden Circle Investments, LLC (“Harraden”) have committed to invest $1,000,000 in our sponsor for which they will receive an indirect interest in 100,000 of the private placement units held by our sponsor. Subject to Harraden indirectly purchasing, through our sponsor, the private placement units allocated to it simultaneously with the closing of this offering, our sponsor will issue membership interests at a nominal purchase price to Harraden reflecting an indirect interest in an aggregate of 1,000,000 founder shares (including if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full), or 20.0% of the founder shares held by our sponsor (or 17.39% if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full).

Other than Mr. Rohatyn, none of our directors, officers or Harraden will have any right to vote the founder shares, private placement units or securities underlying the private placement units that they hold indirectly through their membership interest in our sponsor. See “Summary — The Offering — Private placement units.

The following table sets forth the payments to be received by our sponsor and its affiliates from us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination and the securities issued and to be issued by us to our sponsor or its affiliates:

18

Table of Contents

Entity/Individual

 

Amount of Compensation to be Received or
Securities Issued or to be Issued

 

Consideration
Paid or to be Paid

TRG Latin America Acquisitions LLC

 

5,750,000 Class B Ordinary Shares

 

$25,000, or $0.004 per share

   

225,000 private placement units

 

$2,250,000

   

Up to $300,000 in loans

 

Repayment of loans made to us to cover offering related and organizational expenses.

TRG Latin America Acquisitions LLC, or its affiliate

 

$10,000 per month

 

Accounting, bookkeeping, office space, IT support, research, professional, secretarial and administrative services.

   

Up to $1,500,000 in working capital loans, which loans may be convertible into private placement units of the post-business combination entity, at a price of $10.00 per unit, at the option of the lender

 

Working capital loans to finance transaction costs in connection with an initial business combination.

   

Reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination

 

Services related to identifying, investigating, negotiating and completing an initial business combination.

Holders of Class B ordinary shares

 

Anti-dilution protection upon conversion into Class A ordinary shares at a greater than one-to-one ratio

 

Issuance of the Class A ordinary shares issuable in connection with the conversion of the founder shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion

TRG Latin America Acquisitions LLC, members of our management team, advisors and their affiliates

 

Consulting, success or finder fees in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination(1)

 

Services in connection with identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination

TRG Latin America Acquisitions LLC, or its affiliates

 

Salary or fee in an amount that constitutes a market standard for comparable transactions in connection with our initial business combination(2)

 

Services in connection with identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination

Each independent director

 

25,000 founder shares

 

$0.004 per share

____________

(1)      As of the date of this prospectus, no such arrangements are currently in place.

(2)      As of the date of this prospectus, no such arrangements are currently in place. Any such salary or fee would be paid using available working capital funds (including proceeds from any promissory notes issued by us and funds released from the trust account upon completion of our initial business combination), but would not in any event be paid out of the fees due to our sponsor under the Administrative Services Agreement.

We are not prohibited from paying any fees (including advisory fees), reimbursements or cash payments to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, including payment of consulting, legal, success or finder fees to our independent directors, advisors, or their respective affiliates in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination. Additionally, we may engage our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as an advisor or otherwise in connection with our initial business combination and certain other transactions and pay such person or entity a salary or fee in an amount that constitutes a market standard for comparable transactions. Such payments, if made prior to the completion of our initial business combination, will be paid from the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account, as well as working capital loans from our sponsor to finance transaction costs in connection with an initial business combination.

19

Table of Contents

Because our sponsor acquired the founder shares at a nominal price of $0.004 per share, our public shareholders will incur immediate and substantial dilution upon the closing of this offering, assuming no value is ascribed to the rights included in the units. The Class A ordinary shares issuable in connection with the conversion of the founder shares, and any private placement shares of the post-business combination entity issuable in connection with the conversion of up to $1,500,000 of loans from our sponsor, members of our management team or their affiliates or other third parties, at a price of $10.00 per unit, may result in material dilution to our public shareholders. Such dilution could materially increase to the extent that the anti-dilution provision of the founder shares, as described above, results in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the founder shares at the time of our initial business combination to maintain the number of founder shares at 20%. See Summary — The Offering — Founder Shares Conversion and Anti-Dilution Rights.” In addition, our board of directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate approving any share capitalizations in the foreseeable future, except if we increase the size of this offering, in which case we will effect a share capitalization or other appropriate mechanism immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in an amount necessary to maintain the number of founder shares at 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering (not including the private placement shares), which may result in further material dilution to our public shareholders. See Dividend Policy.” See the sections titled “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Securities — The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsor for the founder shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares upon the consummation of our initial business combination, and our sponsor is likely to make a substantial profit on its investment in us in the event we consummate an initial business combination, even if the business combination causes the trading price of our ordinary shares to materially decline.” and “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Search for, and Consummation of or Inability to Consummate, a Business Combination — We may issue additional Class A ordinary shares or preference shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon the conversion of the founder shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained therein. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.

The founder shares (up to 750,000 of which are subject to forfeiture to the extent the over-allotment option is not exercised) will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holder on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like, and subject to further adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or any other equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in this offering (including pursuant to the underwriter’s over-allotment option) and related to or in connection with the closing of the initial business combination, the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, 20% of the sum of (i) the total number of all ordinary shares outstanding upon the completion of this offering (including any Class A ordinary shares issued pursuant to the underwriter’s over-allotment option and excluding the Class A shares underlying the private placement units issued to the sponsor), plus (ii) all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued, related to or in connection with the closing of the initial business combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and any private placement-equivalent shares issued to our sponsor or any of its affiliates or to our officers or directors upon conversion of working capital loans).

20

Table of Contents

Pursuant to a letter agreement with us, each of our sponsor, directors and officers has agreed to restrictions on its ability to transfer, assign, or sell the founder shares and private placement units, as summarized in the table below.

Subject Securities

 

Expiration Date

 

Natural Persons and Entities
Subject to Restrictions

 

Exceptions to Transfer
Restrictions

Founder Shares

 

The earlier of (i) one year after the completion of our initial business combination or (ii) the date following the completion of our initial business combination on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, the founder shares will be released from the lockup.

 

TRG Latin America Acquisitions LLC

Nicolas Rohatyn

Miguel Gutierrez

Daniel Gerold

Miguel Kiguel

Thomas Wolf

 

Transfers permitted (a) to our officers, directors, advisors or consultants, any affiliate or family member of any of our officers, directors, advisors or consultants, any members or partners of the sponsor or their affiliates and funds and accounts advised by such members or partners, any affiliates of the sponsor, or any employees of such affiliates, (b) in the case of an individual, as a gift to such person’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of such person’s immediate family, an affiliate of such person or to a charitable organization; (c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of such person; (d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (e) by private sales or transfers made in connection with any forward purchase agreement or similar arrangement, in connection with an extension of the completion window or in connection with the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the shares or units were originally purchased; (f) pro rata distributions from our sponsor to its respective members, partners or shareholders pursuant to our sponsor’s limited liability company agreement or other charter documents; (g) by virtue of the laws of Delaware or our sponsor’s limited liability company agreement upon dissolution of our sponsor, (h) in the event of our liquidation prior to our consummation of our initial business combination; (i) to the Company for no value for

21

Table of Contents

Subject Securities

 

Expiration Date

 

Natural Persons and Entities
Subject to Restrictions

 

Exceptions to Transfer
Restrictions

           

cancellation in connection with the consummation of an initial business combination; (j) in the event that, subsequent to our consummation of an initial business combination, we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property or (k) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a transfer would be permissible under clauses (a) through (g); provided, however, that in the case of clauses (a) through (g) and clause (j) these permitted transferees must enter into a written agreement agreeing to be bound by these transfer restrictions and the other restrictions contained in the letter agreements.

Private placement units (including the securities underlying such units)

 

30 days after the completion of our initial business combination

 

TRG Latin America Acquisitions LLC

 

Same as above

Any units, rights, ordinary shares or any other securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, ordinary shares

 

180 days after the date of this prospectus

 

TRG Latin America Acquisitions LLC

Nicolas Rohatyn

Miguel Gutierrez

Daniel Gerold

Miguel Kiguel

Thomas Wolf

 

We, our sponsor and our directors and officers have agreed that we and they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Santander US Capital Markets LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, any units, rights, ordinary shares or any other securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, ordinary shares, subject to certain customary exceptions. However, the foregoing shall not apply to the forfeiture of any founder shares pursuant to their terms or any transfer of founder shares to any current or future independent director of the company (as long as such current or future independent director transferee is subject to the letter agreement, filed with the Registration Statement of

22

Table of Contents

Subject Securities

 

Expiration Date

 

Natural Persons and Entities
Subject to Restrictions

 

Exceptions to Transfer
Restrictions

           

which this prospectus is a part, or executes an agreement substantially identical to the letter agreement, as applicable to directors and officers at the time of such transfer; and as long as, to the extent any Section 16 reporting obligation is triggered as a result of such transfer, any related Section 16 filing includes a practical explanation as to the nature of the transfer). Santander US Capital Markets LLC, in its sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice.

Up to 750,000 of the founder shares will be forfeited for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised. In addition, in order to facilitate our initial business combination as determined by our sponsor in its sole discretion, our sponsor may surrender or forfeit, transfer or exchange our founder shares, private placement units or any of our other securities, including for no consideration, as well as subject any such securities to earn-outs or other restrictions, or otherwise amend the terms of any such securities or enter into any other arrangements with respect to any such securities. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions as set forth therein.

Pursuant to the letter agreement entered with us, each of our sponsor, directors and officers have agreed to a lock-up and restrictions on their ability to transfer, assign, or sell the founder shares and private placement units and securities underlying the private placement units. Further, unless otherwise described in this prospectus, the sponsor membership interests are locked up and not transferable because the letter agreement prohibits indirect transfers.

Our letter agreement may be amended without shareholder approval. Such transfer restrictions have been amended in connection with business combinations for certain other special purpose acquisition companies. While we do not expect our board to approve any amendment to the letter agreement prior to our initial business combination, it may be possible that our board, in exercising its business judgment and subject to its fiduciary duties, chooses to approve one or more amendments to the letter agreement.

Corporate Information

Our executive offices are located at 65 East 55th St., 15th Floor, New York, NY 10022 and our telephone number is (212) 984-2900. We are a Cayman Islands exempted company. Exempted companies are Cayman Islands companies conducting business mainly outside the Cayman Islands and, as such, are exempted from complying with certain provisions of the Companies Act. As an exempted company, we have applied for and received a tax exemption undertaking from the Cayman Islands government that, in accordance with Section 6 of the Tax Concessions Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands, for a period of 30 years from the date of the undertaking, no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations will apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax will be payable (i) on or in respect of our shares, debentures or other obligations or (ii) by way of the withholding in whole or in part of a payment of dividends or other distribution of income or capital by us to our shareholders or a payment of principal or interest or other sums due under a debenture or other obligation of us.

23

Table of Contents

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. References herein to “emerging growth company” will have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates is equal to or exceeds $250 million as of the prior June 30, or (2) our annual revenues equaled or exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates is equal to or exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30.

Finally, after completion of this offering and prior to the consummation of a business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will have the right to vote on the appointment or removal of directors. As a result, Nasdaq will consider us to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of Nasdaq corporate governance standards. Under Nasdaq corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the appointment of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. We currently do not intend to rely on the “controlled company” exemption, but may do so in the future. Accordingly, if we choose to do so, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements.

24

Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

In making your decision on whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account not only the backgrounds of the members of our management team, but also the special risks we face as a blank check company and the fact that this offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act. You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. You should carefully consider these and the other risks set forth in the section below entitled “Risk Factors.”

Securities offered:

 

20,000,000 units, at $10.00 per unit, each unit consisting of:

   one Class A ordinary share; and

   one Right to receive one tenth (1/10) of a Class A ordinary share upon the consummation of an initial business combination.

Nasdaq symbols:

 

Units: “TRGSU”

Class A ordinary shares: “TRGS”

Rights: “TRGSR”

Trading commencement and separation of Class A ordinary shares and rights:

 


The units have been approved to begin trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The Class A ordinary shares and rights comprising the units will begin separate trading on the 52nd day following the date of this prospectus unless Santander US Capital Markets LLC informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, subject to our having filed the Current Report on Form 8-K described below and issued a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin. Once the Class A ordinary shares and rights commence separate trading, holders will have the option to continue to hold units or separate their units into the component securities. Holders will need to have their brokers contact our transfer agent in order to separate the units into Class A ordinary shares and rights. No fractional shares will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole shares will trade. Accordingly, unless you purchase rights in multiples of 10, you will not be able to receive or trade a whole share underlying the right.

Separate trading of the Class A
ordinary shares and rights is
prohibited until we have filed a
Current Report on Form 8-K:

 




In no event will the Class A ordinary shares and rights be traded separately until we have filed with the SEC a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds at the closing of this offering. We will file the Current Report on Form 8-K promptly after the closing of this offering. If the over-allotment option is exercised following the initial filing of such Current Report on Form 8-K, a second or amended Current Report on Form 8-K will be filed to provide updated information to reflect the exercise of the over-allotment option.

25

Table of Contents

Units:

   

Number outstanding before this offering

 

0

Number of private placement units to be sold in a private placement simultaneously with this offering(1)

 



225,000

Number outstanding after this offering(1)

 

20,225,000

Ordinary shares:

   

Number outstanding before this offering(2)

 

5,750,000 Class B ordinary shares

Number outstanding after this offering and private placement(3)(4)

 


20,225,000 Class A ordinary shares and 5,000,000 Class B ordinary shares

Rights:

   

Number outstanding before this offering

 

0

Number of rights outstanding after this offering(5)

 


20,225,000

Terms of Rights:

 

Except in cases where we are not the surviving company in a business combination, each holder of a right will automatically receive one tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share upon consummation of our initial business combination. In the event we will not be the surviving company upon completion of our initial business combination, each holder of a right will be required to affirmatively convert its rights in order to receive the one tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share underlying each right upon consummation of the business combination. We will not issue fractional shares in connection with an exchange of rights. Fractional shares will either be rounded down to the nearest whole share or otherwise determined by the board of directors as provided by Cayman Islands laws. As a result, you must hold rights in multiples of 10 in order to receive shares for all of your rights upon closing of an initial business combination. If we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the completion window and we redeem the public shares for the funds held in the trust account, holders of rights will not receive any of such funds for their rights and the rights will expire worthless.

__________

(1)      Assumes no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option and 750,000 founder shares are forfeited to us for no consideration.

(2)      Includes up to 750,000 founder shares that will be forfeited to us for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised.

(3)      Comprised of 20,000,000 Class A ordinary shares included in the units to be sold in this offering, 225,000 private placement shares underlying the private placement units to be sold to our sponsor in a private placement simultaneously with this offering, and 5,000,000 Class B ordinary shares (or founder shares). Founder shares are currently classified as Class B ordinary shares, which shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holder on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as described below adjacent to the caption “Founder shares conversion and anti-dilution rights.”

(4)      Assumes surrender of 750,000 founder shares. Up to 750,000 founder shares will be forfeited to us for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised.

(5)      Comprised of 20,000,000 public rights included in the public units to be sold in this offering and 225,000 private placement rights to be sold to our sponsor in a private placement simultaneously with this offering.

26

Table of Contents

Founder shares:

 

On November 18, 2025, our sponsor paid $25,000, or approximately $0.004 per share, to cover certain of our offering costs in exchange for 5,750,000 founder shares.

   

Prior to the initial investment in the company of $25,000 by the sponsor, the company had no assets, tangible or intangible. The per share price of the founder shares was determined by dividing the amount of cash contributed to the company by the number of founder shares issued. The number of founder shares outstanding was determined based on the expectation that the total size of this offering would be a maximum of 23,000,000 units if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, and therefore that such founder shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares after this offering (not including the private placement shares). Up to 750,000 of the founder shares will be forfeited for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option is not exercised. Any conversion of Class B ordinary shares described herein will take effect as a compulsory redemption of Class B ordinary shares and an issuance of Class A ordinary shares as a matter of Cayman Islands law.

   

The founder shares are identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the units being sold in this offering, except that:

   

   prior to the closing of our initial business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares have the right to vote on the appointment or removal of directors and on continuing the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (as further described herein), prior to the consummation of our initial business combination;

   

   the founder shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below;

   

   the founder shares are entitled to registration rights;

   

   the founder shares are automatically convertible into our Class A ordinary shares in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holder on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment pursuant to certain anti-dilution rights, as described below adjacent to the caption “Founder shares conversion and anti-dilution rights”; and

   

   our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to (i) waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares, private placement shares and public shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares, private placement shares and public shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within the completion window or (B) with respect

27

Table of Contents

 

to any other material provisions relating to the rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares or pre-initial business combination activity; (iii) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their founder shares and private placement shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the completion window, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame and to liquidating distributions from assets outside the trust account; and (iv) vote any founder shares and private placement shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after this offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions), in favor of our initial business combination (except that any public shares such parties may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction).

Transfer restrictions on founder shares:

 

Our initial shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares and any Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion thereof until the earlier to occur of: (i) one year after the completion of our initial business combination or (ii) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction after our initial business combination that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property; except to certain permitted transferees and under certain circumstances as described herein under “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Units.” Any permitted transferees will be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of our initial shareholders with respect to any founder shares. We refer to such transfer restrictions throughout this prospectus as the lock-up. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination or (2) if we consummate a transaction after our initial business combination which results in our shareholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property, the founder shares will be released from the lock-up.

For more information, see “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Units.”

   

Except in certain limited circumstances, no member of the sponsor may sell, transfer, assign, pledge, mortgage, charge, hypothecate, exchange or otherwise dispose, directly or indirectly, (a “Transfer”) all or any portion of its membership interests in the sponsor. For more information, see “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Units”.

28

Table of Contents

Transfer restrictions on private placement units:

 


The private placement units (including the private placement shares, private placement rights and private placement shares issuable upon conversion of such rights) will not be transferable, assignable or saleable until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination, except as described herein under “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Units.”

Founder shares conversion and
a
nti-dilution rights:

 


The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holder on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like, and subject to further adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or any other equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in this offering (including pursuant to the underwriter’s over-allotment option) and related to or in connection with the closing of the initial business combination, the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, 20% of the sum of (i) the total number of all ordinary shares outstanding upon the completion of this offering (including any Class A ordinary shares issued pursuant to the underwriter’s over-allotment option and excluding the Class A ordinary shares underlying the private placement units issued to the sponsor), plus (ii) all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued, related to or in connection with the closing of the initial business combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and any private placement-equivalent shares issued to our sponsor or any of its affiliates or to our officers or directors upon conversion of working capital loans).

Appointment and removal of directors and continuing the company outside of the Cayman Islands; Voting rights:

 



Except as set forth below, holders of record of our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by shareholders. Unless specified in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or as required by the Companies Act or stock exchange rules, an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which requires the affirmative vote of at least a simple majority of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company is generally required to approve any matter voted on by our shareholders. Approval of certain actions require a special resolution under Cayman Islands law, which (except as specified below) requires the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting, and pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, such actions include amending our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approving a statutory merger or consolidation with

29

Table of Contents

 

another company. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the appointment of directors, meaning, following our initial business combination, the holders of more than 50% of our ordinary shares voted for the appointment of directors can appoint all of the directors. Prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will (i) have the right to vote on the appointment and removal of directors and (ii) be entitled to vote on continuing our company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend our constitutional documents or to adopt new constitutional documents as a result of our approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands). Holders of our Class A ordinary shares will not be entitled to vote on these matters during such time. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended if approved by a special resolution passed by the affirmative vote of at least 90% (or, where such amendment is proposed in respect of the consummation of our initial business combination, two-thirds) of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company.

With respect to any other matter submitted to a vote of our shareholders prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, including any vote in connection with our initial business combination, except as required by law, holders of the founder shares and holders of our public shares will vote together as a single class, with each share entitling the holder to one vote. If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, we will complete our initial business combination only if we obtain the approval of an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which requires the affirmative vote of at least a simple majority of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company. In such case, our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed to vote their founder shares, private placement shares and any public shares purchased during or after this offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions) in favor of our initial business combination (except that any public shares such parties may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction).

   

As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ founder shares and shares underlying the private placement units, we would need 7,387,501 public shares, or 36.94%, of the 20,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to have our initial business combination approved, assuming all outstanding shares are voted, the over-allotment option is not exercised and the parties to the letter agreement do not acquire any Class A ordinary shares. Assuming that only the holders of one-third of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares, representing a quorum under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, vote their shares at a general meeting of the company, we would need 3,183,333 public shares, or 15.92% of the 20,000,000 public shares sold in this offering, in addition to our founder shares and private placement shares, to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to approve an initial business combination.

30

Table of Contents

Private placement units:

 

Our sponsor has purchased an aggregate of 225,000 private placement units (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised), at a price of $10.00 per unit, or $2,250,000 in the aggregate (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised), in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. The private placement units will be worthless if we do not complete an initial business combination, except to the extent they receive liquidating distributions from assets outside of the trust account. A portion of the purchase price of the private placement units will be added to the proceeds from this offering to be held in the trust account such that at the time of closing of this offering $200,000,000 (or $230,000,000 if the underwriter exercises their over-allotment option in full) will be held in the trust account. The private placement units are identical to the public units sold in this offering and, so long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees, (i) the private placement units may not (including the securities underlying the units), subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holders until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination and (ii) the private placement shares underlying the private placement units will be entitled to registration rights. If we do not complete our initial business combination within the completion window, the private placement units will be worthless.

For more information, see “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Units.”

The private placement units (including the private placement shares, private placement rights and private placement shares issuable upon conversion of such rights) will not be transferable, assignable or saleable until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination, except as described herein under “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Units.”

Proceeds to be held in trust account:

 

Nasdaq rules provide that at least 90% of the gross proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement units be deposited in a trust account. Of the net proceeds we will receive from this offering and the sale of the private placement units described in this prospectus, $200,000,000, or $230,000,000 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full ($10.00 per unit in either case), will be deposited into a segregated trust account located in the United States at with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee, and initially be invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations; the holding of these assets in this form is intended to be temporary and for the sole purpose of facilitating the intended business combination. To mitigate the risk that we might be deemed to be an investment company for purposes of the Investment Company Act, which risk increases the longer that we hold investments in the trust account, we may, at any time (based on our management team’s ongoing assessment of all factors related to our potential status under the Investment Company Act), instruct the trustee to liquidate the investments held in the trust account and instead to hold the funds in the trust account in cash or in an interest bearing demand deposit account at a bank. The proceeds to be placed in the trust account include $6,000,000 (or up to $6,900,000 if the

31

Table of Contents

 

underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) in deferred underwriting commissions upon the completion of an initial business combination, with such commissions subject to pro-rata reduction based on the number of Class A ordinary shares redeemed by our public shareholders. The proceeds to be placed in the trust account also include an advisory fee equal to 3% of the gross proceeds raised in the IPO payable to Santander US Capital Markets LLC upon the completion of an initial business combination. For a discussion of the working capital payments, promissory note repayments, certain payments to the underwriter and tax payments, please see “Use of Proceeds.”

   

The proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement units will not be released from the trust account until the earliest of (i) the completion of our initial business combination, (ii) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within the completion window, subject to applicable law, or (iii) the redemption of our public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to (A) modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within the completion window or (B) with respect to any other material provisions relating to the rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares or pre-initial business combination activity. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could become subject to the claims of our creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of our public shareholders.

Anticipated expenses and funding
sources:

 


Unless and until we complete our initial business combination, no proceeds held in the trust account will be available for our use, except the withdrawal of interest for taxes payable and/or to redeem our public shares in connection with an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, as described above. The proceeds held in the trust account will initially be invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations; the holding of these assets in this form is intended to be temporary and for the sole purpose of facilitating the intended business combination. To mitigate the risk that we might be deemed to be an investment company for purposes of the Investment Company Act, which risk increases the longer that we hold investments in the trust account, we may, at any time (based on our management team’s ongoing assessment of all factors related to our potential status under the Investment Company Act), instruct the trustee to liquidate the investments held in the trust account and instead to hold the funds in the trust account in cash or in an interest bearing demand deposit account at a bank. Unless and until we complete our initial business combination, we may pay our expenses only from the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account.

32

Table of Contents

 

We may also receive loans or additional investments from our sponsor, members of our management team or their affiliates or other third parties, although they are under no obligation to advance funds or invest in us; provided that any such loans will not have any claim on the proceeds held in the trust account unless such proceeds are released to us upon completion of our initial business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into private placement units of the post-business combination entity, at a price of $10.00 per unit, at the option of the lender.

Conditions to completing our initial
business combination:

 


Nasdaq rules require that we must complete one or more business combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the trust account (net of amounts disbursed to management for working capital purposes, if permitted, and excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting discount held in trust). Our board of directors will make the determination as to the fair market value of our initial business combination. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of our initial business combination, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. While we consider it likely that our board of directors will be able to make an independent determination of the fair market value of our initial business combination, it may be unable to do so if it is less familiar or experienced with the business of a particular target or if there is a significant amount of uncertainty as to the value of the target’s assets or prospects.

If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be taken into account for purposes of the 80% of net assets test described above, provided that in the event that the business combination involves more than one target business, the aggregate value of all of the target businesses will be taken into account for purposes of the 80% fair market value test and we will treat the transactions together as our initial business combination for purposes of seeking shareholder approval or conducting a tender offer, as applicable.

Permitted purchases of public shares
and rights by our affiliates:

 

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase public shares or public rights in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. Additionally, at any time at or prior to our initial business combination, subject to applicable securities laws (including with respect to material nonpublic information), our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may enter into transactions with investors and others to provide them with incentives to acquire public shares, vote their public shares in favor of our initial business

33

Table of Contents

 

combination or not redeem their public shares. There is no limit on the number of shares our initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase in such transactions, subject to compliance with applicable law and Nasdaq rules. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds held in the trust account will be used to purchase public shares or public rights in such transactions. If they engage in such transactions, they will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material nonpublic information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

   

We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements. See “Effecting Our Initial Business Combination — Permitted Purchases of Our Securities.” for a description of how our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates will select which shareholders to purchase securities from in any private transaction. Our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates will not make any purchases if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act.

Additionally, in the event our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates were to purchase shares or rights from public shareholders, such purchases would be structured in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act including, in pertinent part, through adherence to the following:

   

   our registration statement/proxy statement filed for our business combination transaction would disclose the possibility that our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or rights from public shareholders outside the redemption process, along with the purpose of such purchases;

   

   if our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates were to purchase shares or rights from public shareholders, they would do so at a price no higher than the price offered through our redemption process;

   

   our registration statement/proxy statement filed for our business combination transaction would include a representation that any of our securities purchased by our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction;

   

   our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates would not possess any redemption rights with respect to our securities or, if they do acquire and possess redemption rights, they would waive such rights; and

34

Table of Contents

 

   we would disclose in a Form 8-K, before our security holder meeting to approve the business combination transaction, the following material items:

   

   the amount of our securities purchased outside of the redemption offer by our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates, along with the purchase price;

   

   the purpose of the purchases by our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates;

   

   the impact, if any, of the purchases by our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates on the likelihood that the business combination transaction will be approved;

   

   the identities of our security holders who sold to our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates (if not purchased on the open market) or the nature of our security holders (e.g., 5% security holders) who sold to our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates; and

   

   the number of our securities for which we have received redemption requests pursuant to our redemption offer.

   

Please see “Effecting Our Initial Business Combination — Permitted Purchases of Our Securities” for a description of how such persons will determine from which shareholders to seek to acquire securities.

   

The purpose of any such transaction could be to (1) increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the business combination, (2) reduce the number of public rights outstanding and/or increase the likelihood of approval on any matters submitted to the public right holders for approval in connection with our initial business combination or (3) satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our securities may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange. Please see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Search for, and Consummation of or Inability to Consummate, a Business Combination — If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may elect to purchase public shares or rights, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our securities.

35

Table of Contents

Redemption rights for public shareholders upon completion of our initial business combination:

 



We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem, regardless of whether they abstain, vote for, or vote against, our initial business combination, all or a portion of their public shares upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations and on the conditions described herein.

   

The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per public share. The per share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriter because such commissions are subject to pro-rata reduction based on the number of Class A ordinary shares redeemed by our public shareholders. There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of our initial business combination with respect to our rights. Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares, private placement shares and any public shares they may acquire during or after this offering in connection with the completion of our initial business combination.

Manner of conducting redemptions:

 

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares, regardless of whether they abstain, vote for, or vote against, our initial business combination upon the completion of our initial business combination either (i) in connection with a general meeting called to approve the initial business combination or (ii) without a shareholder vote by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed initial business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements. Asset acquisitions and share purchases would not typically require shareholder approval while direct mergers with our company (other than with a 90% subsidiary of ours) and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares or seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association would require shareholder approval. So long as we obtain and maintain a listing for our securities on Nasdaq, we will be required to comply with Nasdaq’s shareholder approval rules.

   

The requirement that we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares by one of the two methods listed above will be contained in provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and will apply whether or not we maintain our registration under the Exchange Act or our listing on Nasdaq. Such provisions may be amended if approved by a special resolution, which requires the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company.

36

Table of Contents

 

If we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares in connection with a general meeting, we will:

   conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules, and

   file proxy materials with the SEC.

   

If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if we obtain the approval of an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which requires the affirmative vote of at least a simple majority of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company. A quorum for such meeting will be present if the holders of at least one third of issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote at the meeting are represented in person or by proxy. Our initial shareholders will count toward this quorum and, pursuant to the letter agreement, our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed to vote their founder shares, private placement shares and any public shares purchased during or after this offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions) in favor of our initial business combination (except that any public shares such parties may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction). For purposes of seeking approval of an ordinary resolution, non-votes will have no effect on the approval of our initial business combination once a quorum is obtained.

   

As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ founder shares and shares underlying the private placement units, we would need 7,387,501 public shares, or 36.94%, of the 20,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to have our initial business combination approved, assuming all outstanding shares are voted, the over-allotment option is not exercised and the parties to the letter agreement do not acquire any Class A ordinary shares. Assuming that only the holders of one-third of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares, representing a quorum under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, vote their shares at a general meeting of the company, we would need 3,183,333 public shares, or 15.92% of the 20,000,000 public shares sold in this offering, in addition to our founder shares and private placement shares, to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to approve an initial business combination. However, if our initial business combination is structured as a statutory merger or consolidation with another company under Cayman Islands law, in addition to obtaining approval of our initial business combination by ordinary resolution, the approval of the statutory merger or consolidation will require a special resolution under Cayman Islands law, which requires the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled

37

Table of Contents

 

to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company. In addition, prior to the closing of our initial business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares (i) will have the right to vote to appoint and remove directors prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination and (ii) will be entitled to vote on continuing our company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend our constitutional documents or to adopt new constitutional documents as a result of our approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands). These quorum and voting thresholds, and the voting agreements of our initial shareholders, may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial business combination.

   

Each public shareholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or vote against the proposed transaction, or whether they do not vote or abstain from voting on the proposed transaction, or whether they were a public shareholder on the record date for the general meeting held to approve the proposed transaction.

   

If a shareholder vote is not required and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will:

   

   conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers, and

   file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about our initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

   

In the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial business combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public shareholders not tendering more than the number of shares we are permitted to redeem. If public shareholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete such initial business combination.

   

Upon the public announcement of our initial business combination, if we elect to conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, we or our sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 to purchase our Class A ordinary shares in the open market, in order to comply with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.

38

Table of Contents

 

We intend to require our public shareholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to, at the holder’s option, either deliver their share certificates to our transfer agent or deliver their shares to our transfer agent electronically using the Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) system, prior to the date set forth in the proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable. In the case of proxy materials, this date may be up to two business days prior to the scheduled vote on the proposal to approve the initial business combination. In addition, if we conduct redemptions in connection with a shareholder vote, we intend to require a public shareholder seeking redemption of its public shares to also submit a written request for redemption to our transfer agent two business days prior to the scheduled vote in which the name of the beneficial owner of such shares is included. The proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will indicate whether we are requiring public shareholders to satisfy such delivery requirements. We believe that this will allow our transfer agent to efficiently process any redemptions without the need for further communication or action from the redeeming public shareholders, which could delay redemptions and result in additional administrative cost.

   

If the proposed initial business combination is not approved and we continue to search for a target company, we will promptly return any certificates or shares delivered by public shareholders who elected to redeem their shares.

   

Our proposed initial business combination may impose a minimum cash requirement for (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed initial business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the initial business combination or redeem any shares, and all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof. We may, however, raise funds through the issuance of equity-linked securities or through loans, advances or other indebtedness in connection with our initial business combination, including pursuant to forward purchase agreements or backstop arrangements we may enter into following consummation of this offering, in order to, among other reasons, satisfy such net tangible assets or minimum cash requirements.

39

Table of Contents

Limitation on redemption rights of shareholders holding 15% or more of the shares sold in this offering if we hold shareholder vote:

 




Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption rights, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering without our prior consent. We believe the restriction described above will discourage shareholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to redeem their shares as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public shareholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights against a business combination if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us, our sponsor or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our shareholders’ ability to redeem to no more than 15% of the shares sold in this offering, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our initial business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including all shares held by those shareholders that hold more than 15% of the shares sold in this offering) for or against our initial business combination.

Release of funds in trust account
on closing of our initial business
combination:

 



On the completion of our initial business combination, the funds held in the trust account will be used to pay amounts due to any public shareholders who exercise their redemption rights as described above under “Redemption rights for public shareholders upon completion of our initial business combination,” to pay the underwriter their deferred underwriting commissions, to pay all or a portion of the consideration payable to the target or owners of the target of our initial business combination and to pay other expenses associated with our initial business combination. If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination, we may use the balance of the cash released to us from the trust account following the closing for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of post-transaction businesses, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

40

Table of Contents

Redemption of public shares and distribution and liquidation if no initial business combination:

 



Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we will have only the completion window to complete our initial business combination. If we have not completed our initial business combination within such time period, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter (and subject to lawfully available funds therefor), redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (which interest will be net of taxes, if any, and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay liquidation and dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our rights, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the completion window.

   

Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares and private placement shares held by them if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the completion window, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from assets outside the trust account. However, if our initial shareholders or management team acquire public shares in or after this offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the completion window.

   

The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission held in the trust account in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within the completion window and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the funds held in the trust account that will be available to fund the redemption of our public shares.

   

Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a letter agreement, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within the completion window or (B) with respect to any other material provisions relating to the rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares or pre-initial business combination activity, in each case unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the

41

Table of Contents

 

trust account (net of taxes, if any, payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. For example, our board of directors may propose such an amendment if it determines that additional time is necessary to complete our initial business combination. In such event, we will conduct a proxy solicitation and distribute proxy materials pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act seeking shareholder approval of such proposal, and in connection therewith, provide our public shareholders with the redemption rights described above upon shareholder approval of such amendment.

Limited payments to insiders:

 

We are not prohibited from paying any fees (including advisory fees), reimbursements or cash payments to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, including the following payments, all of which, if made prior to the completion of our initial business combination, will be paid from net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account:

   Repayment of up to an aggregate of $300,000 in loans made to us by our sponsor to cover offering-related and organizational expenses;

   Payment of consulting, success or finder fees to our independent directors, advisors, or their respective affiliates in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination;

   We may engage our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as an advisor or otherwise in connection with our initial business combination and certain other transactions and pay such person or entity a salary or fee in an amount that constitutes a market standard for comparable transactions;

   

   Reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating, negotiating and completing an initial business combination; and

   Repayment of loans which may be made by our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into private placement units of the post-business combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender. Such units would be identical to the private placement units. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans.

Commencing on the date that our securities are first listed on Nasdaq through the earlier of consummation of our initial business combination and our liquidation, we intend to reimburse an affiliate of our sponsor for accounting, bookkeeping, office space, IT support, research, professional, secretarial and administrative services provided to us in an amount fixed at $10,000 per month. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, directors or officers, or our or their affiliates.

42

Table of Contents

Audit committee:

 

We have established and will maintain an audit committee, which is composed entirely of independent directors as and when required by the rules of Nasdaq and Rule 10A of the Exchange Act. Among its responsibilities, the audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates and monitor compliance with the other terms relating to this offering. If any noncompliance is identified, then the audit committee will be charged with the responsibility to promptly take all action necessary to rectify such noncompliance or otherwise to cause compliance with the terms of this offering. For more information, see the section entitled “Management — Committees of the Board of Directors — Audit Committee.

Conflicts of Interest:

 

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary, contractual or other obligations or duties to one or more other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entities.

   

Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then current fiduciary or contractual obligations (unless such opportunity was presented to them solely in their capacity as officers or directors of our company and it is an opportunity our company is able to complete on a reasonable basis), he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such other entity, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer, among other persons, shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which (a) may be a corporate opportunity for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other or (b) the presentation of which would breach an existing legal obligation of a director or officer to any other entity. Such fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors could materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

   

Our sponsor, officers or directors may sponsor or form other SPACs similar to ours or may pursue other business or investment ventures during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination. As a result, our sponsor, officers and directors could have conflicts of interest in determining whether to present business combination opportunities to us or to any other SPAC with which they may become involved. Any such companies, businesses or investments may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an initial business combination target. Such potential conflicts could materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

   

Our executive officers and our directors may have interests that differ from you in connection with the business combination, including the fact that they may lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed, except to the

43

Table of Contents

 

extent they receive liquidating distributions from assets outside the trust account, and accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination.

   

Additionally, the personal and financial interests of our directors and executive officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and pursuing an initial business combination or completing our initial business combination. The different timelines of competing business combinations could cause our directors and executive officers to prioritize a different business combination over finding a suitable acquisition target for our business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and executive officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest, which could negatively impact the timing for a business combination.

   

In addition to the above, our officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs, and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including selecting a business combination target and monitoring the related due diligence. See “Risk Factors — Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.”

   

Additionally, our sponsor and executive officers and directors have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares, private placement shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination. Further, our sponsor and executive officers and directors have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares, private placement shares and public shares held by them if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering or by such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve. If we do not complete our initial business combination within such applicable time period, the proceeds of the sale of the private placement units held in the trust account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, and the private placement units may be worthless.

   

With certain limited exceptions, the founder shares will not be transferable, assignable or saleable by our sponsor or its permitted transferees until one year after the completion of our initial business combination. With certain limited exceptions, the private placement units (including the private placement shares, private placement rights and private placement shares issuable upon conversion of such rights) will not be transferable, assignable or saleable by our sponsor or its permitted transferees until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. Since our sponsor and executive officers and directors may directly or indirectly own ordinary shares (including private placement shares) and rights following this offering, our executive officers and directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an

44

Table of Contents

 

appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination because of their financial interest in completing an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering or by such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve.

   

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, or completing the business combination through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our sponsor, officers or directors; accordingly, such affiliated person(s) may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination as such affiliated person(s) would have interests different from our public shareholders and would likely not receive any financial benefit unless we consummated such business combination.

Indemnity by the sponsor in the event
of liquidation without a business
combination:

 

Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or business combination agreement (except for the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, net of taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the trust account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriter of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. However, we have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and we believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the trust account, the funds available for our initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share.

45

Table of Contents

RISKS

We are a recently incorporated company that has conducted no operations and has generated no revenues. Until we complete our initial business combination, we will have no operations and will generate no operating revenues. In making your decision whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account not only the background of our management team, but also the special risks we face as a blank check company. This offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act. Accordingly, you will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. Please see “Effecting our Initial Business Combination — Comparison of This Offering to Those of Blank Check Companies Subject to Rule 419” for additional information concerning how Rule 419 blank check offerings differ from this offering. You should carefully consider these and the other risks set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

Summary of Risk Factors

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. The occurrence of one or more of the events or circumstances described in the section titled “Risk Factors,” alone or in combination with other events or circumstances, may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. Such risks include, but are not limited to:

        We are a blank check company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

        Our public shareholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed initial business combination, and even if we hold a vote, holders of our founder shares and private placement shares will participate in such vote, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majority of our public shareholders do not support such a combination.

        Your only opportunity to affect your investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash.

        Our sponsor will control the appointment of our board of directors until consummation of our initial business combination and will hold a substantial interest in us. As a result, it will appoint all of our directors prior to the consummation of our initial business combination and may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

        If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial shareholders and management team have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public shareholders vote.

        The ability of our public shareholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.

        Since our sponsor, executive officers directors, and initial shareholders will lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed (other than with respect to public shares they may acquire during or after this offering), a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.

        The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares and the amount of deferred underwriting compensation may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure, and may substantially dilute your investment in us.

        We may not be able to consummate an initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of this offering, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

46

Table of Contents

        The requirement that we complete our initial business combination within the completion window may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets, in particular as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.

        If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares or rights from public shareholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares or rights.

        You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or rights, potentially at a loss.

        Nasdaq may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

        The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsor for the founder shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares upon the consummation of our initial business combination and our sponsor is likely to make a substantial profit on its investment in us in the event we consummate an initial business combination, even if the business combination causes the trading price of our ordinary shares to materially decline.

        The value of the founder shares following completion of our initial business combination is likely to be substantially higher than the nominal price paid for them, even if the trading price of our ordinary at such time is substantially less than $10.00 per share.

        You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

        If the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the duration of the completion window, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination, and we will depend on loans from our sponsor, its affiliates or our management team to fund our search and to complete our initial business combination.

        Past performance by our management team, our advisors and their respective affiliates, including investments and transactions in which they have participated and businesses with which they have been associated, may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in the company.

        The ownership interest of our sponsor may change, and our sponsor may divest its ownership interest in us at a time when we are still searching for a business combination target, which could deprive us of key personnel and advisors.

        We may be a passive foreign investment company, or “PFIC,” which could result in adverse United States federal income tax consequences to U.S. investor.

        To mitigate the risk that we might be deemed to be an investment company for purposes of the Investment Company Act, which risk increases the longer that we hold investments in the trust account, we may, at any time (based on our management team’s ongoing assessment of all factors related to our potential status under the Investment Company Act), instruct the trustee to liquidate the investments held in the trust account and instead to hold the funds in the trust account in cash or in an interest bearing demand deposit account at a bank until the earlier of the consummation of our initial business combination or our liquidation. As a result, following the liquidation of investments in the trust account, we would likely receive less interest on the funds held in the trust account, which would likely reduce the dollar amount our public shareholders would receive upon any redemption or liquidation.

47

Table of Contents

        Depending on the details of our initial business combination, a U.S. federal excise tax could be imposed on us in connection with any redemptions of our Class A ordinary shares in connection with such initial business combination.

        If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

        Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

        We may reincorporate in or transfer by way of continuation to another jurisdiction which may result in taxes imposed on shareholders and/or right holders.

        The other risks and uncertainties discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

48

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all of the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our units. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to our Search for, and Consummation of or Inability to Consummate, a Business Combination

Our public shareholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed initial business combination, and even if we hold a vote, holders of our founder shares and private placement shares will participate in such vote, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majority of our public shareholders do not support such a combination.

We may choose not to hold a shareholder vote to approve our initial business combination unless the business combination would require shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements. In such case, the decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors, such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval. Even if we seek shareholder approval, the holders of our founder shares and private placement shares will participate in the vote on such approval. Accordingly, we may complete our initial business combination even if holders of a majority of our ordinary shares do not approve of the business combination we complete. Please see the section entitled “Effecting our Initial Business Combination — Shareholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve Our Initial Business Combination” for additional information.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial shareholders and management team have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public shareholders vote.

Our initial shareholders will own 20.7% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares immediately following the completion of this offering (including private placement shares and assuming our initial shareholders do not purchase any units in this offering).

Our initial shareholders and management team also may from time to time purchase Class A ordinary shares prior to our initial business combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, if we seek shareholder approval of an initial business combination, such initial business combination will be approved if we receive an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which requires the affirmative vote of at least a simple majority of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company. As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ founder shares and shares underlying the private placement units, we would need 7,387,501 public shares, or 36.94%, of the 20,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to have our initial business combination approved, assuming all outstanding shares are voted, the over-allotment option is not exercised and the parties to the letter agreement do not acquire any Class A ordinary shares. Assuming that only the holders of one-third of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares, representing a quorum under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, vote their ordinary shares at a general meeting of the company, we would need 3,183,333 public shares, or 15.92% of the 20,000,000 public shares sold in this offering, in addition to our founder shares and private placement shares, to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to approve an initial business combination. However, if our initial business combination is structured as a statutory merger or consolidation with another company under Cayman Islands law, in addition to obtaining approval of our initial business combination by ordinary resolution, the approval of the statutory merger or consolidation will require a special resolution under Cayman Islands law, which requires the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company. Accordingly, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, the agreement by our initial shareholders and management team to vote in favor of our initial business combination will increase the likelihood that an ordinary resolution will be passed, being the requisite shareholder approval for such initial business combination.

49

Table of Contents

Your only opportunity to effect your investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash.

At the time of your investment in us, you will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of our initial business combination. Since our board of directors may complete a business combination without seeking shareholder approval, public shareholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the business combination, unless we seek such shareholder vote. Accordingly, your only opportunity to effect your investment decision regarding our initial business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public shareholders in which we describe our initial business combination. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriter will be adjusted and not paid with respect to any shares that are redeemed in connection with an initial business combination. The advisory fee payable to Santander US Capital Markets LLC will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection with an initial business combination. The per share amount we will distribute to shareholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission and after such redemptions, the per-share value of shares held by non-redeeming shareholders will reflect our obligation to pay the deferred underwriting commissions. In addition, the per-share value of shares held by non-redeeming shareholders after such redemptions will also reflect our obligation to pay the advisory fee to Santander US Capital Markets LLC.

The ability of our public shareholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into a business combination transaction agreement with a minimum cash requirement for (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions. If too many public shareholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with the business combination. Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would not allow us to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and thus may be reluctant to enter into a business combination transaction with us.

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares and the amount of deferred underwriting compensation may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure, and may substantially dilute your investment in us.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial business combination, we will not know how many shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the trust account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third-party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares are submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the trust account or arrange for third-party financing. Raising additional third-party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. Furthermore, this dilution would increase to the extent that the anti-dilution provision of the Class B ordinary shares results in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination. In addition, the amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriter will be adjusted and not paid with respect to any shares that are redeemed in connection with an initial business combination. The advisory fee payable to Santander US Capital Markets LLC will be paid without adjustment upon closing of our initial business combination. The per share amount we will distribute to shareholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting compensation and after such redemptions, the amount held in trust will continue to reflect our obligation to pay the deferred underwriting compensation. In addition, the per-share value of shares held by non-redeeming shareholders after such redemptions will also reflect our obligation to pay the advisory fee to Santander US Capital Markets LLC. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure. As a result, our obligations to redeem

50

Table of Contents

public shares for which redemption is requested and to pay the deferred underwriting commissions may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure. We may not be able to generate sufficient value from the completion of our initial business combination in order to overcome the dilutive impact of these and other factors, and, accordingly, you may incur a net loss on your investment. Please see “— Risks Relating to Our Securities — The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsor for the founder shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares upon the consummation of our initial business combination, and our sponsor is likely to make a substantial profit on its investment in us in the event we consummate an initial business combination, even if the business combination causes the trading price of our ordinary shares to materially decline.”

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your shares.

If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful is increased. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account until we liquidate the trust account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your shares in the open market; however, at such time our shares may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the trust account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with your exercise of redemption rights until we liquidate or you are able to sell your shares in the open market.

The requirement that we complete our initial business combination within the completion window may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets, in particular as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware that we must complete our initial business combination within the completion window. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation. The length of time it may take us to complete our diligence and negotiate a business combination may reduce the amount of time available for us to ultimately complete an initial business combination should such diligence or negotiations not lead to a consummated initial business combination.

The underwriter is entitled to receive deferred underwriting commissions that will be released from the trust account only upon the completion of our initial business combination. In addition, Santander US Capital Markets LLC is entitled to receive an advisory fee equal to 3% of the gross proceeds raised in the IPO that will be released from the trust account upon the completion of our initial business combination. We may also engage the underwriter or its respective affiliates to provide additional services to us after this offering. As a result, these financial incentives may cause them to have potential conflicts of interest in rendering any such additional services to us after this offering, including, for example, in connection with the sourcing and consummation of an initial business combination.

The underwriter is entitled to receive deferred underwriting commissions that are conditioned on the completion of our initial business combination. In addition, Santander US Capital Markets LLC is entitled to receive an advisory fee equal to 3% of the gross proceeds raised in the IPO that is also conditioned on the completion of our initial business combination. We may also engage the underwriter or its respective affiliates to provide additional services to us after this offering, including, for example, identifying potential targets, providing M&A advisory services, acting as a placement agent in a private offering or arranging debt financing transactions. In connection with any additional services provided to us, we may pay such underwriter or its affiliate fair and reasonable fees or other compensation that would be determined at that time in an arm’s length negotiation, provided that no agreement will be entered into with

51

Table of Contents

the underwriter or its respective affiliates and no fees or other compensation for such additional services will be paid to the underwriter or its respective affiliates prior to the date that is 60 days from the date of this prospectus, unless such payment would not be deemed underwriter’s compensation in connection with this offering.

As a result, these financial interests tied to the consummation of a business combination transaction may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in providing any additional services to us, including potential conflicts of interest in connection with the sourcing and consummation of an initial business combination. The underwriter is under no obligation to provide any further services to us in order to receive all or any part of the deferred underwriting commissions. Similarly, Santander US Capital Markets LLC is under no obligation to provide any further services to us in order to receive all or any part of its advisory fee.

We may not be able to complete our initial business combination within the completion window, in which case we would redeem our public shares.

We may not be able to find a suitable target business and complete our initial business combination within the completion window after the closing of this offering. Our ability to complete our initial business combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility in the capital and debt markets and the other risks described herein. If we have not completed our initial business combination within such time period, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter (and subject to lawfully available funds therefor), redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay liquidation and dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In such case, our public shareholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or possibly less, and our rights will expire without value to the holder. In certain circumstances, our public shareholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares. See “— If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors described in this “Risk Factors” section.

We may decide not to extend the term we have to consummate our initial business combination, in which case we would redeem our public shares, and the rights may be worthless.

We have until the date that is 24 months from the closing of this offering or until such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, to consummate our initial business combination. If we anticipate that we may be unable to consummate our initial business combination within such period and we wish to further extend the date by which we must consummate our initial business combination, we will seek shareholder approval to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to extend the date by which we must consummate our initial business combination. However, we may decide not to seek to extend the date by which we must consummate our initial business combination. If we do not seek to extend the date by which we must consummate our initial business combination, and we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within the applicable time period, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter (and subject to lawfully available funds therefor), redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay liquidation and dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case, to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In such event, the rights may be worthless.

52

Table of Contents

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares or rights from public shareholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares or rights.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may purchase public shares or rights in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation or duty to do so. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgment that such shareholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. It is intended that, if Rule 10b-18 would apply to purchases by sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates, then such purchases will comply with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act, to the extent it applies, which provides a safe harbor for purchases made under certain conditions, including with respect to timing, pricing and volume of purchases.

Additionally, at any time at or prior to our initial business combination, subject to applicable securities laws (including with respect to material nonpublic information), our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may enter into transactions with investors and others to provide them with incentives to acquire public shares, vote their public shares in favor of our initial business combination or not redeem their public shares. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase public shares, rights or units in such transactions.

The purpose of any such transactions could be to (1) increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the business combination, (2) reduce the number of public rights outstanding and/or increase the likelihood of approval on any matters submitted to the public right holders for approval in connection with our initial business combination or (3) satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our securities may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements.

Additionally, in the event our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates were to purchase public shares or rights from public shareholders, such purchases would be structured in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act including, in pertinent part, through adherence to the following:

        our registration statement/proxy statement filed for our business combination transaction would disclose the possibility that our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may purchase public shares or rights from public shareholders outside the redemption process, along with the purpose of such purchases;

        if our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates were to purchase public shares or rights from public shareholders, they would do so at a price no higher than the price offered through our redemption process;

        our registration statement/proxy statement filed for our business combination transaction would include a representation that any of our securities purchased by our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction;

53

Table of Contents

        our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates would not possess any redemption rights with respect to our securities or, if they do acquire and possess redemption rights, they would waive such rights; and

        we would disclose in a Form 8-K, before our security holder meeting to approve the business combination transaction, the following material items:

        the amount of our securities purchased outside of the redemption offer by our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates, along with the purchase price;

        the purpose of the purchases by our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates;

        the impact, if any, of the purchases by our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates on the likelihood that the business combination transaction will be approved;

        the identities of our security holders who sold to our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates (if not purchased on the open market) or the nature of our security holders (e.g., 5% security holders) who sold to our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates; and

        the number of our securities for which we have received redemption requests pursuant to our redemption offer.

Please see “Effecting our Initial Business Combination — Permitted Purchases of Our Securities” for a description of how such persons will determine from which shareholders to seek to acquire securities.

If a shareholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our initial business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for submitting or tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the proxy rules or tender offer rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our initial business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a shareholder fails to receive our proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable, such shareholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly tender or submit public shares for redemption. For example, we intend to require our public shareholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to, at the holder’s option, either deliver their share certificates to our transfer agent, or to deliver their shares to our transfer agent electronically prior to the date set forth in the proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable. In the case of proxy materials, this date may be up to two business days prior to the scheduled vote on the proposal to approve the initial business combination. In addition, if we conduct redemptions in connection with a shareholder vote, we intend to require a public shareholder seeking redemption of its public shares to also submit a written request for redemption to our transfer agent two business days prior to the scheduled vote in which the name of the beneficial owner of such shares is included. In the event that a shareholder fails to comply with these or any other procedures disclosed in the proxy or tender offer materials, as applicable, its shares may not be redeemed. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Effecting our Initial Business Combination — Delivering Share Certificates in Connection with the Exercise of Redemption Rights.

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of other blank check companies subject to Rule 419 of the Securities Act.

Since the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units are intended to be used to complete one or more initial business combinations with a target business or businesses that have not been selected, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United States securities laws. However, because we will have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 upon the completion of this offering and the sale of the private placement

54

Table of Contents

units and will file a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means our units will be immediately tradable and we will have a longer period of time to complete our respective business combinations than do companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if this offering were subject to Rule 419, that rule would prohibit the release of any interest earned on funds held in the trust account to us unless and until the funds in the trust account were released to us or in connection with our completion of an initial business combination. For a more detailed comparison of our offering to offerings that comply with Rule 419, please see “Effecting our Initial Business Combination — Comparison of This Offering to Those of Blank Check Companies Subject to Rule 419.”

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of shareholders are deemed to hold in excess of 15% of our Class A ordinary shares, you may lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 15% of our Class A ordinary shares.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares,” without our prior consent. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial business combination. And as a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, our rights will expire worthless.

We expect to encounter competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess similar or greater technical, human and other resources to ours or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, we are obligated to offer holders of our public shares the right to redeem their shares for cash at the time of our initial business combination in conjunction with a shareholder vote or via a tender offer. Target companies will be aware that this may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination. Any of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our rights will expire worthless.

55

Table of Contents

If the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the duration of the completion window, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination, and we will depend on loans from our sponsor or management team to fund our search and to complete our initial business combination.

We believe that, upon closing of this offering, net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account will be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the duration of the completion window; however, we cannot assure you that our estimate is accurate.

We could use net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use such amounts as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent or merger agreements designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies or investors on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent or merger agreement where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business.

In the event that the offering expenses are less than our estimate of $750,000, the amount of funds available outside the trust account would increase by a corresponding amount. If we are required to seek additional capital, we would need to borrow funds from our sponsor, management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate.

Neither our sponsor, members of our management team nor any of their affiliates is under any obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Any such advances would be repaid only from net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account or from funds released to us upon completion of our initial business combination. In addition, if our sponsor or certain of our directors and officers makes any working capital loans, up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into private placement units of the post-business combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender. Such units would be identical to the private placement units. Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to liquidate the trust account. Consequently, our public shareholders may only receive an estimated $10.00 per share, or possibly less, on our redemption of our public shares, and our rights will expire worthless.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

Our placing of funds in the trust account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will consider whether competitive alternatives are reasonably available to us and will only enter into an agreement with such third party if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be in the best interests of the company under the circumstances. Withum Smith+Brown, PC, our independent registered public accounting firm, and the underwriter of this offering will not execute agreements with us waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account.

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a

56

Table of Contents

service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed timeframe, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public shareholders could be less than the $10.00 per public share initially held in the trust account, due to claims of such creditors. Pursuant to the letter agreement the form of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to us (except for our independent registered public accounting firm), or a prospective target business with which we have entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, if less than $10.00 per public share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, net of taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the trust account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriter of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. However, we have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and we believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the trust account, the funds available for our initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our initial business combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your public shares. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public shareholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per public share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of taxes payable, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment and subject to their fiduciary duties may choose not to do so in any particular instance if, for example, the cost of such legal action is deemed by the independent directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or if the independent directors determine that a favorable outcome is not likely. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public shareholders may be reduced below $10.00 per public share.

We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims of our directors and officers.

We have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect. However, our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account and to not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, any indemnification provided will be able to be satisfied by us only if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination. Our obligation to indemnify our officers and directors may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

57

Table of Contents

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy, winding-up or insolvency petition or an involuntary bankruptcy, winding-up or insolvency petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy or insolvency court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our board of directors and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy, winding-up or insolvency petition or an involuntary bankruptcy, winding-up or insolvency petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy/insolvency laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance, preference or disposition.” As a result, a liquidator or a bankruptcy, insolvency or other court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to us or our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy, winding-up or insolvency petition or an involuntary bankruptcy, winding-up or insolvency petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our shareholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy, winding-up or insolvency petition or an involuntary bankruptcy, winding-up or insolvency petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law, and may be included in our bankruptcy or insolvency estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy or insolvency claims deplete the trust account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements and numerous complex tax laws. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

On January 24, 2024, the SEC adopted a series of new rules relating to SPACs (the “SPAC Rules”) requiring, among other items, (i) additional disclosures relating to SPAC business combination transactions; (ii) additional disclosures relating to dilution and to conflicts of interest involving sponsors and their affiliates in both SPAC initial public offerings and de-SPAC transactions; (iii) the use of projections by SPACs in SEC filings in connection with proposed business combination transactions; and (iv) both the SPAC and the target company’s status as co-registrants on de-SPAC registration statements.

In addition, the SEC’s adopting release provided guidance describing circumstances in which a SPAC could become subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act, including its duration, asset composition, business purpose, and the activities of the SPAC and its management team in furtherance of such goals.

Compliance with the SPAC Rules and related guidance may increase the costs of and the time needed to negotiate and complete an initial business combination and may constrain the circumstances under which we could complete an initial business combination.

58

Table of Contents

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

As described in the risk factor above entitled “Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.”, the SEC’s adopting release with respect to the SPAC Rules provided guidance describing the extent to which SPACs could become subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act and the regulations thereunder. Whether a SPAC is an investment company will be a question of facts and circumstances. If our facts and circumstances change over time, we will update our disclosure to reflect how those changes impact the risk that we may be considered to be operating as an unregistered investment company. We can give no assurance that a claim will not be made that we have been operating as an unregistered investment company.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may have to change our operations, wind down our operations, or register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Our activities may be restricted, including:

        restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

        restrictions on the issuance of securities, each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

        registration as an investment company;

        adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

        reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading in securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading “investment securities” constituting more than 40% of our total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. We are mindful of the SEC’s investment company definition and guidance and intend to identify and complete an initial business combination with an operating business, and not with an investment company, or to acquire minority interests in other businesses exceeding the permitted threshold.

We do not believe that our anticipated activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds held in the trust account will initially be invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations; the holding of these assets in this form is intended to be temporary and for the sole purpose of facilitating the intended business combination. To mitigate the risk that we might be deemed to be an investment company for purposes of the Investment Company Act, which risk increases the longer that we hold investments in the trust account, we may, at any time (based on our management team’s ongoing assessment of all factors related to our potential status under the Investment Company Act), instruct the trustee to liquidate the investments held in the trust account and instead to hold the funds in the trust account in cash or in an interest bearing demand deposit account at a bank.

Pursuant to the trust agreement, the trustee is not permitted to invest in securities or assets other than as described above. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businesses for the long term (rather than on buying and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund), we intend to avoid being deemed an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. This offering is not intended for persons who are seeking a return on investments in government securities or investment securities. The trust account is intended solely as a temporary depository for funds pending the earliest to occur of: (i) the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) in a manner that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within the completion

59

Table of Contents

window or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares or pre-initial business combination activity; or (iii) absent an initial business combination within the completion window, from the closing of this offering, our return of the funds held in the trust account to our public shareholders as part of our redemption of the public shares.

We are aware of litigation claiming that certain SPACs should be considered to be investment companies. Although we believe that these claims were without merit, we cannot guarantee that we will not be deemed to be an investment company and thus subject to the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to complete an initial business combination or may result in our winding down our operations and our liquidation. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our rights will expire worthless, and our public shareholders would also lose the possibility of an investment opportunity in a target company as well as any potential price appreciation in the combined company following a business combination.

To mitigate the risk that we might be deemed to be an investment company for purposes of the Investment Company Act, we may, at any time (based on our management team’s ongoing assessment of all factors related to our potential status under the Investment Company Act), instruct the trustee to liquidate the investments held in the trust account and instead to hold the funds in the trust account in an interest bearing demand deposit account at a bank until the earlier of the consummation of an initial business combination or our liquidation. As a result, following the liquidation of investments in the trust account, we will likely receive less interest on the funds held in the trust account than we would have had the trust account remained as initially invested, such that our public shareholders would receive less upon any redemption or liquidation of the Company than what they would have received had the investments not been liquidated.

The funds to be held in the trust account will, following this offering, be initially held only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less, in money market funds investing solely in U.S. government treasury obligations and meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act and in cash or cash like items (including demand deposit accounts) at a bank. However, to mitigate the risk of us being deemed to be an unregistered investment company (including under the subjective test of Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act) and thus subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act, we may, at any time (based on our management team’s ongoing assessment of all factors related to our potential status under the Investment Company Act), instruct Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the trustee with respect to the trust account, to liquidate the U.S. government treasury obligations or money market funds held in the trust account and thereafter to hold all funds in the trust account in an interest bearing demand deposit account at a bank until the earlier of the consummation of our initial business combination or our liquidation. Following such liquidation, we will likely receive less interest on the funds held in the trust account than we would earn if the trust account remained invested in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds investing solely in U.S. government treasury obligations and meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act. However, interest previously earned on the funds held in the trust account still may be released to us for taxes payable. As a result, any decision to liquidate the investments held in the trust account and thereafter to hold all funds in the trust account in an interest-bearing demand deposit at a bank could reduce the dollar amount our public shareholders would receive upon any redemption or liquidation of the Company as compared to what they would have received had the investments not been so liquidated.

Notwithstanding the measures set forth above, we may still be deemed to be an investment company. The longer that the funds in the trust account are held in short-term U.S. government treasury obligations or in money market funds invested exclusively in such securities, the greater the risk that we may be deemed to be an unregistered investment company, in which case we may be required to liquidate. In addition, we could nevertheless and at any time be considered to be operating as an unregistered investment company. If we are found to be operating as an unregistered investment company, we may be required to change our operations, wind down our operations, or register as an investment company. If we are required to wind down our operations as a result of this status, and are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our rights will expire worthless, and our public shareholders would also lose the possibility of an investment opportunity in a target company as well as any potential price appreciation in the combined company following a business combination. If our facts and circumstances change over time, we will update our disclosure to reflect how those changes impact the risk that we may be considered to be operating as an

60

Table of Contents

unregistered investment company. As disclosed above, we may determine, in our discretion, to liquidate the securities held in the trust account at any time and instead hold all funds in the trust account in an interest bearing demand deposit account or as cash or cash items at a bank, which could further reduce the dollar amount our public shareholders would receive upon any redemption or liquidation of the Company as compared to what they would have received had the investments not been so liquidated. Were we to liquidate the company, our rights would expire worthless, and our securityholders would lose the investment opportunity associated with an investment in the target company with which we could have consummated an initial business combination. In addition, upon moving the funds from the trust account to a deposit account, we will maintain the cash items in bank accounts which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits as guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). While we intend to place our deposits in high-quality banks, only a small portion of the funds in our trust account will be guaranteed by the FDIC.

Our search for an initial business combination, and any target business with which we may ultimately consummate an initial business combination, may be materially adversely affected by current global geopolitical conditions resulting from the ongoing Russia-Ukraine conflict and the recent escalation of the conflict in the Middle East and Southwest Asia.

United States and global markets are experiencing volatility and disruption following the geopolitical instability resulting from the ongoing Russia-Ukraine conflict and the conflict in the Middle East and Southwest Asia. In response to the ongoing Russia-Ukraine conflict, the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (“NATO”) deployed additional military forces to eastern Europe, and the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union and other countries have announced various sanctions and restrictive actions against Russia, Belarus and related individuals and entities, including the removal of certain financial institutions from the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (SWIFT) payment system. Certain countries, including the United States, have also provided and may continue to provide military aid or other assistance to Ukraine and to Israel, or have undertaken or will undertake military strikes in Southwest Asia, increasing geopolitical tensions among a number of nations. The invasion of Ukraine by Russia and the escalation of the conflict in the Middle East and Southwest Asia and the resulting measures that have been taken, and could be taken in the future, by NATO, the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union, Israel and its neighboring states and other countries have created global security concerns that could have a lasting impact on regional and global economies. Although the length and impact of the ongoing conflicts are highly unpredictable, they could lead to market disruptions, including significant volatility in commodity prices, credit and capital markets, as well as supply chain interruptions and increased cyber-attacks against U.S. companies. Additionally, any resulting sanctions could adversely affect the global economy and financial markets and lead to instability and lack of liquidity in capital markets.

Any of the abovementioned factors, or any other negative impact on the global economy, capital markets or other geopolitical conditions resulting from the Russian invasion of Ukraine, the conflict in the Middle East and Southwest Asia and subsequent sanctions or related actions, could adversely affect our search for an initial business combination and any target business with which we may ultimately consummate an initial business combination.

The extent and duration of the ongoing conflicts, resulting sanctions and any related market disruptions are impossible to predict, but could be substantial, particularly if current or new sanctions continue for an extended period of time or if geopolitical tensions result in expanded military operations on a global scale. Any such disruptions may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this section. If these disruptions or other matters of global concern continue for an extensive period of time, our ability to consummate an initial business combination, or the operations of a target business with which we may ultimately consummate an initial business combination, may be materially adversely affected.

Military or other conflicts in Ukraine, the Middle East and Southwest Asia or elsewhere may lead to increased volume and price volatility for publicly traded securities, or affect the operations or financial condition of potential target companies, which could make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial business combination.

Military or other conflicts in Ukraine, the Middle East, Southwest Asia or elsewhere may lead to increased volume and price volatility for publicly traded securities, or affect the operations or financial condition of potential target companies, and to other company or industry-specific, national, regional or international economic disruptions and economic uncertainty, any of which could make it more difficult for us to identify a business combination target and consummate an initial business combination on acceptable commercial terms, or at all.

61

Table of Contents

If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within the completion window, our public shareholders may be forced to wait beyond 24 months before redemption from our trust account.

If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within the completion window (as it may be extended), the proceeds then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (net of taxes payable and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay liquidation and dissolution expenses), will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, as further described herein. Any redemption of public shareholders from the trust account will be effected automatically by function of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prior to any voluntary winding up. If we are required to wind-up, liquidate the trust account and distribute such amount therein, pro rata, to our public shareholders, as part of any liquidation process, such winding up, liquidation and distribution must comply with the applicable provisions of the Companies Act. In that case, investors may be forced to wait beyond the end of the completion window before the redemption proceeds of our trust account become available to them, and they receive the return of their pro rata portion of the proceeds from our trust account. We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to the date of our redemption or liquidation unless we consummate our initial business combination prior thereto and only then in cases where investors have sought to redeem their Class A ordinary shares. Only upon our redemption or any liquidation will public shareholders be entitled to distributions if we are unable to complete our initial business combination.

Our shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

If we are forced to enter into an insolvent liquidation, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it was proved that immediately following the date on which the distribution was made, we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us or our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, thereby exposing themselves and our company to claims, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. We and our directors and officers who knowingly and willfully authorized or permitted any distribution to be paid out of our share premium account while we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business would be guilty of an offence and may be liable to a fine of $18,293 and to imprisonment for five years in the Cayman Islands.

We may not hold an annual general meeting until after the consummation of our initial business combination, which could delay the opportunity for our public shareholders to discuss company affairs with management, and the holders of our Class A ordinary shares will not have the right to vote on the appointment or removal of directors or continuing the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands until after the consummation of our initial business combination.

In accordance with Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual general meeting until no later than one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on Nasdaq. There is no requirement under the Companies Act for us to hold annual or extraordinary general meetings to appoint directors. Until we hold an annual general meeting, public shareholders may not be afforded the opportunity to discuss company affairs with management. Our board of directors is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being appointed in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual general meeting) serving a three-year term. In addition, as holders of our Class A ordinary shares, our public shareholders will not have the right to vote on the appointment or removal of directors or continuing the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands until after the consummation of our initial business combination.

Because we are neither limited to evaluating a target business in a particular industry sector nor have we selected any target businesses with which to pursue our initial business combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations.

Our efforts to identify a prospective initial business combination target will not be limited to a particular industry, sector or geographic region. While we may pursue an initial business combination opportunity in any industry or sector, we intend to capitalize on the ability of our management team to identify and acquire a business or businesses that can benefit from our management team’s established global relationships and operating experience. Our management team has extensive experience in identifying and executing strategic investments globally and has done so successfully in a number of sectors. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prohibit us from effectuating a business combination solely with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations.

62

Table of Contents

Because we have not yet selected any specific target business with respect to a business combination, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we complete our initial business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially and/or operationally unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially and/or operationally unstable or a development stage entity, which may necessitate significant effort to improve or turn around such company’s financial and/or operational performance and future viability. In recent years, a number of target businesses have underperformed financially post-business combination. There are no assurances that the target business with which we consummate our initial business combination will perform as anticipated. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a business combination target. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

We may seek business combination opportunities in industries or sectors that may be outside of our management’s areas of expertise.

We will consider a business combination outside of our management’s areas of expertise if a business combination candidate is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive business combination opportunity for our company. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular business combination candidate, we cannot assure you that we will adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors in this offering than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a business combination candidate. In the event we elect to pursue a business combination outside of the areas of our management’s expertise, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information contained in this prospectus regarding the areas of our management’s expertise would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. As a result, our management may not be able to ascertain or assess adequately all of the relevant risk factors. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we complete our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if shareholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain shareholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our rights will expire worthless.

63

Table of Contents

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or from another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to the company from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our initial business combination with an affiliated entity or our board of directors cannot independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses (including with the assistance of financial advisors), we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that the price we are paying is fair to the company from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our shareholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable, related to our initial business combination.

We may issue additional Class A ordinary shares or preference shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon the conversion of the founder shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained therein. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorizes the issuance of up to 200,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, 20,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, and 1,000,000 preference shares, par value $0.0001 per share. Immediately after this offering, there will be 179,775,000 and 15,000,000 (assuming in each case that the underwriter has not exercised their over-allotment option and the forfeiture of 750,000 Class B ordinary shares) authorized but unissued Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, respectively, available for issuance which amount does not take into account shares reserved for issuance upon conversion of outstanding rights or shares issuable upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares. The Class B ordinary shares are automatically convertible into Class A ordinary shares (which such Class A ordinary shares issued upon conversion will not have any redemption rights or be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account if we fail to consummate an initial business combination) in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holder, initially at a one-for-one ratio but subject to adjustment as set forth herein and in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, including in certain circumstances in which we issue Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities related to our initial business combination. Immediately after this offering, there will be no preference shares issued and outstanding.

We may issue a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares or preference shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions as set forth therein. However, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide, among other things, that prior to our initial business combination, except in connection with the conversion of Class B ordinary shares into Class A ordinary shares where the holders of such shares have waived any rights to receive funds from the trust account, we may not issue additional shares that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote as a class with public shares on any initial business combination. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, like all provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, may be amended with a shareholder vote. In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into private placement units of the post business combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender. The issuance of additional ordinary or preference shares:

        may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in this offering, which dilution would increase if the anti-dilution provisions in the Class B ordinary shares resulted in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares;

        may subordinate the rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares if preference shares are issued with rights senior to those afforded our Class A ordinary shares;

64

Table of Contents

        could cause a change in control if a substantial number of Class A ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors;

        may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us by diluting the share ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of us; and

        may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, Class A ordinary shares and/or rights.

Unlike some other similarly structured SPACs, our initial shareholders will receive additional Class A ordinary shares if we issue certain shares to consummate an initial business combination.

The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares (which such Class A ordinary shares issued upon conversion will not have any redemption rights or be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account if we fail to consummate an initial business combination) in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holder on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like, and subject to further adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or any other equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in this offering (including pursuant to the underwriter’s over-allotment option) and related to or in connection with the closing of the initial business combination, the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, 20% of the sum of (i) the total number of all ordinary shares outstanding upon the completion of this offering (including any Class A ordinary shares issued pursuant to the underwriter’s over-allotment option and excluding the Class A ordinary shares underlying private placement units issued to the sponsor), plus (ii) all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued, related to or in connection with the closing of the initial business combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and any private placement-equivalent shares issued to our sponsor or any of its affiliates or to our officers or directors upon conversion of working capital loans. Such adjustment may result in material dilution to our public shareholders.

We may issue our shares to investors in connection with our initial business combination at a price which is less than the prevailing market price of our shares at that time.

In connection with our initial business combination, we may issue shares to investors in private placement transactions (so-called PIPE transactions) at a price of $10.00 per share or lower, at a price that approximates the per-share amounts in our trust account at such time. The purpose of such issuances will be to enable us to provide sufficient liquidity and capital to the post-business combination entity. The price of the shares we issue may therefore be less, and potentially significantly less, than the market price for our shares at such time. Any such issuances of equity securities could dilute the interests of our existing shareholders.

Since only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors, upon the listing of our shares on Nasdaq, Nasdaq will consider us to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of Nasdaq rules and, as a result, we may qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

After completion of this offering and prior to the consummation of a business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. As a result, Nasdaq will consider us to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of Nasdaq corporate governance standards. Under Nasdaq corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the appointment of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:

        we have a board that includes a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of Nasdaq; and

        we have a compensation committee or nominating and corporate governance committee of our board.

65

Table of Contents

We do not intend to utilize these exemptions and intend to comply with the corporate governance requirements of the Nasdaq, subject to applicable phase-in rules. However, if we determine in the future to utilize some or all of these exemptions, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements.

Resources could be wasted in researching business combinations that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our rights will expire worthless.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys, consultants and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our rights will expire worthless.

We may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our sponsor, officers, directors or existing holders which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of our sponsor, its managing member, and our officers and directors with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with or competitive with our sponsor, officers, directors and their respective affiliates or existing holders. Our directors also serve as officers and/or board members for other entities, including, without limitation, those described under “Management — Conflicts of Interest.” Such entities may compete with us for business combination opportunities. Our sponsor, officers and directors are not currently aware of any specific opportunities for us to complete our initial business combination with any entities with which they are affiliated, and there have been no substantive discussions concerning a business combination with any such entity or entities. Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria for a business combination as set forth in “Effecting our initial business combination — Sources of Target Businesses” and such transaction was approved by a majority of our independent and disinterested directors. Despite our agreement to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions regarding the fairness to our company from a financial point of view of a business combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with our sponsor, officers, directors or existing holders, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the business combination may not be as advantageous to our public shareholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

Since our sponsor, officers and directors, and any other holder of our founder shares may lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed (other than with respect to public shares they may acquire during or after this offering), a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.

On November 18, 2025, our sponsor paid $25,000, or approximately $0.004 per share, to cover certain of our offering costs in exchange for 5,750,000 founder shares.

Prior to the initial investment in the company of $25,000 by the sponsor, the company had no assets, tangible or intangible. The purchase price of the founder shares was determined by dividing the amount of cash contributed to the company by the number of founder shares issued. The number of founder shares outstanding was determined based on the expectation that the total size of this offering would be a maximum of 23,000,000 units if the underwriter’s

66

Table of Contents

over-allotment option is exercised in full, and therefore that such founder shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares after this offering. Up to 750,000 of the founder shares will be forfeited for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment is exercised. The founder shares will be worthless if we do not complete an initial business combination, except to the extent they receive liquidating distributions from assets outside of the trust account. In addition, our sponsor has committed to purchase an aggregate of 225,000 private placement units (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised), at a price of $10.00 per unit, or $2,250,000 in the aggregate (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised), in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. The private placement units will be worthless if we do not complete our initial business combination. This risk may become more acute as the end of the completion window nears, which is the deadline for our completion of an initial business combination.

The ownership interest of our sponsor may change, and our sponsor may divest its ownership interest in us at a time when we are still searching for a business combination target, which could deprive us of key personnel and advisors.

Our sponsor is a limited liability company whose managing member is controlled by Nicolas Rohatyn, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman. Mr. Rohatyn holds voting and investment discretion with respect to the founder shares and the private placement units held of record by the sponsor. Pursuant to a letter agreement entered into with us, each of our sponsor, directors and officers have agreed to certain restrictions on such party’s ability to transfer, assign, or sell, directly or indirectly, the founder shares, private placement units, private placement shares, private placement rights and the securities underlying the private placement rights to unaffiliated parties. However, that letter agreement may be amended by the parties to that agreement, including the Company, with the consent of Santander US Capital Markets LLC. As a result, it is possible that the sponsor may in future be permitted to transfer, assign, or sell part or all of the interests held by our sponsor to unaffiliated parties. In addition, the managing member of our sponsor may decide to transfer, assign or sell, directly or indirectly, the units of our sponsor, or permit such transfer, assignment or sale by other members of the sponsor. As a result, there is a risk that our sponsor (or Mr. Rohatyn) could divest its ownership or economic interests in us, or that the ownership or management of our sponsor could change, before a business combination target is identified, which would likely result in the Company’s loss of certain key personnel, including Mr. Rohatyn. There can be no assurance that any replacement sponsor, key personnel or advisors would successfully identify a business combination target for us or, even if one is so identified, successfully complete such business combination.

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our shareholders’ investment in us.

Although we have no commitments as of the date of this prospectus to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt following this offering, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our initial business combination. The incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

        default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

        acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

        our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

        our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

        using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

        limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

67

Table of Contents

        increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

        limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability. The net proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement units will provide us with $188,000,000 (or $216,200,000 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) that we may use to complete our initial business combination (after taking into account the $250,000 of underwriting commissions payable to the underwriter upon the closing of this offering and $6,000,000 (or up to $6,900,000 in the event the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) of deferred underwriting commissions, being held in the trust account upon and subject to the closing of our initial business combination). Such amounts also take into account an advisory fee equal to 3% of the gross proceeds raised in the IPO payable to Santander US Capital Markets LLC upon and subject to the closing of our initial business combination, being held in the trust account.

We may effectuate our initial business combination with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our initial business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

        solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset; or

        dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our initial business combination.

We may attempt to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our initial business combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

We may attempt to complete our initial business combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our business combination strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. Very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

68

Table of Contents

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete our initial business combination with which a substantial majority of our shareholders do not agree.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold. Our proposed initial business combination may impose a minimum cash requirement for (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions. As a result, we may be able to complete our initial business combination even though a substantial majority of our public shareholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

In order to effectuate an initial business combination, SPACs have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and other governing instruments. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination that our shareholders may not support.

In order to effectuate a business combination, SPACs have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and governing instruments. For example, SPACs have extended the time to consummate an initial business combination. Amending our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and our contingent rights agreement will require a special resolution under Cayman Islands law, which requires the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (or, in the scenarios described below, 90%) of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company, and amending our rights agreement will require a vote of holders of at least 50% of the rights. In addition, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association requires us to provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares, regardless of whether they abstain, vote for, or vote against, our initial business combination, for cash if we propose an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within the completion window or (B) with respect to any other material provisions relating to the rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares or pre-initial business combination activity. To the extent any of such amendments would be deemed to fundamentally change the nature of the securities offered through this registration statement, we would register, or seek an exemption from registration for, the affected securities. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our charter or governing instruments or extend the time to consummate an initial business combination in order to effectuate our initial business combination.

The provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that relate to our pre-business combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account) may be amended with the approval of holders of not less than two-thirds of our ordinary shares which are represented in person or by proxy and are voted at a general meeting of the company, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other SPACs. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our shareholders may not support.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that any of its provisions related to pre-business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of this offering and the private placement of units into the trust account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public shareholders as described herein, and other than amendments relating to the provisions regulating the appointment and removal of directors and continuing the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands, which require a special resolution passed by the affirmative vote of at least 90% (or, where such amendment is proposed in respect of the consummation of our initial business combination, two-thirds) of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the

69

Table of Contents

applicable general meeting of the company) may be amended if approved by special resolution, under Cayman Islands law. Except as specified above with respect to matters requiring a 90% majority, a special resolution requires the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company. Corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account may be amended if approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares which are represented in person or by proxy and are voted at a general meeting of the company. Our initial shareholders, who will beneficially own 20% of our ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering (including private placement shares and assuming it does not purchase any units in this offering), will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association which govern our pre-business combination behavior more easily than some other SPACs, and this may increase our ability to complete a business combination with which you do not agree.

Our sponsor, officers, and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within the completion window or (B) with respect to any other material provisions relating to the rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares or pre-initial business combination activity, in each case unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares. Our shareholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our sponsor, officers, or directors for any breach of these agreements. As a result, in the event of a breach, our shareholders would need to pursue a shareholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination.

We have not selected any specific business combination target but may target businesses with enterprise values that are greater than we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units. As a result, if the cash portion of the purchase price exceeds the amount available from the trust account, net of amounts needed to satisfy any redemption by public shareholders, we may be required to seek additional financing to complete such proposed initial business combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. Further, we may be required to obtain additional financing in connection with the closing of our initial business combination for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction businesses, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, or to fund the purchase of other companies. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our rights will expire worthless. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our initial business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or shareholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our initial business combination.

Our sponsor will control the appointment of our board of directors until consummation of our initial business combination and will hold a substantial interest in us. As a result, it will appoint all of our directors prior to the consummation of our initial business combination and may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Upon closing of this offering, our initial shareholders will own 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (excluding private placement shares and assuming it does not purchase any units in this offering). Accordingly, they may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do

70

Table of Contents

not support, including amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. This potential concentration of influence could be disadvantageous to other shareholders with interests different from those of our sponsor. In addition, the founder shares, all of which are held by our initial shareholders, will entitle the holders to vote to appoint all of our directors prior to the consummation of our initial business combination. Holders of our public shares will have no right to vote on the appointment or removal of directors during such time. Further, prior to the closing of our initial business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will be entitled to vote on continuing our company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend our constitutional documents or to adopt new constitutional documents as a result of our approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands). These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended if approved by a special resolution passed by the affirmative vote of at least 90% (or, where such amendment is proposed in respect of the consummation of our initial business combination, two-thirds) of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company. As a result, you will not have any influence over the appointment or removal of directors prior to our initial business combination or any influence over our continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands prior to our initial business combination.

If our sponsor purchases any units (in addition to the private placement units) in this offering or if our sponsor purchases any additional Class A ordinary shares in the aftermarket or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase its control. Neither our sponsor nor, to our knowledge, any of our officers or directors, have any current intention to purchase additional securities, other than as disclosed in this prospectus. Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, our board of directors, whose members were appointed by our sponsor, is and will be divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term for three years with only one class of directors being appointed in each year. We may not hold an annual or extraordinary general meeting to appoint new directors prior to the completion of our initial business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of the business combination.

If there is an annual general meeting, as a consequence of our “staggered” board of directors, only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for appointment and our sponsor, because of its ownership position, will have considerable influence regarding the outcome. In addition, since only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will have the right to vote on directors prior to our initial business combination, our initial shareholders will continue to exert control at least until the completion of our initial business combination. Accordingly, our sponsor will continue to exert control at least until the completion of our initial business combination.

We may not be able to complete an initial business combination because such initial business combination may be subject to regulatory review and approval requirements, including foreign investment regulations and review by government entities such as the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (“CFIUS”), or may be ultimately prohibited.

Our initial business combination may be subject to regulatory review and approval requirements by governmental entities, or ultimately prohibited. For example, CFIUS has authority to review direct or indirect foreign investments in U.S. companies. Among other things, CFIUS is empowered to require certain foreign investors to make mandatory filings, to charge filing fees related to such filings, and to self-initiate national security reviews of foreign direct and indirect investments in U.S. companies if the parties to that investment choose not to file voluntarily. In the case that CFIUS determines an investment to be a threat to national security, CFIUS has the power to unwind or place restrictions on the investment. Whether CFIUS has jurisdiction to review an acquisition or investment transaction depends on — among other factors — the nature and structure of the transaction, including the level of beneficial ownership interest and the nature of any information or governance rights involved. While our sponsor is a limited liability company formed in Delaware, and is not controlled by, nor does it have substantial ties with, a non-U.S. person, nor does the sponsor have any managing members who are, or have substantial ties with, a non-U.S. person, investments that result in “control” of a U.S. business by a foreign person are always subject to CFIUS jurisdiction. CFIUS’s expanded jurisdiction under the Foreign Investment Risk Review Modernization Act of 2018 and implementing regulations that became effective on February 13, 2020, further includes investments that do not result in control of a U.S. business by a foreign person but afford certain foreign investors certain information or governance rights in a U.S. business that has a nexus to “critical technologies,” “critical infrastructure” and/or “sensitive personal data.”

71

Table of Contents

If a particular proposed initial business combination with a U.S. business fall within CFIUS’s jurisdiction, we may determine that we are required to make a mandatory filing or that we will submit to CFIUS review on a voluntary basis, or to proceed with the transaction without submitting to CFIUS and risk CFIUS intervention, before or after closing the transaction. CFIUS may decide to block or delay our proposed initial business combination, impose conditions with respect to such initial business combination or request the President of the United States to order us to divest all or a portion of the U.S. target business of our initial business combination that we acquired without first obtaining CFIUS approval, which may limit the attractiveness of, delay or prevent us from pursuing certain target companies that we believe would otherwise be beneficial to us and our shareholders. As a result, the pool of potential targets with which we could complete an initial business combination may be limited and we may be adversely affected in terms of competing with other special purpose acquisition companies which do not have any foreign ownership issues. In addition, certain federally licensed businesses may be subject to rules or regulations that limit foreign ownership.

The process of government review, whether by CFIUS or otherwise, could be lengthy. Because we have only a limited time to complete our initial business combination, our failure to obtain any required approvals within the requisite time period may require us to liquidate. If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within the applicable time period required under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, including as a result of extended regulatory review of a potential initial business combination, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter (and subject to lawfully available funds therefor), redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (which interest shall be net of taxes, if any, and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay liquidation and dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In such event, our shareholders will miss the opportunity to benefit from an investment in a target company and the appreciation in value of such investment. Additionally, our rights would be worthless.

Attractive targets for SPACs may become scarcer and there may be more competition for attractive targets, or such attractive targets may not be interested to consummate a business combination with a SPAC due to a negative public perception of mergers involving SPACs. This could increase the cost of our initial business combination and could even result in our inability to find a target or to consummate an initial business combination.

Many potential targets for SPACs have already entered into an initial business combination, and there are numerous SPACs preparing for an initial public offering, as well as many such companies currently in registration. As a result, at times, fewer attractive targets may be available to consummate an initial business combination.

In addition, because there are numerous SPACs seeking to enter into an initial business combination with available targets, the competition for available targets with attractive fundamentals or business models may increase, which could cause target companies to demand improved financial terms. Attractive deals could also become scarcer for other reasons, such as economic or industry sector downturns (including a negative public perception of mergers involving SPACs), geopolitical tensions, or increases in the cost of additional capital needed to close business combinations or operate targets post-business combination. This could increase the cost of, delay or otherwise complicate or frustrate our ability to find and consummate an initial business combination and may result in our inability to consummate an initial business combination on terms favorable to our investors or at all.

Adverse developments affecting the financial services industry, including events or concerns involving liquidity, defaults or non-performance by financial institutions, could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations, or our prospects.

The funds in our operating account and our trust account will initially be held in banks or other financial institutions and will be invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations; the holding of these assets in this form is intended to be temporary and for the sole purpose of facilitating the intended business combination. To mitigate the risk that we might be deemed to be an investment company for purposes of the Investment Company Act, which risk increases the longer that we

72

Table of Contents

hold investments in the trust account, we may, at any time (based on our management team’s ongoing assessment of all factors related to our potential status under the Investment Company Act), instruct the trustee to liquidate the investments held in the trust account and instead to hold the funds in the trust account in cash or in an interest-bearing demand deposit account at a bank. Our cash held in these accounts may exceed any applicable FDIC insurance limits. Should events, including limited liquidity, defaults, non-performance or other adverse developments occur with respect to the banks or other financial institutions that hold our funds, or that affect financial institutions or the financial services industry generally, or concerns or rumors about any events of these kinds or other similar risks, the value of the assets in our trust account could be impaired, which could have a material impact on our operating results, liquidity, financial condition and prospects. For example, on March 10, 2023, the FDIC announced that Silicon Valley Bank had been closed by the California Department of Financial Protection and Innovation. We cannot guarantee that the banks or other financial institutions that will hold our funds will not experience similar issues.

Because we must furnish our shareholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.

The instructions to Form S-4 and Form F-4 provide that if securities to be registered on that form will be issued in a de-SPAC transaction (as defined in Item 1601(a) of Regulation S-K), by a special purpose acquisition company, the registrants under that form must include the target company. This registration statement must include historical and pro forma financial statement disclosure regarding both us and our target. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, if we file a Schedule TO, as is required by Item 1608 of Regulation S-K. These financial statements will be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) or international financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”), depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements will be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”). These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such financial statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with the requirements of Form S-4 or Form F-4 and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficult for us to effectuate our initial business combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an initial business combination.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2027. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer, and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. Further, for as long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target business with which we seek to complete our initial business combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such business combination.

Risks Relating to the Post-Business Combination Company

Subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and the price of our securities, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Even if we conduct due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will identify all material issues that may be present within a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down or

73

Table of Contents

write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining debt financing to partially finance the initial business combination or thereafter. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

The officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The loss of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place.

Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial business combination. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We may structure our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new Class A ordinary shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity interests of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new Class A ordinary shares, our shareholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority shareholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s shares than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain control of the target business.

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may effect our initial business combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target business’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target business’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability

74

Table of Contents

of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

We may seek business combination opportunities with a high degree of complexity that require significant operational improvements, which could delay or prevent us from achieving our desired results.

We may seek business combination opportunities with large, highly complex companies that we believe would benefit from operational improvements. While we intend to implement such improvements, to the extent that our efforts are delayed or we are unable to achieve the desired improvements, the business combination may not be as successful as we anticipate.

To the extent we complete our initial business combination with a large complex business or entity with a complex operating structure, we may also be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine, which could delay or prevent us from implementing our strategy. Additionally, if we complete our initial business combination in a transaction with a division of a company that necessitates a significant carve-out to establish it as a stand-alone entity, such transaction would involve complex considerations and challenges, including the potential impacts on existing relationships, resources, and the overall strategic direction of the carved-out company, as well as the preparation of financial statements of the carve-out entity. Although our management team will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business and its operations, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors until we complete our business combination. If we are not able to achieve our desired operational improvements, or the improvements take longer to implement than anticipated, we may not achieve the gains that we anticipate. Furthermore, some of these risks and complexities may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks and complexities will adversely impact a target business. Such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a smaller, less complex organization.

Our initial business combination and our structure thereafter may not be tax-efficient to our shareholders and right holders. As a result of our business combination, our tax obligations may be more complex, burdensome and/or uncertain.

Although we will attempt to structure our initial business combination in a tax-efficient manner, tax structuring considerations are complex, the relevant facts and law are uncertain and may change, and we may prioritize commercial and other considerations over tax considerations. For example, in connection with our initial business combination and subject to any requisite shareholder approval, we may: structure our business combination in a manner that requires shareholders and/or right holders to recognize gain or income for tax purposes; effect a business combination with a target company in another jurisdiction; or transfer by way of continuation to a different jurisdiction (including, but not limited to, the jurisdiction in which the target company or business is located). We do not intend to make any cash distributions to shareholders or right holders to pay taxes in connection with our business combination or thereafter. Accordingly, a shareholder or a right holder may need to satisfy any liability resulting from our initial business combination with cash from its own funds or by selling all or a portion of the shares or rights received. In addition, shareholders and right holders may also be subject to additional income, withholding or other taxes with respect to their ownership of us after our initial business combination.

In addition, we may effect a business combination with a target company that has business operations outside of the United States, and possibly, business operations in multiple jurisdictions. If we effect such a business combination, we could be subject to significant income, withholding and other tax obligations in a number of jurisdictions with respect to income, operations and subsidiaries related to those jurisdictions. Due to the complexity of tax obligations and filings in other jurisdictions, we may have a heightened risk related to audits or examinations by U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. taxing authorities. This additional complexity and risk could have an adverse effect on our after-tax profitability and financial condition.

75

Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Acquiring and Operating a Business in Foreign Countries

If we effect our initial business combination with a company located outside of the United States, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may adversely affect us.

If we pursue a target company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we may face additional burdens in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing such initial business combination, and if we effect such initial business combination, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

If we pursue a target a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we would be subject to risks associated with cross-border business combinations, including in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing our initial business combination, conducting due diligence in a foreign jurisdiction, having such transaction approved by any local governments, regulators or agencies and changes in the purchase price based on fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.

If we effect our initial business combination with such a company, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

        costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations;

        rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;

        complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

        laws governing the manner in which future business combinations may be effected;

        exchange listing and/or delisting requirements;

        tariffs and trade barriers;

        regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

        local or regional economic policies and market conditions;

        unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

        challenges in managing and staffing international operations;

        longer payment cycles;

        tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

        currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

        rates of inflation;

        challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

        cultural and language differences;

        employment regulations;

        underdeveloped or unpredictable legal or regulatory systems;

        corruption;

        protection of intellectual property;

        social unrest, crime, strikes, riots and civil disturbances;

        regime changes and political upheaval;

        terrorist attacks, natural disasters, widespread health emergencies and wars; and

        deterioration of political relations with the United States.

76

Table of Contents

We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, we may be unable to complete such initial business combination, or, if we complete such initial business combination, our operations might suffer, either of which may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may transfer by way of continuation to another jurisdiction, which may result in taxes imposed on shareholders or right holders.

We may, in connection with our initial business combination or otherwise and, to the extent applicable, subject to requisite shareholder approval by special resolution under the Companies Act (with respect to which only holders of Class B ordinary shares will be entitled to vote prior to our initial business combination), transfer by way of continuation to the jurisdiction in which the target company or business is located or in another jurisdiction. The transaction may require a shareholder or right holder to recognize taxable income in the jurisdiction in which the shareholder or right holder is a tax resident or in which its members are resident if it is a tax transparent entity (or may otherwise result in adverse tax consequences). We do not intend to make any cash distributions to shareholders or right holders to pay such taxes. Shareholders or right holders may be subject to withholding taxes or other taxes with respect to their ownership of our Class A ordinary shares or rights after the transfer.

We may reincorporate in or transfer by way of continuation to another jurisdiction in connection with our initial business combination, and the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights.

In connection with our initial business combination, we may relocate the home jurisdiction of our business from the Cayman Islands to another jurisdiction. If we determine to do this, the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements. The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital.

We are subject to changing law and regulations regarding regulatory matters, corporate governance and public disclosure that have increased both our costs and the risk of non-compliance.

We are subject to rules and regulations by various governing bodies, including, for example, the SEC, which are charged with the protection of investors and the oversight of companies whose securities are publicly traded, and to new and evolving regulatory measures under applicable law. Our efforts to comply with new and changing laws and regulations have resulted in and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities.

Moreover, because these laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance becomes available. This evolution may result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and additional costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to our disclosure and governance practices. If we fail to address and comply with these regulations and any subsequent changes, we may be subject to penalty and our business may be harmed.

If our management following our initial business combination is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws, which could lead to various regulatory issues.

Following our initial business combination, our management may resign from their positions as officers or directors of the company and the management of the target business at the time of the business combination will remain in place. Management of the target business may not be familiar with United States securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

77

Table of Contents

Exchange rate fluctuations and currency policies may cause a target business’ ability to succeed in the international markets to be diminished.

In the event we acquire a non-U.S. target, all revenues and income would likely be received in a foreign currency, and the dollar equivalent of our net assets and distributions, if any, could be adversely affected by reductions in the value of the local currency. The value of the currencies in our target regions fluctuate and are affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. Any change in the relative value of such currency against our reporting currency may affect the attractiveness of any target business or, following consummation of our initial business combination, our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, if a currency appreciates in value against the dollar prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, the cost of a target business as measured in dollars will increase, which may make it less likely that we are able to consummate such transaction.

After our initial business combination, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue may be derived from our operations in such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects may be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal policies, developments and conditions in the country in which we operate.

The economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies, of the country in which our operations are located could affect our business. Economic growth could be uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy and such growth may not be sustained in the future. If in the future such country’s economy experiences a downturn or grows at a slower rate than expected, there may be less demand for spending in certain industries. A decrease in demand for spending in certain industries could materially and adversely affect our ability to find an attractive target business with which to consummate our initial business combination and if we effect our initial business combination, the ability of that target business to become profitable.

Risks Relating to our Management Team

We are dependent upon our officers and directors and their loss, or a reduction in the amount of time they can dedicate to our initial business combination, could adversely affect our ability to operate.

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals and, in particular, our officers and directors. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our officers and directors, at least until we have completed our initial business combination. In addition, our officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors or officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors or officers could have a detrimental effect on us.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination and to be successful thereafter will be dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial business combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our initial business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our initial business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.

78

Table of Contents

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination, and a particular business combination may be conditioned on the retention or resignation of such key personnel. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel may be able to remain with our company after the completion of our initial business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the business combination. Such negotiations also could make such key personnel’s retention or resignation a condition to any such agreement. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law.

Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Each of our officers is engaged in other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation, and our officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. Our independent directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination. Any such companies, businesses or investments may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an initial business combination target. Any such potential conflicts could materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. For a complete discussion of our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs, please see “Management — Officers and Directors.”

Our officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other businesses and entities, including other blank check companies, and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time and in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Following the completion of this offering and until we consummate our initial business combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Our sponsor, its managing member, and our officers and directors are, or may in the future become, affiliated with entities (such as operating companies or investment vehicles) that are engaged in a similar business.

We do not have employment contracts with our officers and directors that will limit their ability to work at other businesses. In addition, our sponsor, officers and directors may participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company prior to completion of our initial business combination. As a result, our sponsor, officers and directors could have conflicts of interest in determining whether to present business combination opportunities to us or to any other blank check company with which they may become involved. Our sponsor, officers and directors have complete discretion, subject to applicable fiduciary duties, as to which blank check company they choose to pursue a business combination and the order in which they pursue business combinations for any of their existing or future blank check companies. As a result, our sponsor, officers and directors may pursue business combinations for blank check companies that it has sponsored in any order, which could result in its more recent blank check companies completing business combinations prior to its blank check companies that were launched earlier. Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary, contractual or other obligations or duties to one or more other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entities. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations

79

Table of Contents

to present such business combination opportunity to such other entity, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer, among other persons, shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which (a) may be a corporate opportunity for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other or (b) the presentation of which would breach an existing legal obligation of a director or officer to any other entity. Such fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors could materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

For a complete discussion of our officers’ and directors’ business affiliations and the potential conflicts of interest that you should be aware of, please see “Management — Officers and Directors,” “Management — Conflicts of Interest” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Our officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsor, our directors or officers, although we do not intend to do so. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours. Any such companies, businesses or investments may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an initial business combination target. Such potential conflicts could materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest. If this were the case, it would be a breach of their fiduciary duties to us as a matter of Cayman Islands law and we or our shareholders might have a claim against such individuals for infringing on our shareholders’ rights. See the section titled “Description of Securities — Certain Differences in Corporate Law — Shareholders’ Suits” for further information on the ability to bring such claims. However, we might not ultimately be successful in any claim we may make against them for such reason.

Members of our management team and board of directors have significant experience as founders, board members, officers, executives or employees of other companies. Certain of those persons have been, are currently, or may become, involved in litigation, investigations or other proceedings, including related to those companies or otherwise. This may have an adverse effect on us, which may impede our ability to consummate an initial business combination.

During the course of their careers, members of our management team and board of directors have had significant experience as founders, board members, officers, executives or employees of other companies. Certain of those persons have been, are currently or may in the future become involved in litigation, investigations or other proceedings, including relating to the business affairs of such companies, transactions entered into by such companies, or otherwise. Any such litigation, investigations or other proceedings may divert the attention and resources of our management team and board of directors away from identifying and selecting a target business or businesses for our initial business combination and may negatively affect our reputation, which may impede our ability to complete an initial business combination.

Members of our management team and affiliated companies may have been, and may in the future be, involved in civil disputes or governmental investigations unrelated to our business.

Members of our management team have been (and intend to be) involved in a wide variety of businesses. Such involvement has, and may lead to, media coverage and public awareness. As a result, members of our management team and affiliated companies may have been, and may in the future be, involved in civil disputes or governmental

80

Table of Contents

investigations unrelated to our business. Any such claims or investigations may be detrimental to our reputation and could negatively affect our ability to identify and complete an initial business combination and may have an adverse effect on the price of our securities.

Our letter agreement with our sponsor, officers and directors may be amended without shareholder approval.

Our letter agreement with our sponsor, officers and directors contains provisions relating to transfer restrictions of our founder shares and private placement units (and the securities underlying the private placement units), indemnification of the trust account, waiver of redemption rights and participation in liquidating distributions from the trust account. The letter agreement may be amended without shareholder approval (although releasing the parties from the restriction not to transfer the founder shares for 185 days following the date of this prospectus will require the prior written consent of the underwriter). While we do not expect our board to approve any amendment to the letter agreement prior to our initial business combination, it may be possible that our board, in exercising its business judgment and subject to its fiduciary duties, chooses to approve one or more amendments to the letter agreement. Any such amendments to the letter agreement would not require approval from our shareholders and may have an adverse effect on the value of an investment in our securities.

Risks Relating to our Securities

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or rights, potentially at a loss.

Our public shareholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earliest to occur of: (i) our completion of an initial business combination, and then only in connection with those Class A ordinary shares that such shareholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations and on the conditions described herein; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within the completion window or (B) with respect to any other material provisions relating to the rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares or pre-initial business combination activity; and (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the completion window, subject to applicable law and as further described herein. In no other circumstances will a public shareholder have any right or interest of any kind in the trust account. Holders of rights will not have any right to the proceeds held in the trust account with respect to the rights. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or rights, potentially at a loss.

Nasdaq may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

Our units have been approved for listing on Nasdaq on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. Following the date that the Class A ordinary shares and rights are eligible to trade separately, we anticipate that the Class A ordinary shares and rights will be separately listed on Nasdaq. Although after giving effect to this offering we expect to meet, on a pro forma basis, the minimum initial listing standards set forth in Nasdaq listing standards, we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on Nasdaq in the future or prior to our initial business combination. In order to continue listing our securities on Nasdaq prior to our initial business combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and share price levels. Generally, we must maintain a minimum market value of listed securities (generally $50,000,000) and a minimum number of holders of our securities (generally 400 public holders). Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with Nasdaq’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than Nasdaq’s continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on Nasdaq. For instance, unless we decide to list on a different Nasdaq tier such as the Nasdaq Capital Market which has different initial listing requirements, our share price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share and we would be required to have a minimum of 400 round lot holders of our securities. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time. Also, Nasdaq may change those listing requirements at any time.

81

Table of Contents

If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

        a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

        reduced liquidity for our securities;

        a determination that our Class A ordinary shares are a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our Class A ordinary shares to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

        a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

        a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because our units are and eventually our Class A ordinary shares and rights will be listed on Nasdaq, our units, Class A ordinary shares and rights qualify as covered securities under the statute. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on Nasdaq, our securities would not qualify as covered securities under the statute and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

Our initial shareholders paid an aggregate of $25,000, or approximately $0.004 per founder share and, accordingly, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution from the purchase of our Class A ordinary shares.

The difference between the public offering price per share (allocating all of the unit purchase price to the Class A ordinary share and none to the right included in the unit) and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A ordinary shares after this offering constitutes the dilution to you and the other investors in this offering. Our initial shareholders acquired the founder shares at a nominal price, significantly contributing to this dilution. Upon closing of this offering, and assuming no value is ascribed to the rights included in the units, you and the other public shareholders will incur an immediate and substantial dilution of approximately 110.00% (or $11.00 per share, assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option, and maximum redemptions), the difference between the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering of $(1.00) and the deemed offering price of $10.00 per unit (assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option, and maximum redemptions). This dilution would increase to the extent that the anti-dilution provisions of the founder shares result in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the founder shares at the time of our initial business combination. In addition, because of the anti-dilution protection in the founder shares, any equity or equity-linked securities issued in connection with our initial business combination would be disproportionately dilutive to our Class A ordinary shares.

The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsor for the founder shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares upon the consummation of our initial business combination, and our sponsor is likely to make a substantial profit on its investment in us in the event we consummate an initial business combination, even if the business combination causes the trading price of our ordinary shares to materially decline.

We are offering our units at an offering price of $10.00 per unit and the amount in our trust account is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per public share, implying an initial value of $10.00 per public share. However, prior to this offering, our sponsor paid a nominal aggregate purchase price of $25,000 for the founder shares, or approximately $0.004 per share. As a result, the value of your public shares may be significantly diluted upon the consummation of our initial business combination, when the founder shares are converted into public shares.

82

Table of Contents

The following table shows the public shareholders’ and our sponsor’s investment per share and how these compare to the implied value of one Class A ordinary share upon the completion of our initial business combination. The following table assumes that (i) our valuation is $188,000,000 (which is the amount we would have in the trust account for our initial business combination assuming the underwriter’s over-allotment option is not exercised and following payment of the advisory fee and underwriter’s fees, including deferred fees and underwriting commissions), (ii) no interest is earned on the funds held in the trust account, (iii) no public shares are redeemed in connection with our initial business combination and (iv) all founder shares are held by our initial shareholders upon completion of our initial business combination, and does not take into account other potential impacts on our valuation at the time of the initial business combination, such as (i) the value of our public and private placement rights, (ii) the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares, (iii) the initial business combination transaction costs (other than the payment of $6,000,000 of deferred underwriting commissions and the advisory fee equal to 3% of the gross proceeds raised in the IPO, payable upon consummation of the business combination), (iv) any equity issued or cash paid to the target’s sellers, (v) any equity issued to other third-party investors, or (vi) the target’s business itself.

Public shares(1)

 

 

20,000,000

Private placement shares(2)

 

 

225,000

Founder shares(3)

 

 

5,000,000

Total shares

 

 

25,225,000

Total funds in trust available for initial business combination(4)

 

$

188,000,000

Public shareholders’ investment per Class A ordinary share

 

$

10.00

Sponsor’s investment per Class B ordinary share(5)

 

$

0.005

Initial implied value per public share(6)

 

$

9.40

Implied value per share upon consummation of initial business combination(3)

 

$

7.45

____________

(1)      Does not include the additional 2,000,000 Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of the 20,000,000 public rights upon the consummation of an initial business combination.

(2)      Does not include the additional 22,500 Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of the 225,000 private placement rights upon the consummation of an initial business combination.

(3)      All founder shares would automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares upon completion of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holder on a one-for-one basis.

(4)      Total funds in trust available for initial business combination reduced by $0.30 per unit on all units sold ($6,000,000 in the aggregate or up to $6,900,000 in the aggregate if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) payable to the underwriter for deferred underwriting commissions, with such commissions subject to pro-rata reduction based on the number of Class A ordinary shares redeemed by our public shareholders, and an advisory fee equal to 3% of the gross proceeds raised in the IPO payable to Santander US Capital Markets LLC upon and subject to the closing of our initial business combination.

(5)      The total investment in the equity of the company by the sponsor is $2,275,000, consisting of (i) $25,000 paid by the sponsor for the founder shares and (ii) $2,250,000 paid by the sponsor for 225,000 private placement units. For purposes of this table, the sponsor’s investment in the private placement units has been disregarded as it is assumed to be consumed for working capital purposes prior to the initial business combination.

(6)      Initial implied value per public share is defined as the funds available for the initial business combination (assuming the underwriter’s over-allotment option is not exercised and following payment of the underwriter’s deferred fee and advisory fee) divided by the public shares issued of 20,000,000 (assuming the underwriter’s over-allotment option is not exercised).

Based on these assumptions, each Class A ordinary share would have an implied value of $7.45 per share upon completion of our initial business combination, representing an approximately 20.74% decrease from the initial implied value of $9.40 per public share. While the implied value of $7.45 per Class A ordinary share upon completion of our initial business combination would represent a dilution to our public shareholders, this would represent a significant increase in value for our sponsor relative to the price it paid for each founder share. At $7.45 per Class A ordinary share, the 5,000,000 Class A ordinary shares that the sponsor would own upon completion of our initial business combination (assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option, excluding the 225,000 private placement shares, after automatic conversion of the 5,000,000 founder shares) would have an aggregate implied value of $37,250,000. As a result, even if the trading price of our Class A ordinary share significantly declines, the value of the founder shares held by our sponsor will be significantly greater than the amount our sponsor paid to purchase such shares. In addition, our sponsor could potentially recoup its entire investment in our company even if the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares after the initial business combination is as low as $0.44 per share. As a result, our sponsor is likely to earn a substantial profit on its investment in us upon disposition of its Class A ordinary shares even if the trading

83

Table of Contents

price of our Class A ordinary shares declines after we complete our initial business combination. Our sponsor may therefore be economically incentivized to complete an initial business combination with a riskier, weaker-performing or less-established target business than would be the case if our sponsor had paid the same per share price for the founder shares as our public shareholders paid for their public shares.

This dilution would increase to the extent that the anti-dilution provisions of the founder shares result in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the founder shares at the time of our initial business combination and would become exacerbated to the extent that public shareholders seek redemptions from the trust for their public shares. In addition, because of the anti-dilution protection in the founder shares, any equity or equity-linked securities issued in connection with our initial business combination would be disproportionately dilutive to our Class A ordinary shares.

The value of the founder shares following completion of our initial business combination is likely to be substantially higher than the nominal price paid for them, even if the trading price of our ordinary shares at such time is substantially less than $10.00 per public share.

Upon the closing of this offering and assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option, our sponsor and initial shareholders will have invested in us an aggregate of $2,275,000, comprised of the $25,000 purchase price for the founder shares and the $2,250,000 purchase price for the private placement units. Assuming a trading price of $10.00 per public share upon consummation of our initial business combination, the 5,000,000 founder shares (assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option, excluding the 225,000 private placement shares, after automatic conversion of the 5,000,000 founder shares) would have an aggregate implied value of $50,000,000. Even if the trading price of our ordinary shares were as low as $ 0.44 per share, and disregarding the private placement units, the value of the founder shares would be equal to our initial shareholders’ aggregate initial investment in us. As a result, our initial shareholders is likely to be able to make a substantial profit on its investment in us at a time when our public shares have lost significant value. Accordingly, members of our management team, who own interests in our sponsor, may be more willing to pursue a business combination with a riskier or less-established target business than would be the case if our initial shareholders had paid the same per share price for the founder shares as our public shareholders paid for their public shares. In addition, our independent directors who are also non-managing members of our sponsor may have different interests than public shareholders due to their upfront indirect investment in the company.

The determination of the offering price of our units and the size of this offering is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities and size of an offering of an operating company in a particular industry. You may have less assurance, therefore, that the offering price of our units properly reflects the value of such units than you would have in a typical offering of an operating company.

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for any of our securities. The public offering price of the units and the terms of the rights were negotiated between us and the underwriter. In determining the size of this offering, management held customary organizational meetings with the underwriter, both prior to our inception and thereafter, with respect to the state of capital markets, generally, and the amount the underwriter believed they reasonably could raise on our behalf. Factors considered in determining the size of this offering, prices and terms of the units, including the securities underlying the units, include:

        the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies;

        prior offerings of those companies;

        our prospects for acquiring an operating business at attractive values;

        a review of debt to equity ratios in leveraged transactions;

        our capital structure;

        an assessment of our management and their experience in identifying operating companies;

        general conditions of the securities markets at the time of this offering; and

        other factors as were deemed relevant.

84

Table of Contents

Although these factors were considered, the determination of our offering size, price and terms of the units is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities of an operating company in a particular industry since we have no historical operations or financial results.

Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our securities and even after the offering a market for our securities may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our securities. Shareholders therefore have not had access to information about prior market history on which to base their investment decision. Following this offering, the price of our securities may vary significantly due to one or more potential business combinations and general market or economic conditions, including as a result of geopolitical events like the conflicts in Ukraine, the Middle East and Southwest Asia, and economic impacts such as inflation or tariffs. Furthermore, an active trading market for our securities may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established and sustained.

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. Federal courts may be limited.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our directors or officers.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Act (as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. We are also subject to the federal securities laws of the United States. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands.

The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are different from what they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, such as Delaware, may have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholders derivative action in a Federal court of the United States.

We have been advised by Maples and Calder (Cayman) LLP, our Cayman Islands legal counsel, that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a United States company.

85

Table of Contents

After our initial business combination, it is possible that a majority of our directors and officers will live outside the United States and all of our assets will be located outside the United States; therefore, investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights.

It is possible that after our initial business combination, a majority of our directors and officers will reside outside of the United States and all of our assets will be located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon all of our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties on our directors and officers under United States laws.

Provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A ordinary shares and could entrench management.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that shareholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include a staggered board of directors and the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preference shares, which may make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

We are also subject to anti-takeover provisions under Cayman Islands law, which could delay or prevent a change of control. Together these provisions may make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities. However, under Cayman Islands law, our directors may only exercise the rights and powers granted to them under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association for a proper purpose and for what they believe in good faith to be in the best interest of our company.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that the courts of the Cayman Islands will be the exclusive forums for certain disputes between us and our shareholders, which could limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for complaints against us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the courts of the Cayman Islands shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any claim or dispute arising out of or in connection with our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or otherwise related in any way to each shareholder’s shareholding in us, including, but not limited to, (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of any fiduciary or other duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees to us or our shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Companies Act or our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine (as such concept is recognized under the laws of the United States of America) and that each shareholder irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Cayman Islands over all such claims or disputes. The forum selection provision in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will not apply to actions or suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act, Exchange Act or any claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are, as a matter of the laws of the United States of America, the sole and exclusive forum for determination of such a claim.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association also provide that, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that we may have, each of our shareholders acknowledges that damages alone would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the selection of the courts of the Cayman Islands as exclusive forum and that accordingly we shall be entitled, without proof of special damages, to the remedies of injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief for any threatened or actual breach of the selection of the courts of the Cayman Islands as exclusive forum.

This choice of forum provision may increase a shareholder’s cost and limit the shareholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any of our shares or other securities, whether by transfer, sale, operation of law or otherwise,

86

Table of Contents

shall be deemed to have notice of and have irrevocably agreed and consented to these provisions. There is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provisions, and the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ charter documents has been challenged in legal proceedings. It is possible that a court could find this type of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable, and if a court were to find this provision in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, which could have adverse effect on our business and financial performance.

We may amend the terms of the rights in a manner that may be adverse to holders of public rights with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding public rights. As a result, the number of Class A ordinary shares to be received upon the automatic conversion of a right could be decreased, all without your approval.

Our rights are issued in registered form under a rights agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as rights agent, and us. The rights agreement provides that the terms of the rights may be amended without the consent of any holder for the purpose of (i) curing any ambiguity or to correct any defective provision or mistake, including to conform the provisions of the rights agreement to the description of the terms of the rights and the rights agreement set forth in this prospectus or (ii) adding or changing any provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the rights agreement as the parties to the rights agreement may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem to not adversely affect the rights of the registered holders of the rights, provided that the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding public rights is required to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public rights. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public rights in a manner adverse to a holder of public rights if holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding public rights approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the public rights with the consent of at least 50% of the then-outstanding public rights is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, convert the rights into cash or shares or decrease the number of Class A ordinary shares to be received upon the automatic conversion of a right.

Our rights agreement designate the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by holders of our rights, which could limit the ability of right holders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with our company.

Our rights agreement provides that, subject to applicable law, (i) any action, proceeding or claim against us arising out of or relating in any way to the rights agreement, including under the Securities Act, will be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (ii) that we irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be the exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. We will waive any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. With respect to any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, we note, however, that there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce this provision and that investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for state and federal courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, these provisions of the rights agreement will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our rights shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum provisions in our rights agreement. If any action, the subject matter of which is within the scope the forum provisions of the rights agreement, is filed in a court other than a court of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (a “foreign action”) in the name of any holder of our rights, such holder shall be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of New York in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the forum provisions (an “enforcement action”); and (y) having service of process made upon such right holder in any such enforcement action by service upon such right holder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such right holder. This choice-of-forum provision may limit a right holder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with our company, which may discourage such lawsuits. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our rights agreement inapplicable or

87

Table of Contents

unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and board of directors.

Our rights may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares and make it more difficult to effectuate our initial business combination.

We will be issuing 20,000,000 units that consist of one Class A ordinary share and one right entitling the holder thereof to receive one tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share upon the consummation of an initial business combination. Additionally, our sponsor has committed to purchase an aggregate of 225,000 private placement units (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised), at a price of $10.00 per unit, or $2,250,000 in the aggregate (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised), in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering, each such unit including a private placement right. In addition, if the sponsor makes any working capital loans, it may convert those loans into up to an additional 150,000 private placement shares, at the price of $10.00 per unit. To the extent we issue ordinary shares to effectuate a business transaction, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares upon the automatic conversion of these rights could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Such rights, when exercised, will increase the number of issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and reduce the value of the Class A ordinary shares issued to complete the business transaction. Therefore, our rights may make it more difficult to effectuate a business transaction or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.

Because each unit contains one right to receive one tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share, only rights representing whole shares may be exercised, and the units may be worth less than units of other SPACs.

Each unit contains one right to receive one tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share. If, upon conversion of the rights, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of Class A ordinary shares to be issued to the right holder. We have established the components of the units in this way in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the rights upon completion of a business combination since the rights will be automatically converted in the aggregate for one tenth (1/10) of the number of shares compared to units that each contain a right to receive one share, thus making us, we believe, a more attractive merger partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this unit structure may cause our units to be worth less than if it included a right to receive one share.

Holders of Class A ordinary shares will not be entitled to vote on continuing the company in a jurisdiction outside of the Cayman Islands.

As holders of our Class A ordinary shares, our public shareholders will not have the right to vote on continuing the company in a jurisdiction outside of the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend our constitutional documents or to adopt new constitutional documents as a result of our approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside of the Cayman Islands).

The grant of registration rights to our sponsor and other holders of our private placement shares may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future conversion of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class A ordinary shares.

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into concurrently with the issuance and sale of the securities in this offering, our sponsor and its permitted transferees can demand that we register the Class A ordinary shares into which founder shares are convertible, and holders of our private placement shares and their permitted transferees can demand that we register their private placement shares, including such shares underlying the private placement rights and private placement shares that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans. We will bear the cost of registering these shares. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make our initial business combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the shareholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity

88

Table of Contents

or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares that is expected when the ordinary shares owned by our initial shareholders, holders of our private placement shares or holders of our working capital loans or their respective permitted transferees are registered.

General Risk Factors

We are a blank check company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a blank check company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands with no operating results, and we will not commence operations until obtaining funding through this offering. Because we lack an operating history, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our initial business combination. We have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective target business concerning a business combination and may be unable to complete our initial business combination. If we fail to complete our initial business combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

Past performance by our management team, our advisors and their respective affiliates, including investments and transactions in which they have participated and businesses with which they have been associated, may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in the company.

Information regarding our management team, our advisors and their respective affiliates, including investments and transactions in which they have participated and businesses with which they have been associated, is presented for informational purposes only. Any past experience and performance by our management team, our advisors and their respective affiliates and the businesses with which they have been associated, is not a guarantee that we will be able to successfully identify a suitable candidate for our initial business combination, that we will be able to provide positive returns to our shareholders, or of any results with respect to any initial business combination we may consummate. You should not rely on the historical experiences of our management team, our advisors and their respective affiliates, including investments and transactions in which they have participated and businesses with which they have been associated, as indicative of the future performance of an investment in us or as indicative of every prior investment by each of the members of our management team, our advisors or their respective affiliates. The market price of our securities may be influenced by numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, and our shareholders may experience losses on their investment in our securities.

Cyber incidents or attacks directed at us could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.

We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure and cloud applications and services, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or security breaches in, our systems or infrastructure, or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriation of our assets, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss.

We may be a passive foreign investment company, or “PFIC,” which could result in adverse United States federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year (or any portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder (as defined in the section of this prospectus captioned “Taxation — United States Federal Income Tax Considerations — U.S. Holders”) of our Class A ordinary shares or rights, the U.S. Holder may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and may be subject to additional reporting requirements. Our PFIC status for our current and subsequent taxable years may depend on whether we qualify for the PFIC startup exception (see the section of this prospectus captioned “Taxation — United States Federal Income Tax Considerations — U.S. Holders — Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules”). Depending on the particular circumstances the application of the startup exception may be subject to uncertainty, and there cannot be any assurance that we will qualify for the startup exception. Our actual PFIC status for any taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year

89

Table of Contents

(and, in the case of the startup exception, potentially not until after the two taxable years following our current taxable year). Accordingly, there can be no assurances with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year. Moreover, if we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year, upon written request, we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. Holder such information as the United States Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) may require, including a PFIC annual information statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a “qualified electing fund” election, but there can be no assurance that we will timely provide such required information, and such election may be unavailable with respect to our rights. We urge U.S. investors to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules. For a more detailed explanation of the tax consequences of PFIC classification to U.S. Holders, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Taxation — United States Federal Income Tax Considerations — U.S. Holders — Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.”

If our initial business combination involves a company organized under the laws of the United States (or any subdivision thereof), a U.S. federal excise tax could be imposed on us in connection with any redemptions of our Class A ordinary shares after or in connection with such initial business combination.

The Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 provides for, among other things, a new 1% U.S. federal excise tax on certain repurchases (including redemptions) of stock by publicly traded U.S. corporations after December 31, 2022 (the “stock buyback tax”), subject to certain exceptions (and other rules that may significantly reduce the amount of any stock buyback tax liability). If applicable, the amount of the stock buyback tax is generally 1% of the aggregate fair market value of any stock repurchased by the corporation during a taxable year, net of the aggregate fair market value of certain new stock issuances by the repurchasing corporation during the same taxable year. In addition, the U.S. Treasury Department and IRS have released proposed regulations that would potentially cause a non-U.S. corporation’s U.S. subsidiaries to be subject to the stock buyback tax with respect to any share repurchases made by the non-U.S. corporation under certain circumstances. The stock buyback tax is imposed on the repurchasing corporation and not on its stockholders.

As an entity incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company, the stock buyback tax is currently not expected to apply to redemptions of our Class A ordinary shares (absent any further regulations or other additional guidance that may be issued in the future). However, in connection with an initial business combination involving a company organized under the laws of the United States (or any subdivision thereof), it is possible that we could domesticate and continue as a Delaware corporation prior to certain redemptions. Because we expect that, following such a domestication, our securities would continue to trade on Nasdaq, in such a case we could be subject to the stock buyback tax with respect to any subsequent redemptions that are treated as repurchases for this purpose (which may include redemptions in connection with our initial business combination, depending on the details of such business combination and the timing of such redemptions). In all cases, whether and to what extent we would be subject to the stock buyback tax will depend on a number of factors, including (i) the structure and other details of the initial business combination, including the extent to which the initial business combination involves a U.S. corporation and the extent to which we issue shares in the initial business combination or otherwise during the same taxable year that are eligible to offset any redemptions or other repurchases, (ii) the fair market value of the shares redeemed and (iii) the extent such redemptions could be treated as dividends and not as repurchases. The applicability of the stock buyback tax to us could be further affected by the content of the final regulations and any clarifications or other additional guidance from the U.S. Treasury Department that may be issued and applicable to the redemptions.

Any stock buyback taxes we incur could reduce the amount of cash available to pay redemptions or to transfer to the target business in connection with our initial business combination, which could result in our inability to meet conditions in the agreement relating to our initial business combination related to a minimum cash requirement, if any, or otherwise result in the shareholders of the combined company (including any of our shareholders who do not exercise their redemption rights in connection with the initial business combination) to economically bear the impact of such stock buyback tax.

We may reincorporate in another jurisdiction in connection with our initial business combination and such reincorporation may result in taxes imposed on shareholders or right holders.

We may, in connection with our initial business combination and subject to obtaining requisite shareholder approval under the Companies Act, reincorporate in the jurisdiction in which the target company or business is located, or in another jurisdiction. The transaction may require a shareholder and/or right holder to recognize taxable income in the

90

Table of Contents

jurisdiction in which the shareholder or right holder is a tax resident or in which its members are resident if it is a tax transparent entity. We do not intend to make any cash distributions to shareholders to pay such taxes. Shareholders or right holders may be subject to withholding taxes or other taxes with respect to their ownership of us after the reincorporation.

An investment in this offering may result in uncertain U.S. federal income tax consequences.

An investment in this offering may result in uncertain U.S. federal income tax consequences. For instance, because there are no authorities that directly address instruments similar to the units we are issuing in this offering, the allocation an investor makes with respect to the purchase price of a unit between the ordinary share and the right included in each unit could be challenged by the IRS or courts. There is also uncertainty with respect to the general U.S. federal income tax treatment of the rights, including with respect to their treatment under the PFIC rules. In addition, it is unclear whether the redemption rights with respect to our Class A ordinary shares suspend the running of a U.S. Holder’s holding period for purposes of determining whether any gain or loss realized by such holder on the sale or exchange of ordinary shares is long-term capital gain or loss and for determining whether any dividend we pay would be considered “qualified dividend income” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See the section titled “Taxation — United States Federal Income Tax Considerations” for a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations of an investment in our securities. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to these and other tax consequences when acquiring, owning or disposing of our securities.

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies or smaller reporting companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor internal controls attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our Class A ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal

91

Table of Contents

year in which (1) the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates is equal to or exceeds $250 million as of the prior June 30, or (2) our annual revenues equaled or exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates is equal to or exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30. To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.

Changes in the market for directors and officers liability insurance could make it more difficult and more expensive for us to negotiate and complete an initial business combination.

The market for directors and officers liability insurance for SPACs has changed in ways adverse to us and our management team. Fewer insurance companies are offering quotes for directors and officers liability coverage, the premiums charged for such policies have generally increased and the terms of such policies have generally become less favorable. These trends may continue into the future.

The increased cost and decreased availability of directors and officers liability insurance could make it more difficult and more expensive for us to negotiate an initial business combination. In order to obtain directors and officers liability insurance or modify its coverage as a result of becoming a public company, the post-business combination entity might need to incur greater expense, accept less favorable terms or both. However, any failure to obtain adequate directors and officers liability insurance could have an adverse impact on the post-business combination’s ability to attract and retain qualified officers and directors.

In addition, even after we were to complete an initial business combination, our directors and officers could still be subject to potential liability from claims arising from conduct alleged to have occurred prior to the initial business combination. As a result, in order to protect our directors and officers, the post-business combination entity may need to purchase additional insurance with respect to any such claims (“run-off insurance”). The need for run-off insurance would be an added expense for the post-business combination entity, and could interfere with or frustrate our ability to consummate an initial business combination on terms favorable to our investors or at all.

Recent increases in inflation in the United States and elsewhere could make it more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

Recent increases in inflation in the United States and elsewhere may lead to increased price volatility for publicly traded securities, including ours, or other national, regional or international economic disruptions, any of which could make it more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

Sanctions, tariffs, export controls and other measures could adversely affect the global economy and financial markets and could adversely affect our ability to search for a business combination or finance such business combination, and the business, financial condition and results of operations of any target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination may be materially adversely affected.

In recent years, the U.S. government has indicated its intent to alter its approach to international trade policy and in some cases to renegotiate, or potentially terminate, certain existing bilateral or multi-lateral trade agreements and treaties with foreign countries, and has made proposals and taken actions related thereto. For example, the U.S. government has imposed, and may in the future further increase, tariffs on certain foreign goods, such as steel and aluminum. Most recently, the current U.S. Presidential administration has imposed or sought to impose significant increases to tariffs on goods imported into the U.S. Some foreign governments have instituted or announced an intention to impose retaliatory tariffs on certain U.S. goods. Such tariffs, export controls or other governmental actions related to international trade agreements, and policies that materially constrain cross-border flows of investment, goods, or data, may have the potential to increase costs, decrease margins, and reduce the competitiveness of products and services offered by potential target businesses and adversely affect the revenues and profitability of potential target businesses. Such sanctions, tariffs, export controls and other measures could adversely affect the global economy and financial markets and could adversely affect our ability to search for a business combination or finance such business combination, and the business, financial condition and results of operations of any target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination may be materially adversely affected.

92

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements contained in this prospectus may constitute “forward-looking statements” for purposes of the federal securities laws. Our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our or our management team’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking.

Forward-looking statements in this prospectus may include, for example, statements about:

        our ability to select an appropriate target business or businesses;

        our ability to complete our initial business combination;

        our expectations around the performance of the prospective target business or businesses;

        our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;

        our officers and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our initial business combination;

        our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination;

        our pool of prospective target businesses;

        the adverse impacts of certain events (such as terrorist attacks, natural disasters or a significant outbreak of infectious diseases) on our ability to consummate an initial business combination;

        the ability of our officers and directors to generate a number of potential business combination opportunities;

        our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;

        the lack of a market for our securities;

        the use of net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account;

        the trust account not being subject to claims of third parties; or

        our financial performance following this offering.

The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

In addition, statements that contain “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based on information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. Although we believe that this information provides a reasonable basis for these statements, this information may be limited or incomplete. Our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely on these statements.

93

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We are offering 20,000,000 units at an offering price of $10.00 per unit. We estimate that the net proceeds of this offering together with the funds we will receive from the sale of the private placement units will be used as set forth in the following table.

 

Without
Over-allotment
Option

 

Over-allotment
Option
Exercised

Gross proceeds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross proceeds from units offered to public(1)

 

$

200,000,000

 

 

$

230,000,000

 

Gross proceeds from private placement units offered in the private placement

 

 

2,250,000

 

 

 

2,250,000

 

Total gross proceeds

 

$

202,250,000

 

 

$

232,250,000

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Offering expenses(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underwriting commissions (excluding the deferred portions)(3)

 

$

250,000

 

 

$

250,000

 

Legal fees and expenses

 

 

325,000

 

 

 

325,000

 

Printing and engraving expenses

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

25,000

 

Trustee fees and expenses

 

 

35,000

 

 

 

35,000

 

Accounting fees and expenses

 

 

55,000

 

 

 

55,000

 

SEC/FINRA expenses

 

 

71,000

 

 

 

71,000

 

Travel and road show expenses

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

5,000

 

Nasdaq listing fees

 

 

85,000

 

 

 

85,000

 

Miscellaneous

 

 

399,000

 

 

 

399,000

 

Total offering expenses (other than underwriting commissions)

 

$

1,000,000

 

 

$

1,000,000

 

Proceeds after offering expenses

 

$

201,000,000

 

 

$

231,000,000

 

Held in trust account(3)

 

$

200,000,000

 

 

$

230,000,000

 

% of public offering size

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

The following table shows the use of approximately $1,000,000 that we expect to use as working capital during the initial 12-month period following the closing of this offering, to be paid using net proceeds not held in the trust account and loans from our sponsor, any member of our officers or directors, or their affiliates.(4)

 

Amount

 

% of
Total

Accounting, due diligence, travel, and other expenses in connection with any business combination

 

$

210,000

 

21.0

%

Legal and accounting fees related to regulatory reporting obligations

 

 

102,000

 

10.2

%

Payment to an affiliate of our sponsor for accounting, bookkeeping, office space, IT support, research, professional, secretarial and administrative services(5)

 

 

240,000

 

24.0

%

Nasdaq and other regulatory fees

 

 

81,000

 

8.1

%

Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance

 

 

350,000

 

35.0

%

Miscellaneous

 

 

37,000

 

3.70

%

Total

 

$

1,000,000

 

100

%

____________

Percentages may not add due to rounding.

(1)      Includes amounts payable to public shareholders who properly redeem their shares in connection with our successful completion of our initial business combination.

(2)      Prior to the closing of this offering, our sponsor agreed to loan us up to $300,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. This loan will be repaid at the earlier of June 30, 2026 or the closing of this offering.

(3)     Underwriting commissions include $250,000 (such amount to remain unchanged in the event to the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) payable to the underwriter upon the closing of this offering. The underwriter has also agreed to defer $0.30 per unit on all units sold. Upon completion of our initial business combination, $6,000,000 in the aggregate (or up to $6,900,000 in the aggregate if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full), assuming payment of $0.30 per unit on all units sold, will be paid to the underwriter from the funds held in the trust account subject to pro-rata reduction based on the number of Class A ordinary shares redeemed by our public shareholders. Such deferred underwriting commissions will not be payable with respect to any shares redeemed in connection with an initial business

94

Table of Contents

combination, and may be paid at the sole and absolute discretion of our management team to any one or more FINRA members, which may or may not include the underwriter. In addition, we will also agree to pay Santander US Capital Markets LLC an advisory fee equal to 3% of the gross proceeds raised in the IPO, payable upon and subject to the closing of our initial business combination. The remaining funds, less amounts released to the trustee to pay redeeming shareholders, will be released to us and can be used to pay all or a portion of the purchase price of the business or businesses with which our initial business combination occurs or for general corporate purposes, including payment of principal or interest on indebtedness incurred in connection with our initial business combination, to fund the purchases of other companies, or for working capital. The underwriter will not be entitled to any interest accrued on the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions.

(4)      These expenses are estimates only. Our actual expenditures for some or all of these items may differ materially from the estimates set forth herein. For example, we may incur greater legal and accounting expenses than our current estimates in connection with negotiating and structuring our initial business combination based upon the level of complexity of such business combination. In the event we identify a business combination target in a specific industry subject to specific regulations, we may incur additional expenses associated with legal due diligence and the engagement of special legal counsel. In addition, our staffing needs may vary and as a result, we may engage a number of consultants to assist with legal and financial due diligence. We do not anticipate any change in our intended use of proceeds, other than fluctuations among the current categories of allocated expenses, which fluctuations, to the extent they exceed current estimates for any specific category of expenses, would not be available for our expenses.

(5)      Represents $10,000 per month payable to an affiliate of our sponsor for accounting, bookkeeping, office space, IT support, research, professional, secretarial and administrative services for 24 months. In the event that we require additional time to consummate our initial business combination, such expenses may increase and be paid from net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account or from working capital loans.

The total gross proceeds from this offering will not be sufficient to provide us with any working capital outside of the funds held in the trust and funds used to pay offering expenses. All working capital needs, including the items in the table above as well as any amounts to be paid to the sponsor, its affiliates, officers or directors for loan repayments, fees, salaries or other cash payments, will be sourced from net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account and working capital loans.

Nasdaq rules provide that at least 90% of the gross proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement units be deposited in a trust account. Of the $202,250,000 in gross proceeds we receive from this offering and the sale of the private placement units described in this prospectus, or $232,250,000 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, $200,000,000 ($10.00 per unit), or $230,000,000 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full ($10.00 per unit), will be deposited into a trust account in the United States with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee, after deducting $250,000 (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) in underwriting discounts and commissions payable upon the closing of this offering and an aggregate of $1,000,000 to pay fees and expenses in connection with the closing of this offering. The proceeds held in the trust account will initially be invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations; the holding of these assets in this form is intended to be temporary and for the sole purpose of facilitating the intended business combination. To mitigate the risk that we might be deemed to be an investment company for purposes of the Investment Company Act, which risk increases the longer that we hold investments in the trust account, we may, at any time (based on our management team’s ongoing assessment of all factors related to our potential status under the Investment Company Act), instruct the trustee to liquidate the investments held in the trust account and instead to hold the funds in the trust account in cash or in an interest bearing demand deposit account at a bank. We expect that the interest earned on the trust account will be sufficient to pay taxes. We will not be permitted to withdraw any of the principal or interest held in the trust account, except for taxes payable and up to $100,000 to pay liquidation and dissolution expenses, as applicable, if any, until the earliest of (i) the completion of our initial business combination, (ii) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within the completion window, subject to applicable law, or (iii) the redemption of our public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated our initial business combination within the completion window or (B) with respect to any other material provisions relating to the rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares or pre-initial business combination activity.

95

Table of Contents

The net proceeds released to us from the trust account upon the closing of our initial business combination may be used as consideration to pay the sellers of a target business with which we complete our initial business combination. If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination, we may use the balance of the cash released from the trust account following the closing for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

There is no limitation on our ability to raise funds through the issuance of equity-linked securities or through loans, advances or other indebtedness in connection with our initial business combination, including pursuant to forward purchase agreements or backstop arrangements we may enter into following consummation of this offering. However, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, following this offering and prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, except in connection with the conversion of Class B ordinary shares into Class A ordinary shares where the holders of such shares have waived any rights to receive funds from the trust account, we will be prohibited from issuing additional securities that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote as a class with public shares on any initial business combination.

We believe that net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account will be sufficient to pay the costs and expenses to which such proceeds are allocated that are payable prior to the closing of our initial business combination. However, if our estimate of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating a business combination that are payable is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may be required to raise additional capital, the amount, availability and cost of which is currently unascertainable. If we are required to seek additional capital, we could seek such additional capital through loans or additional investments from our sponsor, members of our management team or any of their affiliates, but such persons are not under any obligation to advance funds to, or invest in, us.

Prior to the closing of this offering, our sponsor has agreed to loan us up to $300,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. This loan will be repaid at the earlier of June 30, 2026 or the closing of this offering.

We expect to fund our working capital requirements prior to the time of our initial business combination with net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account. In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete our initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, we may use net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used to repay such loaned amounts. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into private placement units of the post business combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender. Such units would be identical to the private placement units. Except as set forth above, the terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

We have until the date that is 24 months from the closing of this offering or until such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, to consummate our initial business combination. If we anticipate that we may be unable to consummate our initial business combination within such time period and we wish to further extend the date by which we must consummate our initial business combination, we will seek shareholder approval to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to extend the date by which we must consummate our initial business combination, and holders of public shares will be offered an opportunity to redeem their shares, regardless of whether they abstain, vote for, or vote against, our initial business combination, at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned thereon (net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, subject to applicable law. Such amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may include limitations on the duration of the extension, the number of possible extensions, requirements for additional payments to the trust in connection with an extension, and other potential terms for consideration by our shareholders.

96

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of our initial business combination. A Cayman Islands company may pay a dividend on its shares out of either profit or the share premium account, provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if following such payment the company would be unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our initial business combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to our initial business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. Our board of directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate approving any other share capitalization in the foreseeable future. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with our business combination, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

97

Table of Contents

DILUTION

The difference between the deemed offering price of $10.00 per unit and the NTBV per Class A ordinary share after this offering constitutes the dilution to investors in this offering. NTBV per share is determined by dividing our NTBV, which is our total tangible assets less total liabilities (including the value of Class A ordinary shares that may be redeemed for cash), by the number of outstanding Class A ordinary shares.

The below calculations (A) assume that (i) no ordinary shares are issued to shareholders of a potential business combination target as consideration or issuable by a post-business combination company, for instance under an equity or employee share purchase plan, (ii) no ordinary shares and convertible equity or debt securities are issued in connection with additional financing that we may seek in connection with an initial business combination, and (iii) no working capital loans are converted into private placement shares, as further described in this prospectus, and (B) (i) assume the issuance of 20,000,000 Class A ordinary shares (or 23,000,000 Class A ordinary shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full), 5,750,000 founder shares (up to 750,000 of which are assumed to be forfeited in the scenario in which the over-allotment option is not exercised in full) and 225,000 private placement units (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised). Further, the issuance of additional ordinary or preference shares may significantly dilute the equity interest of public shareholders, which dilution would even further increase if the anti-dilution provisions in the Class B ordinary shares resulted in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares.

The following table illustrates the difference between the public offering price per unit and our NTBV per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, including the structure of the underwriting commissions, and assuming redemption of our public shares at varying levels and the full exercise and no exercise of the over-allotment option:

As of December 31, 2025

Deemed
Offering
Price of
$10.00 per
Unit

 

25% of Maximum
Redemption

 

50% of Maximum
Redemption

 

75% of Maximum
Redemption

 

Maximum
Redemption

NTBV

 

NTBV

 

Difference
between
NTBV and
Offering
Price

 

NTBV

 

Difference
between
NTBV and 
Offering
Price

 

NTBV

 

Difference
between
NTBV and
Offering
Price

 

NTBV

 

Difference
between
NTBV and
Offering
Price

 

Assuming Full Exercise of Over-Allotment Option

$

7.50

 

$

6.95

 

$

3.05

 

$

6.04

 

$

3.96

 

$

4.25

 

$

5.75

 

$

(0.99

)

 

$

10.99

 

Assuming No Exercise of Over-Allotment Option

$

7.48

 

$

6.94

 

$

3.06

 

$

6.03

 

$

3.97

 

$

4.23

 

$

5.77

 

$

(1.00

)

 

$

11.00

98

Table of Contents

For each of the redemption scenarios above, the NTBV was calculated as follows:

 

As of December 31, 2025

   

25% of Maximum
Redemption

 

50% of Maximum
Redemption

 

75% of Maximum
Redemption

 

100% of Maximum
Redemption

   

No
Over-
allotment

 

Full
Over-
allotment

 

No
Over-
allotment

 

Full
Over-
allotment

 

No
Over-
allotment

 

Full
Over-
allotment

 

No
Over-
allotment

 

Full
Over-
allotment

Deemed public offering price(1)

 

$

10.00

 

 

$

10.00

 

 

$

10.00

 

 

$

10.00

 

 

$

10.00

 

 

$

10.00

 

 

$

10.00

 

 

$

10.00

 

Net tangible book value deficit before this offering

 

 

(0.03

)

 

 

(0.03

)

 

 

(0.03

)

 

 

(0.03

)

 

 

(0.03

)

 

 

(0.03

)

 

 

(0.03

)

 

 

(0.03

)

Increase (decrease) attributable to public shareholders

 

 

6.97

 

 

 

6.98

 

 

 

6.06

 

 

 

6.07

 

 

 

4.26

 

 

 

4.28

 

 

 

(0.97

)

 

 

(0.96

)

Pro forma net tangible book value after this offering

 

 

6.94

 

 

 

6.95

 

 

 

6.03

 

 

 

6.04

 

 

 

4.23

 

 

 

4.25

 

 

 

(1.00

)

 

 

(0.99

)

Dilution to public shareholders

 

 

3.06

 

 

 

3.05

 

 

 

3.97

 

 

 

3.96

 

 

 

5.77

 

 

 

5.75

 

 

 

11.00

 

 

 

10.99

 

% Dilution to public shareholders

 

 

30.60

%

 

 

30.50

%

 

 

39.70

 

 

 

39.60

%

 

 

57.70

%

 

 

57.50

%

 

 

110.00

%

 

 

109.90

%

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net tangible book value deficit before this offering

 

 

(144,884

)

 

 

(144,884

)

 

 

(144,884

)

 

 

(144,884

)

 

 

(144,884

)

 

 

(144,884

)

 

 

(144,884

)

 

 

(144,884

)

Net proceeds from this offering and the sale of private placement units(2)

 

 

201,000,000

 

 

 

231,000,000

 

 

 

201,000,000

 

 

 

231,000,000

 

 

 

201,000,000

 

 

 

231,000,000

 

 

 

201,000,000

 

 

 

231,000,000

 

Plus: Offering costs accrued for or paid in advance, excluded from tangible book value

 

 

120,932

 

 

 

120,932

 

 

 

120,932

 

 

 

120,932

 

 

 

120,932

 

 

 

120,932

 

 

 

120,932

 

 

 

120,932

 

Less: Over-allotment liability

 

 

(188,800

)

 

 

 

 

 

(188,800

)

 

 

 

 

 

(188,800

)

 

 

 

 

 

(188,800

)

 

 

 

Less: Deferred underwriting commission(3)

 

 

(4,500,000

)

 

 

(5,175,000

)

 

 

(3,000,000

)

 

 

(3,450,000

)

 

 

(1,500,000

)

 

 

(1,725,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Advisory Fee(3)

 

 

(6,000,000

)

 

 

(6,900,000

)

 

 

(6,000,000

)

 

 

(6,900,000

)

 

 

(6,000,000

)

 

 

(6,900,000

)

 

 

(6,000,000

)

 

 

(6,900,000

)

Less: Redemptions(4)

 

 

(50,000,000

)

 

 

(57,500,000

)

 

 

(100,000,000

)

 

 

(115,000,000

)

 

 

(150,000,000

)

 

 

(172,500,000

)

 

 

(200,000,000

)

 

 

(230,000,000

)

Total

 

 

140,287,247

 

 

 

161,401,048

 

 

 

91,787,248

 

 

 

105,626,048

 

 

 

43,287,248

 

 

 

49,851,048

 

 

 

(5,212,752

)

 

 

(5,923,952

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares outstanding prior to this offering

 

 

5,750,000

 

 

 

5,750,000

 

 

 

5,750,000

 

 

 

5,750,000

 

 

 

5,750,000

 

 

 

5,750,000

 

 

 

5,750,000

 

 

 

5,750,000

 

Ordinary shares forfeited if over-allotment is not exercised

 

 

(750,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

(750,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

(750,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

(750,000

)

 

 

 

Ordinary shares offered

 

 

20,000,000

 

 

 

23,000,000

 

 

 

20,000,000

 

 

 

23,000,000

 

 

 

20,000,000

 

 

 

23,000,000

 

 

 

20,000,000

 

 

 

23,000,000

 

Private placement shares

 

 

225,000

 

 

 

225,000

 

 

 

225,000

 

 

 

225,000

 

 

 

225,000

 

 

 

225,000

 

 

 

225,000

 

 

 

225,000

 

Less: Ordinary shares redeemed

 

 

(5,000,000

)

 

 

(5,750,000

)

 

 

(10,000,000

)

 

 

(11,500,000

)

 

 

(15,000,000

)

 

 

(17,250,000

)

 

 

(20,000,000

)

 

 

(23,000,000

)

Total

 

 

20,225,000

 

 

 

23,225,000

 

 

 

15,225,000

 

 

 

17,475,000

 

 

 

10,225,000

 

 

 

11,725,000

 

 

 

5,225,000

 

 

 

5,975,000

 

____________

(1)      Offering price per unit after taking into account the shares issuable upon conversion of the rights.

(2)      Expenses applied against gross proceeds include offering expenses of approximately $1,000,000 and $250,000 payable to the underwriter upon the closing of this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.”

(3)      Upon the consummation of our initial business combination, $0.30 per unit on all units sold ($6,000,000 in the aggregate or up to $6,900,000 in the aggregate if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be payable to the underwriter for deferred underwriting commissions, with such commissions subject to pro-rata reduction based on the number of Class A ordinary shares redeemed by our public shareholders. Such deferred commissions may be paid at the sole and absolute discretion of our management team to any one or more FINRA members, which may or may not include the underwriter. See also “Underwriting” for a description of compensation and other items of value payable to the underwriter. In addition, an advisory fee equal to 3% of the gross proceeds raised in the IPO, payable to Santander US Capital Markets LLC upon and subject to the closing of our initial business combination.

(4)      If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, directors, executive officers or their affiliates may purchase shares or public rights in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. In the event of any such purchases of our shares prior to the completion of our initial business combination, the number of Class A ordinary shares subject to redemption will be reduced by the amount of any such purchases, increasing the pro forma net tangible book value per share. See “Effecting Our Initial Business Combination — Permitted Purchases of Our Securities.”

99

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization at December 31, 2025, and as adjusted to give effect to the filing of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the sale of our units in this offering and the sale of the private placement units and the application of the estimated net proceeds derived from the sale of such securities, assuming no exercise by the underwriter of their over-allotment option:

 

December 31, 2025

   

Actual

 

As Adjusted

Notes payable to related party(1)

 

$

57,952

 

 

$

 

Advisory Fee(2)

 

 

 

 

 

6,000,000

 

Over-allotment liability

 

 

 

 

 

188,800

 

Deferred underwriting commissions(3)

 

 

 

 

 

6,000,000

 

Class A ordinary shares, subject to redemption, 0 and 20,000,000 shares which are subject to possible redemption, actual and as adjusted, respectively(4)

 

 

 

 

 

200,000,000

 

Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized; 0 and 225,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized, 5,750,000 and 5,000,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted, respectively(5)

 

 

575

 

 

 

500

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

24,425

 

 

 

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(48,952

)

 

 

(11,213,275

)

Total shareholders’ deficit

 

 

(23,952

)

 

 

(11,212,752

)

Total capitalization

 

$

34,000

 

 

$

200,976,048

 

____________

(1)      Our sponsor may loan us up to $300,000 under an unsecured promissory note to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. The “as adjusted” information gives effect to the repayment of any loans received from our sponsor out of the proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement units. As of December 31, 2025, we borrowed $57,952 under the promissory note with our sponsor.

(2)      An advisory fee equal to 3% of the gross proceeds raised in the IPO shall be payable to Santander US Capital Markets LLC upon and subject to the closing of our initial business combination.

(3)      Deferred underwriting commissions of up to $6,000,000 shall be payable to Santander US Capital Markets LLC, with such commissions subject to pro-rata reduction based on the number of Class A ordinary shares redeemed by our public shareholders. Such deferred commissions may be paid at the sole and absolute discretion of our management team to any one or more FINRA members, which may or may not include the underwriter. See also “Underwriting” for a description of compensation and other items of value payable to the underwriter.

(4)      Upon the completion of our initial business combination, we will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares, regardless of whether they abstain, vote for, or vote against, our initial business combination, for cash at a per share price equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, subject to any limitations (including, but not limited to, cash requirements) created by the terms of the proposed business combination. The ordinary shares offered to the public contain redemption rights that make them redeemable by our public shareholders. Accordingly, they are classified within temporary equity in accordance with the guidance provided in ASC 480-10-S99-3A and will be subsequently accreted to their redemption value.

(5)      Actual share amount is prior to any forfeiture of founder shares and as adjusted amount assumes no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option (and related forfeiture of an aggregate of 750,000 founder shares), and excludes the 225,000 private placement shares.

100

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

We are a newly incorporated Cayman Island exempted company structured as a blank check company incorporated on November 7, 2025, for the purpose of effecting a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as our initial business combination. We have not selected any specific business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any business combination target. Although we may pursue targets in any business or industry, we intend to initially focus our search on identifying a prospective target business in a business that fits within our management team’s historical areas of business expertise. Our co-founders’ long track record includes varied investments across financial technology, business services, entertainment & sports, consumer & retail (particularly wine and spirits), real estate, insurance and general financial institutions. We intend to prioritize profitable target businesses that demonstrate sustainable growth and robust cash flow characteristics.

We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of this offering and the private placement of the private placement units, the proceeds of the sale of our shares in connection with our initial business combination (pursuant to forward purchase agreements or backstop agreements we may enter into following the consummation of this offering or otherwise), shares issued to the owners of the target, debt issued to bank or other lenders or the owners of the target, other securities issuances, or a combination of the foregoing.

The issuance of additional shares in connection with a business combination to the owners of the target or other investors:

        may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in this offering, which dilution would increase if the anti-dilution provisions in the Class B ordinary shares resulted in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares;

        may subordinate the rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares if preference shares are issued with rights senior to those afforded our Class A ordinary shares;

        could cause a change in control if a substantial number of our Class A ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors;

        may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us by diluting the share ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of us; and

        may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Class A ordinary shares and/or rights.

Similarly, if we issue debt securities or otherwise incur significant debt to bank or other lenders or the owners of a target, it could result in:

        default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

        acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

        our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

        our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

        using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

101

Table of Contents

        limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

        increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

        limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

As indicated in the accompanying financial statements, at December 31, 2025, we had no cash and deferred offering costs of $120,932. Further, we expect to incur significant costs in the pursuit of our initial business combination. We cannot assure you that our plans to raise capital or to complete our initial business combination will be successful.

Results of Operations and Known Trends or Future Events

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our only activities since inception have been organizational activities and those necessary to prepare for this offering. Following this offering, we will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of our initial business combination. We will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents after this offering. There has been no significant change in our financial or trading position and no material adverse change has occurred since the date of our audited financial statements. After this offering, we expect to incur increased expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses. We expect our expenses to increase substantially after the closing of this offering.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our liquidity needs have been satisfied prior to the completion of this offering through $25,000 paid by the sponsor to cover certain of our offering and formation costs in exchange for the issuance of the founder shares to our sponsor and up to $300,000 in loans from our sponsor.

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the units in this offering and the sale of the private placement units for an aggregate purchase price of $2,250,000 (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full), after deducting offering expenses of approximately $1,000,000 and underwriting commissions of $250,000 (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) and in each case as described elsewhere in this prospectus (excluding deferred underwriting commissions of $6,000,000 (or $6,900,000 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) upon the completion of an initial business combination and an advisory fee equal to 3% of the gross proceeds raised in the IPO, payable to Santander US Capital Markets LLC upon and subject to the closing of our initial business combination), will be $201,000,000 (or $231,000,000 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full). $200,000,000 (or $230,000,000 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be held in the trust account, which includes the deferred underwriting commissions and the advisory fee described above. The proceeds held in the trust account will initially be invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations; the holding of these assets in this form is intended to be temporary and for the sole purpose of facilitating the intended business combination. To mitigate the risk that we might be deemed to be an investment company for purposes of the Investment Company Act, which risk increases the longer that we hold investments in the trust account, we may, at any time (based on our management team’s ongoing assessment of all factors related to our potential status under the Investment Company Act), instruct the trustee to liquidate the investments held in the trust account and instead to hold the funds in the trust account in cash or in an interest bearing demand deposit account at a bank. In the event that the offering expenses are less than our estimate of $1,000,000, the amount of funds available outside the trust account would increase by a corresponding amount.

We intend to use substantially all of the funds held in the trust account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the trust account (excluding deferred underwriting commissions) to complete our initial business combination. We may withdraw interest for the payment of taxes. Our annual income tax obligations will depend on the amount of interest and other income earned on the amounts held in the trust account. We expect the interest earned on the amount in the trust account will be sufficient to pay our taxes. To the extent that our equity or debt is used, in

102

Table of Contents

whole or in part, as consideration to complete our initial business combination, the remaining proceeds held in the trust account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies.

Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we will have available to us net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account. We will use these funds to primarily pay underwriter’s fees, acquire directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, identify and evaluate target businesses, pay an affiliate of our sponsor for accounting, bookkeeping, office space, IT support, research, professional, secretarial and administrative services, pay for legal and accounting fees related to regulatory reporting requirements, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, and structure, negotiate and complete a business combination.

We do not believe we will need to raise additional funds following this offering in order to meet the expenditures required for operating our business prior to our initial business combination. However, if our estimates of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating an initial business combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our initial business combination. In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete our initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, we may use net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used to repay such loaned amounts. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into private placement units of the post business combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender. Such units would be identical to the private placement units. The terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

We expect our primary liquidity requirements during the initial 12-month period following the closing of this offering to include approximately $210,000 for legal, accounting, due diligence, travel and other expenses associated with structuring, negotiating and documenting successful business combinations; approximately $102,000 for legal and accounting fees related to regulatory reporting requirements; approximately $240,000 for payments to an affiliate of our sponsor for accounting, bookkeeping, office space, IT support, research, professional, secretarial and administrative services; approximately $81,000 for Nasdaq and other regulatory fees; approximately $350,000 for directors’ and officers’ liability insurance; and approximately $37,000 for general working capital that will be used for miscellaneous expenses and reserves. In the event that we require additional time to consummate our initial business combination, some of the aforementioned expenses may increase and be paid from net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account or from working capital loans.

These amounts are estimates and may differ materially from our actual expenses. In addition, we could use net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account to pay commitment fees for financing, fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business or as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies or investors on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into an agreement where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business, the amount that would be used as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision would be determined based on the terms of the specific business combination and the amount of our available funds at the time. Our forfeiture of such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise) could result in our not having sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conducting due diligence with respect to, prospective target businesses.

Moreover, we may obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination, for example, because the transaction requires more cash than is available from the proceeds held in our trust account or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon completion of the business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. If we raise

103

Table of Contents

additional funds through equity and equity-linked securities or the incurrence of indebtedness, our public shareholders may suffer significant dilution and these securities could have rights that rank senior to our public shares. If we raise additional funds through the incurrence of indebtedness, such indebtedness would have rights that are senior to our equity securities and could contain covenants that restrict our operations. Further, as described above, due to the anti-dilution rights of our founder shares, our public shareholders may incur material dilution. In addition, we may target businesses with enterprise values that are greater than we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units, and, as a result, if the cash portion of the purchase price exceeds the amount available from the trust account, net of amounts needed to satisfy any redemptions by public shareholders, we may be required to seek additional financing to complete such proposed initial business combination. We may also obtain financing prior to the closing of our initial business combination to fund our working capital needs and transaction costs in connection with our search for and completion of our initial business combination. There is no limitation on our ability to raise funds through the issuance of equity or equity-linked securities or through loans, advances or other indebtedness in connection with our initial business combination, including pursuant to forward purchase agreements or backstop agreements we may enter into following consummation of this offering. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only complete such financing simultaneously with the completion of our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to liquidate the trust account. In addition, following our initial business combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations.

Controls and Procedures

We are not currently required to maintain an effective system of internal controls as defined by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will be required to comply with the internal control requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2027. Only in the event that we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer and no longer an emerging growth company would we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement. Further, for as long as we remain an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act, we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement.

Prior to the closing of this offering, we have not completed an assessment, nor has our independent registered public accounting firm tested our systems, of internal controls. We expect to assess the internal controls of our target business or businesses prior to the completion of our initial business combination and, if necessary, to implement and test additional controls as we may determine are necessary in order to state that we maintain an effective system of internal controls. A target business may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding the adequacy of internal controls. Many small and mid-sized target businesses we may consider for our initial business combination may have internal controls that need improvement in areas such as:

        staffing for financial, accounting and external reporting areas, including segregation of duties;

        reconciliation of accounts;

        proper recording of expenses and liabilities in the period to which they relate;

        evidence of internal review and approval of accounting transactions;

        documentation of processes, assumptions and conclusions underlying significant estimates; and

        documentation of accounting policies and procedures.

Because it will take time, management involvement and perhaps outside resources to determine what internal control improvements are necessary for us to meet regulatory requirements and market expectations for our operation of a target business, we may incur significant expenses in meeting our public reporting responsibilities, particularly in the areas of designing, enhancing, or remediating internal and disclosure controls. Doing so effectively may also take longer than we expect, thus increasing our exposure to financial fraud or erroneous financing reporting.

104

Table of Contents

Once our management’s report on internal controls is complete, we will retain our independent registered public accounting firm to audit and render an opinion on such report when required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The independent registered public accounting firm may identify additional issues concerning a target business’s internal controls while performing their audit of internal control over financial reporting.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units held in the trust account will initially be invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations; the holding of these assets in this form is intended to be temporary and for the sole purpose of facilitating the intended business combination. To mitigate the risk that we might be deemed to be an investment company for purposes of the Investment Company Act, which risk increases the longer that we hold investments in the trust account, we may, at any time (based on our management team’s ongoing assessment of all factors related to our potential status under the Investment Company Act), instruct the trustee to liquidate the investments held in the trust account and instead to hold the funds in the trust account in cash or in an interest bearing demand deposit account at a bank. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe there will be no associated material exposure to interest rate risk.

Related Party Transactions

On November 18, 2025, our sponsor paid $25,000, or approximately $0.004 per share, to cover certain of our offering costs in exchange for 5,750,000 founder shares.

The number of founder shares outstanding was determined based on the expectation that the total size of this offering would be a maximum of 23,000,000 units if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, and therefore that such founder shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares after this offering (not including the private placement shares). Up to 750,000 of the founder shares will be forfeited for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment is exercised.

Our sponsor has committed to purchase an aggregate of 225,000 private placement units (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised), at a price of $10.00 per unit, or $2,250,000 in the aggregate (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised), in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. The private placement units will also be worthless if we do not complete our initial business combination. The private placement units will be identical to the public units sold in this offering except so long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees, (i) the private placement units may not (including the securities underlying the units), subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holders until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination and (ii) the private placement shares underlying the private placement units will be entitled to registration rights.

Prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, there may be payment by the company to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates, of a finder’s fee, advisory fee, consulting fee or success fee for any services they render in order to effectuate the completion of our initial business combination, which, if made prior to the completion of our initial business combination, will be paid only to the extent permitted by law and from net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account.

Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates.

Prior to the closing of this offering, our sponsor loaned us funds in an aggregate amount of up to $300,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. This loan will be repaid at the earlier of June 30, 2026 or the closing of this offering.

As of December 31, 2025, we borrowed $57,952 under the promissory note with our sponsor.

We expect to fund our working capital requirements prior to the time of our initial business combination with net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account. In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required on a

105

Table of Contents

non-interest basis. If we complete an initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, we may use net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used to repay such loan amounts. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into private placement units of the post business combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender. Such shares would be identical to the private placement shares. Except as set forth above, the terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

Any of the foregoing payments to our sponsor, repayments of loans from our sponsor or repayments of working capital loans prior to our initial business combination will be made using net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account.

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our shareholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, furnished to our shareholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a general meeting held to consider our initial business combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.

We have entered into a registration rights agreement with respect to the founder shares and the private placement shares, which is described under the heading “Principal Shareholders — Registration Rights.”

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements; Commitments and Contractual Obligations; Quarterly Results

As of December 31, 2025, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K and did not have any commitments or contractual obligations. No unaudited quarterly operating data is included in this prospectus as we have not conducted any operations to date.

JOBS Act

The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. We will qualify as an “emerging growth company” and under the JOBS Act will be allowed to comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements based on the effective date for private (not publicly traded) companies. We are electing to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Additionally, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the other reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an “emerging growth company,” we choose to rely on such exemptions we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an independent registered public accounting firm’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the report of the independent registered public accounting firm providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the CEO’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of this offering or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier.

106

Table of Contents

PROPOSED BUSINESS

Our Company

We are a blank check company newly incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company for the purpose of effecting a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as our initial business combination. We have not identified or selected any potential initial business combination target, and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any potential initial business combination target. To date, our efforts have been limited to organizational activities and activities related to this offering.

Our sponsor is an affiliate of The Rohatyn Group, a global asset manager dedicated to providing investors with differentiated access to emerging markets-focused strategies. TRG has operated with a global investment mindset since its inception in 2002, and is led by Nicolas Rohatyn, founder and CEO. Currently, TRG employs approximately 100 professionals and operates in 14 countries throughout North and Latin America, EMEA, Asia and Oceania. This includes 13 investment professionals focused on Latin America and 10 employees in Argentina.

We intend to identify and consummate an initial business combination that we believe will generate attractive long-term returns for our shareholders. While we may pursue an initial business combination target in any industry or geography, we intend to capitalize on TRG’s emerging market investment expertise by focusing on acquisition opportunities located in the Region, with a particular focus on opportunities in Argentina.

We believe TRG has robust deal-sourcing capabilities driven by a proprietary global network of established relationships with rapidly growing private businesses, blue-chip multinationals, institutional investors, and advisors. Importantly, TRG brings more than 20 years of successful investment execution in Argentina, supported by an exceptional on-the-ground management team focused on the country. We believe that TRG’s track record and experience in private equity, private credit and public equity investment strategies will enhance our ability to identify attractive acquisition opportunities. We intend to leverage the full breadth of TRG’s investment platform and relationship network to source from a carefully selected opportunity set and consummate a value-additive initial business combination.

The Rohatyn Group

TRG is a global investment asset manager with a longstanding track record in emerging markets, spanning both private and public asset classes as well as real assets. The Firm’s core strategies include private equity, private credit, private infrastructure, public equities, fixed income and currencies, each of these focused on emerging markets, in addition to global forestry and agriculture investments.

Founded in 2002 by Nicolas Rohatyn, TRG had approximately $7 billion in AUM as of September 30, 2025. Since its inception, TRG has been built as a global firm with a unified investment and capital allocation mindset, supported by a dedicated and local investment presence across its core target geographies. TRG believes that combining a global perspective with local relationships and insights provides a competitive advantage in identifying and executing attractive investment opportunities within its target markets. To this end, the firm also believes that its worldwide network of current and former portfolio companies enhances its ability to identify sizeable, growing target companies with attractive risk-adjusted return profiles. In private equity, TRG focuses on transforming founder-led businesses into pan-regional champions by providing operational and financial support to management teams. TRG focuses on growth capital and buyouts, with either control, co-control or significant minority stakes. We believe this market segment represents a large and growing opportunity across emerging markets.

TRG’s successful track record, driven by its disciplined strategy and strong investment capabilities, has attracted a diversified and committed investor base, with over 250 institutional LPs. TRG’s global LP network includes some of the world’s largest and most influential asset managers, public and private pension funds, foundations, endowments and family offices, sovereign wealth funds, financial institutions and insurance companies that invest across the TRG fund structure. TRG’s LPs are located across North America, Europe, Latin America, Asia and the Middle East.

TRG started investing in Latin America private markets in 2005, building a strong platform that has managed approximately $2.7 billion in cumulative assets in the Region over the past 20 years. The Firm has successfully completed 18 direct private equity investments and 18 private credit transactions across eight countries in the Region and in

107

Table of Contents

multiple sectors, including energy (generation and distribution), IT services, telecommunications, food, agribusiness, and pharmaceuticals, among others. We believe that this experience, combined with a disciplined investment process, has positioned TRG as a relevant player in Latin America’s private markets.

Furthermore, TRG has a long-standing presence in Argentina, where the Firm has successfully raised and deployed capital through different economic cycles for more than 20 years. TRG’s approach in Argentina typically combines control and significant minority positions with strong governance rights, leveraging its regional platform to support growth and operational improvements. TRG’s investment team, based in Buenos Aires, has approximately 20 years of experience working together and actively participates in portfolio company decision-making process to drive value creation.

The Firm has successfully raised more than $100 million in country-dedicated private equity efforts in Argentina. These vehicles have focused on middle-market companies operating in key sectors such as energy, agribusiness, industrial services, and technology. Representative investments include:

        Eco Minera S.A (Controlling Stake) | Acquired in 2017, Eco Minera provides drilling and soil movement services to exploration and production mining companies across Argentina.

        Nova S.A (Controlling Stake) | Acquired in 2018, Nova is a leading manufacturer and distributor of crop protection products and biologicals, with a strong presence in Argentina’s agriculture-intensive central and northern regions.

        Matba Rofex S.A. (Minority Stake) | Acquired in 2022, Matba Rofex is Argentina’s leading agricultural commodities and futures exchange. In 2024, it merged with MAE to form A3 Mercados, the second-largest exchange in the country.

In executing these investments, TRG applied a disciplined sector selection and due-diligence framework tailored to the Argentine market. We believe that many of the themes that guided TRG’s historical investment activity in the country, such as energy, natural resources, agribusiness and technology, continue to characterize some of the most attractive opportunities. These sectors align with several of the areas highlighted below under “— Target Sectors” and may form part of the opportunity set we expect to evaluate.

Finally, in addition to the country-dedicated private equity funds, TRG executed a GP replacement for BAF LatAm Credit adding AUM of approximately $400 million in 2022, reinforcing its leadership in private investments in Argentina.

Key Members of Management, Advisors and Directors

We are led by Nicolas Rohatyn as Chairman of the Board of Directors and CEO and by Miguel Gutierrez as a Director and Chief Financial Officer. Our management team is supported by the broader TRG management and investment team as advisors as well as our independent directors, as further described below.

Officers

Nicolas Rohatyn

Nicolas Rohatyn is the founder of TRG, overseeing its overall strategy and management. He is also a member of TRG’s Executive Committee and is based in New York.

Prior to founding TRG in 2002, Mr. Rohatyn spent 19 years at J.P. Morgan, including five years as a member of J.P. Morgan’s executive management team, holding a variety of leadership positions in emerging markets, foreign exchange, commodities, credit markets and e-commerce functions. As Managing Director and Head of Emerging Markets Sales, Trading and Research, Mr. Rohatyn established offices in Mexico, South Africa, Turkey, Russia, Korea and India, as part of J.P Morgan’s expansion in those markets. From 1988 to 1995, Mr. Rohatyn built and restructured the emerging markets sales, trading and research area from a loan-based business to an integrated and diversified sales, trading and capital markets effort while producing significant net income and winning numerous awards and industry-wide recognition. During Mr. Rohatyn’s tenure, J.P. Morgan established its widely acknowledged leadership position in emerging markets securities distribution, trading and research. From 2000 to 2001, as Executive Vice President, he established LabMorgan, a new business unit created to formulate and execute J.P Morgan’s e-finance investment strategy.

108

Table of Contents

Mr. Rohatyn is a founder and the former chairman of the EMTA, a body that today is recognized by many professionals as the authority on emerging markets standards, practices and volumes. He currently serves on the boards of The Asia Society and the GPCA, where he also served as chairman, and the French Institute/Alliance Française. He is a Trustee of the Citizens Budget Commission and serves on the Investment Committee of the Foundation for Contemporary Arts. He formerly served on the boards of The Alvin Ailey American Dance Theatre, Robert College of Istanbul, MarketAxess, the LISC, the RiskMetrics Group, Archipelago, and the Lewis T. Preston Foundation for Girls.

Mr. Rohatyn holds a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Brown University.

Miguel Gutierrez

Miguel Gutiérrez is a co-founder, Partner and Head of Private Markets at TRG, overseeing the firm’s emerging markets private equity, private credit and infrastructure strategies. He has extensive experience leading and advising publicly listed companies. He is also a member of TRG’s Executive Committee and is based in Uruguay.

Mr. Gutiérrez has over 40 years of experience in international financial markets, with the majority of this time dedicated to emerging markets. Prior to joining TRG in October 2004, Mr. Gutiérrez served as the Chairman and CEO of the Telefónica Group in Argentina from 2001 to 2003 and as Chairman of Grupo Concesionario del Oeste S.A from 2001 to 2004. He also served as the non-executive chairman of YPF S.A. (YPF, NYSE) from April 2016 to December 2019. In that role, he was Chair of the Argentina B20 ERES Taskforce in 2018, an initiative under the B20 to promote collaboration between the global business community and the G20 leaders to pursue accelerated transitions towards a low carbon, sustainable and equitable energy future. He was also President of the Argentine Business Council for Sustainable Development from 2019 to 2021.

Earlier in his career, Mr. Gutiérrez spent 21 years at J.P Morgan, where he held numerous senior positions, including as the Head of Global Emerging Markets Sales, Trading and Research and, prior to that, as Head of Latin America Emerging Markets. Under his leadership, J.P. Morgan established and solidified its leading position in emerging markets sales, trading and research. Earlier in his tenure, Mr. Gutiérrez also held senior roles, including Head of European Interest Rate Management and Treasury Manager in both Madrid and Buenos Aires.

Mr. Gutiérrez has served on the boards of Abertis Infraestructuras in Spain (2004 – 2015), Telesp in Brazil (2005 – 2011) and Grupo Assa (2010 – 2020) Mr. Gutierrez currently serves on the boards of Satellogic Inc. (NASDAQ, SATL), CapAsia (Singapore) and Pecom Energía (Argentina). He is a member of the Advisory Boards of Harvard Business School (Latin America), Universidad Torcuato Di Tella, IAE Business School, and Grupo Pérez Companc (Argentina).

Mr. Gutiérrez holds an Advance Management Program (AMP) degree from IAE — Universidad Austral in Argentina.

Advisors

Roberto Chute

Mr. Chute is a Partner at TRG and oversees the Latin America Private Markets investment team. He is based in Buenos Aires.

Mr. Chute leads TRG’s private markets investments in Latin America, with experience spanning a wide range of sectors including pharmaceuticals, information technology, logistics, agribusiness, real estate, consumer products, retail, energy and mining services, among others. He has nearly 25 years of private equity investing experience in Latin America and currently serves on the board of directors of Servosa (logistics and transportation), Eco Minera S.A. (mining services), Nova S.A (agribusiness inputs) and NFD Agro Ltd (agriculture) as well as a board observer for Todimo SA (home improvement retail). Mr. Chute’s experience encompasses a variety of capital structures such as buyouts, growth capital and mezzanine investments.

Prior to joining TRG in 2006, Mr. Chute was a Principal at BAEP, where he was responsible for investments in Mexico, Brazil, and Argentina. During his tenure at BAEP, he also served on the boards of directors of several portfolio companies across the retail, telecommunications, outdoor advertising, consumer finance and waste management

109

Table of Contents

sectors. Earlier in his career, Mr. Chute worked in the Investment Banking Division of Goldman and as a senior consultant at Strat Consulting, a leading management consulting Firm in Argentina. He began his career at the Techint Group in Buenos Aires.

Mr. Chute received his MBA from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University and holds a degree in Industrial Engineering from the Instituto Tecnologico de Buenos Aires.

Francisco Vaca-Guzman

Mr. Vaca-Guzman serves as a Managing Director of TRG and is a member of the Latin America Private Markets investment team. He is based in Buenos Aires.

Mr. Vaca-Guzman has played a central role in TRG’s investment activities in Latin America, with a focus in Argentina for nearly two decades. He helped establish the Firm’s Special Situations practice and has executed transactions across multiple sectors and asset classes, including private credit, private equity, distressed debt, non-performing loans and assets (NPLs/NPAs), and real estate. He has been directly involved in sourcing, structuring and managing several of TRG’s Argentina-focused investments across sectors including technology and agriculture and serves as a member of the Investment Committee for TRG’s APEF.

Prior to joining TRG in October 2004, Mr. Vaca-Guzman worked at BankBoston Argentina, where he was part of the team responsible for restructuring the bank’s $1.7 billion corporate loan portfolio in the country, and earlier held roles in the Investment Banking Group. He previously worked at Fitch in Buenos Aires and New York, covering structured finance products such as MBS and ABS across Latin America.

Mr. Vaca-Guzman holds an MBA from Universidad CEMA in Argentina and is a CPA from the Universidad Católica Argentina.

Maria Falkinhoff

Ms. Falkinhoff serves as a Managing Director of TRG and is a member of the Latin America Private Markets investment team. She is based in Buenos Aires.

Ms. Falkinhoff has been part of TRG’s investment team since 2004 and was instrumental in building the Firm’s Special Situations practice. She has significant experience evaluating and managing investments across the power, mining services, agriculture and infrastructure sectors in Argentina as well as across multiple asset classes, including private equity, distressed debt restructurings, direct lending, and high-yield corporate debt. She is a member of TRG’s APEF Investment Committee and serves on the boards of several of the Firm’s portfolio companies.

From 1999 to 2002, Ms. Falkinhoff was a member of the Institutional Investor-ranked equity research team at Citibank in New York, covering the Latin American utilities sector. Between 1993 to 1998, she worked in the Investment Banking Division at Merrill Lynch in New York, focusing on the power sector and leading multiple capital-raising efforts for Latin American issuers.

Ms. Falkinhoff holds a CPA from the Universidad Católica Argentina.

Guillermo Perrone

Guillermo Perrone is a Managing Director of TRG and a member of TRG’s Legal and Compliance team, serving as Global Transactions Counsel. He is based in Buenos Aires.

Prior to joining TRG in May 2016, Mr. Perrone served as General Counsel of Despegar.com Corp the largest online travel agency in Latin America. He also worked as an Associate at Cleary, where he advised private and public sector clients on international corporate and financing transactions across Latin America, including mergers and acquisitions, capital markets transactions, cross-border financing, and debt restructuring.

Before joining Cleary, Mr. Perrone worked as a Legal Advisor to the Secretary of Finance at the Ministry of Economy of Argentina and to Seguro de Depositos S.A., the Trustee for the Financial Institutions Deposits Guarantee Fund.

110

Table of Contents

Mr. Perrone received his law degree from the Pontificia Universidad Católica Argentina and an M.A. in Business Law from Universidad Austral. He also holds an LLM from Duke University School of Law and an EMBA from IAE School of Business in Argentina. He is a member of the Bars of the State of New York and the City of Buenos Aires.

TRG’s Argentina-based advisors work closely with an extended Latin America team, with deep experience and established presence in the Region, including with:

Ernesto Knizek

Ernesto Knizek is a Managing Director of TRG and a member of the Latin America Private Markets investment team. He is based in São Paulo.

Mr. Knizek focuses on sourcing, evaluating, executing, and monitoring equity and credit investments for TRG across sectors. He has served on the boards of several of the Firm’s portfolio companies headquartered across the Region, including in Brazil and Colombia.

Prior to joining TRG in January 2011, Mr. Knizek served as Vice President at Macquarie in the Brazil Coverage Group, where he focused on the bank’s investment banking and principal activities in the Region. From 2006 to 2009, he was a member of Citibank’s Energy Investment Banking Group in New York. During his tenure at Citibank, he led the execution of multiple private equity, M&A, and capital-raising transactions in the oil and gas, oil services, renewable energy, and commodities sectors across Latin America. He also advised on one of the largest private equity transactions in the Region’s oil sector.

Mr. Knizek was born and raised in Brazil and has dual Brazilian and Mexican citizenship. He received his MBA from Duke University’s Fuqua School of Business and holds a B.A. from Tufts University.

Martin Ramos

Martin Ramos is a Managing Director of TRG and a member of the Latin America Private Markets investment team. He is based in Lima.

Mr. Ramos has participated in transaction evaluations and investments in Mexico, Peru, Colombia, Chile, and Uruguay across sectors. He has served as a director on the boards of several TRG companies in Latin America.

Prior to joining TRG in March 2012, Mr. Ramos worked at Morgan Stanley, where he served as a Vice President in the Investment Banking Division in New York. He was a member of the Latin America Corporate Finance Group, focusing on the Andean Region, Central America, and the Caribbean. In this role, he was responsible for deal origination, client coverage, and execution of M&A and corporate finance engagements. His transaction experience spanned several sectors, including financial services, IT, mining, retail, oil and gas, fishing, infrastructure, agribusiness, pharmaceuticals, and energy. Prior to this role, Mr. Ramos spent five years in U.S.-based technology investment banking with Morgan Stanley, based first in Boston and later in New York.

Mr. Ramos received an M.E. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, a B.S. in Management Science, and a B.S. in Electrical Science and Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Independent Directors

The efforts of our executive management team to identify and pursue a high-quality business combination target will be complemented and strengthened by the expertise of our independent directors. They have been carefully selected for their extensive networks and deep understanding of the unique opportunities and challenges faced by businesses operating in emerging markets. We believe that our access to, and affiliation with, these independent directors represent a distinct competitive advantage.

Daniel Gerold

Daniel Gerold has more than 38 years of experience in the energy sector, with a particular focus on oil, natural gas, fuels, and power businesses in Latin America. He has extensive expertise in strategic planning, mergers and acquisitions, project evaluation, commercial negotiations, and energy market development.

111

Table of Contents

Since April 2001, Mr. Gerold has acted as an independent consultant at G&G Energy Consultants, where he advises clients in Argentina, Bolivia, Chile, and Brazil on natural gas and oil transportation, distribution and production, power generation, company and asset valuations, market studies, and strategic business planning.

Previously, Mr. Gerold served as Commercial and Business Manager at Chevron in Argentina, where he was responsible for oil and gas marketing activities and for new business development initiatives, including mergers and acquisitions and strategic partnerships, a position Mr. Gerold held from Apil 2000 until April 2001. Prior to that, from March 1997 to March 2000, he held senior strategic and business development roles at Chevron San Jorge and Petrolera San Jorge, focusing on upstream and downstream gas business development in South America and participating in significant M&A transactions.

Earlier in his career from January 1995 to February 1997, Mr. Gerold held management positions at YPF S.A., where he was Natural Gas Sales Manager responsible for large-scale commercial contracts and regional negotiations in Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, and Chile, as well as roles in strategic planning and acquisitions. He also held positions in oil and gas operations, equipment sales, and project evaluation at various Argentine and international companies.

Mr. Gerold holds a degree in Industrial Engineering from the University of Buenos Aires and completed postgraduate studies in the Economics of Oil and Gas at the Instituto Tecnológico de Buenos Aires.

Miguel Kiguel

Miguel A. Kiguel has more than four decades of experience in economics, finance, and public policy, with extensive expertise in macroeconomics, financial markets, banking, and economic advisory services. He is currently Director of Econviews, an economic and financial consultancy advising domestic and international corporations, financial institutions, and investment funds.

Mr. Kiguel serves as a member of the board of directors of Banco del Sol S.A., where he has been a director since August 2019 and has served as President of the Board since May 2025. Additionally, since June 2025, Mr. Kiguel has served as a member of the boards of Raghsa S.A. and previously served on the boards of Megainver S.A. (later Mega QM S.A.) from 2012 to 2024 and Puente Hermanos S.A. from 2013 to 2024. From 2000 to 2003, he served as Chairman of Banco Hipotecario S.A.

Mr. Kiguel previously held senior positions in the Argentine government, including Undersecretary of Finance at the Ministry of Economy and Public Works and Services from 1996 to 1999 and Chief of the Cabinet of Economic Advisors from 1998 to 1999. He also served as Deputy General Manager for Economics and Finance and Chief Economist of the Central Bank of Argentina from 1994 to 1996. Earlier in his career, he was a Lead Economist at The World Bank from 1987 to 1994. In academia, Mr. Kiguel has served as Professor of Money and Banking at Universidad Torcuato Di Tella since 1997 was an assistant professor at the University of Maryland at College Park and held teaching and research positions at Georgetown University, Columbia University, and other institutions.

Mr. Kiguel holds a Ph.D. in Economics from Columbia University and a degree in Economics from the University of Buenos Aires.

Thomas Wolf

Mr. Wolf is an experienced private equity investor having been in the industry since 1997 and has invested over $1.5 billion in equity. Mr. Wolf has led acquisitions, divestitures, equity and debt refinancings, new business initiatives, CEO/management changes, operational improvements and IT/ERP implementation over the last thirty years. Since April 2025, Mr. Wolf has been a senior advisor at Avance, a $1 billion private equity fund. Avance is focused on rapidly-growing entrepreneurial companies where the founders want to remain involved. Mr. Wolf’s top priority is building strong relationships with management teams to help make strategic decisions. Prior to joining Avance, Mr. Wolf was the effective Managing Partner of Kenner, a New York-based private equity firm, which he joined in May 2000. Mr. Wolf was involved in all aspects of Kenner’s fund raising, deal sourcing and portfolio management. Mr. Wolf has extensive experience in the consumer, manufacturing, building materials, aerospace and automotive industries. He has been an active board member or advisor to the following businesses: Form Technologies, Inc. (Dynacast International), Pace Industries Inc., Atrium Windows (Cornerstone Building

112

Table of Contents

Brands, Inc.), Therma-Tru Doors Corp., Tru-Stile Doors, LLC, BSI Holdings, Inc., and Behr Paint (Behr Process Corporation). These companies collectively represent more than of $4 billion in enterprise value. Mr. Wolf maintains close relationships with his investors, which include large family offices, sovereign wealth funds and other financial institutions. Mr. Wolf’s contacts allow for close collaboration with management as a company goes through different stages of growth. Prior to Kenner beginning in October 1991, Mr. Wolf worked for J.P. Morgan in various departments, including the principal private equity group, equity derivatives and mergers & acquisitions. Mr. Wolf graduated from Cornell University with a Masters in Engineering in Operations Research in 1991 and a Bachelor of Science in Industrial Engineering in 1990.

Investing in Argentina

We believe that Argentina represents a highly attractive investment opportunity for international investors in today’s market. With a focus on macroeconomic stabilization, institutional reforms and market liberalization, we believe Argentina is undergoing a structural transformation that will create a more favorable long-term investment environment.

We believe that, in addition to recent progress in restoring fiscal discipline and reducing inflationary pressures, Argentina possesses structural advantages that underpin sustainable growth. These include:

        world-class shale oil and gas reserves in Vaca Muerta

        large copper and lithium deposits, along with other minerals and metals critical to global energy transition;

        a highly competitive agricultural sector;

        a skilled, innovative, and globally integrated workforce;

        a strategic geographic location with access to regional and international markets; and

        a small but institutionally developed public equity market, which we believe offers significant long-term growth potential.

We believe key sectors, including energy, mining, agribusiness, technology and IT-enabled services, are expected to attract increasing investment flows as regulatory frameworks continue evolving. These structural factors can provide a strong foundation for companies seeking exposure to a market with scale, diversification, and long-term development potential.

We believe that Argentina’s investment opportunity is further underscored by several key elements described below.

Improving macroeconomic fundamentals leading to solid growth.    Argentina’s macroeconomic landscape has undergone a profound transformation under President Javier Milei’s administration. The country achieved its first fiscal surplus since 2010, driven by significant cuts in public expenditure, and has posted primary surpluses nearly every month since Milei took office. Inflation has consistently declined to six-year lows, with monthly rates falling from 25% in December 2023 to below 2%, while the government successfully lifted foreign exchange controls in April 2025 without triggering a currency devaluation. Importantly, these measures were implemented with limited pass-through effects on prices enhancing economic predictability. According to the IMF, Argentina is projected to be among the fastest-growing economies in South America in 2025 and 2026, with real GDP growth forecasted at around 4.5% in 2025 and 4% in 2026. We believe these results reflect a disciplined, reform-driven approach that has strengthened Argentina’s profile as a more stable and investment-friendly economy within the Region.

Improved investor confidence and international support.    Investor sentiment has continued to improve since Milei took office. Country risk, as measured by Argentina Emerging Bond Index (EMBI), has decreased by more than 1,800 basis points in that time The MERVAL Index, the benchmark for Argentine equities, has increased by over 170% in USD terms during the same period. External liquidity has been reinforced through multiple agreements, with international institutions and counterparties, including a $20 billion IMF facility (April 2025), $3 billion in repo agreements with international banks (December 2024 and June 2025), and a $20 billion swap line with the U.S. Treasury (October 2025).

113

Table of Contents

Constructive political outlook providing long-term visibility.    We believe Argentina’s political landscape has shifted decisively towards a pro-market orientation following Milei’s victory in the 2023 presidential runoff. This direction has been reinforced by the successful passage of Ley Bases, a comprehensive legislative package focused on deregulation, fiscal consolidation, and state modernization. A central component of the reform is the RIGI, designed to attract long-term foreign capital through tax incentives, regulatory stability, and streamlined permitting processes for major projects. In the October 2025 mid-term elections, La Libertad Avanza strengthened its position in both legislative chambers and is prioritizing additional key reforms in labor and tax policy aimed at enhancing competitiveness and fostering long-term economic growth. We expect that this governance framework and political environment will provide improved policy continuity and visibility for investors.

Strong competitive advantages across key sectors.    Argentina combines an exceptional natural resource base with a highly skilled labor force and diversified industrial ecosystem, offering long-term structural advantages for investors. The country holds one of the world’s largest unconventional oil and gas reserves, with proven resources concentrated in Vaca Muerta, where new infrastructure, including pipelines and port terminals, is enabling export growth and hard-currency generation, further enhancing the strategic value of Argentina’s energy sector. Similarly, Argentina is emerging as a central player in the global energy transition, ranking among the world’s top producers of lithium and possessing significant copper reserves, supporting the potential to become a key supplier to electric vehicle and battery industries. Beyond natural resources, Argentina remains a global agricultural powerhouse, consistently ranking among the top exporters of soybeans, corn, wheat, and beef, supported by fertile land, advanced farming technology, and a well-developed agro-industrial value chain Significant additional upside may arise for this sector if export taxes are reduced or eliminated. These strengths are complemented by a highly educated and competitive workforce, recognized for strong technical skills and the highest English proficiency in Latin America. Argentina also benefits from a dynamic technology talent base placing the country among the Region’s leading innovation hubs on a per-capita basis. Argentine founders have played central roles in establishing several of Latin America’s most prominent technology companies, including businesses now listed on global exchanges, reinforcing the country’s reputation for creativity, engineering depth, and globally exportable IT services. We believe this innovative human-capital base underpins attractive opportunities in IT services, digital payments and other technology-enabled sectors. Recent pro-investment reforms, including the RIGI, are designed to provide greater long-term fiscal stability and regulatory certainty, positioning Argentina as a compelling destination for large-scale investment in energy, mining, agriculture, and technology.

A small but under-penetrated public equity market.    Argentina’s public equity market remains small relative to both the size of its economy and regional peers, despite having established institutional infrastructure and regulatory oversight. According to World Bank data, Argentina’s stock market capitalization stood at approximately 8.4% of GDP in 2022, compared with about 94.7% in Chile, 40.7% in Brazil and 31.0% in Mexico. In terms of breadth, Argentina had around 85 listed domestic companies in 2021, versus roughly 381 companies in Brazil and about 402 in Chile that same year. We believe that this combination of relatively low market capitalization to GDP and a limited number of listed companies, suggests substantial long-term growth potential for equity capital markets in Argentina, particularly for companies with scalable business models and export-oriented revenue. Further, we believe a potential MSCI (Morgan Stanley Capital International) re-rating could fuel increased investor appetite for Argentine equities.

Universe of private companies with public potential.    We believe Argentina has a meaningful universe of private companies with potential to transition to public markets, largely due to a several years of relatively muted equity-capital-markets activity driven by elevated country risk and foreign exchange controls. While equity capital markets activity has been limited, Argentine corporates have remained active issuers in local and international debt capital markets, maintaining financial reporting compliant with international standards. Many of these private companies, some backed by private equity funds, feature robust governance structures aligned with international standards. We believe this creates a substantial pipeline of potential acquisition targets that could be well positioned to become public on international exchanges such as the New York Stock Exchange and the Nasdaq Stock Exchange.

Limited Competition for private acquisitions.    Competition for private company acquisitions in Argentina remains structurally limited relative to other large Latin American markets. Years of macroeconomic volatility, capital controls, and a challenging fundraising environment have reduced the number of regionally specialized acquirers deploying capital in the country. As a result, the pool of credible, well-capitalized bidders for medium- and large-sized private companies in Argentina is materially smaller than in peer geographies such as Brazil or Mexico. In this context, we believe Argentina represents a market where the supply of attractive acquisition opportunities meaningfully exceeds the number of qualified acquirers, creating a favorable environment for disciplined investors with local presence and a long-term perspective like ourselves.

114

Table of Contents

We intend to seek to capitalize on what we believe to be an imbalance between the supply of compelling companies and the availability of growth capital in Argentina by identifying and pursuing an initial business combination with a company that (i) is well positioned to benefit from growing domestic demand and/or pan-regional expansion opportunities, (ii) could achieve accelerated growth through additional capital, improved governance and operational practices, expanded networks, and/or financial optimization, and (iii) that has visible potential to thrive as a public company.

We believe that a deep understanding of Argentina’s macroeconomic, institutional and market dynamics is essential both to unlocking key attractive investment opportunities and to effectively mitigating risks. We further believe that Nicolas Rohatyn, Miguel Gutierrez and our advisors bring the expertise and insight required to execute on this opportunity. With many years of shared experience investing across Latin America, our team has developed a disciplined, cycle-tested approach to private investing. This team is expected to be supported by the Firm’s global capabilities across private credit, public equities, fixed income, and currencies, which provide a comprehensive perspective on market intelligence, sector trends, and valuations.

Our Target Sectors

While there are many industries in Argentina to which we expect to have access through our extensive sourcing network and local connectivity, we intend to focus our search on the sectors described below that have mitigated currency risk through U.S. dollar exposure, that demonstrate strong growth potential due to pent-up demand or have experienced historic underinvestment. Target companies may operate as service or product providers, depending on where we identify value-creation potential. We anticipate targeting both traditional sectors, such as oil & gas, power and renewables, agriculture and metals & mining, as well as forward-leaning technology subsectors, including financial technology and energy transition related businesses.

Oil & Gas.    Argentina’s oil and gas industry is experiencing significant growth, particularly driven by the expansion of shale oil and gas production in the Vaca Muerta formation in the Neuquen Basin. Between 2021 and 2024, shale oil and shale gas production grew by 147%, and by 92% respectively, driven by increased drilling activity and technological advances. Supported by pro-investment policies and rising foreign capital inflows, we believe Vaca Muerta is set to become a cornerstone of Argentina’s energy sector and a key contributor to the national economy. In 2024, the oil and gas industry accounted for 50% of foreign currency transactions. In addition, production in Vaca Muerta has helped offset declines in other mature basins in Argentina, increasing total national oil and gas output. This has enabled Argentina to become a net exporter of light crude oil since 2023 and to reduce natural gas imports from neighboring countries, a trend that has contributed significantly to improving Argentina’s trade balance. Exports of unconventional crude oil are expected to increase in the coming years, supported by ongoing transportation and infrastructure investments. According to the Central Bank of Argentina, total fuel exports are projected to increase from approximately $10 billion in 2024 to approximately $37 billion by 2030.

Mining.    Argentina’s mining industry is poised for significant growth, driven by abundant mineral and metal resources and strategic government initiatives designed to accelerate production. Argentina possesses substantial deposits of lithium, gold, silver and copper, making it an attractive destination for mining-focused capital As of December 2025, there were approximately 311 mining projects across the country, with 25 already in production. Argentina is part of the “Lithium Triangle,” an area holding roughly 75% of the world’s lithium reserves and has seen lithium production increase by nearly 260% since 2021. Gold exports increased by 15% between 2023 and 2024. while Argentina’s large copper reserves position it to become a major global supplier as demand increases on the back of energy transition. Mining exports are expected to increase from approximately $6 billion in 2024 to around $16 billion by 2030, as new projects reach full operation, according to the Central Bank of Argentina.

Agriculture & Food.    Argentina’s agriculture industry is one the country’s primary economic drivers, contributing approximately $34 billion annually (around 6.7% of GDP) and accounting for 14% of foreign-currency transactions in 2024 Grain production is projected to increase by 40% by 2030, reaching approximately 190 million tons annually, while agricultural exports are expected to reach approximately $37 billion according to the Central Bank of Argentina. We believe the sector is well-positioned to expand its global market presence, supported by an extensive distribution network, targeted financial solutions, and increasing adoption of technology to enhance efficiency and sustainability. Argentina is recognized as a pioneer in no-till farming and has a rapidly growing agtech ecosystem developing solutions in precision agriculture, satellite monitoring, IoT, and data analytics. We believe these innovations, combined with strong fundamentals and rising global food demand, create significant opportunities for investment in sustainable production, logistics, and digital agricultural platforms, reinforcing Argentina’s position as a strategic hub for agricultural technology and long-term growth.

115

Table of Contents

Power & Renewables.    Argentina’s power sector is undergoing a significant transformation, driven by the need to modernize and expand its generation and transmission infrastructure while advancing toward a cleaner energy matrix. The country has exceptional renewable energy potential, with wind and solar resources among the best in Latin America. As of 2024, renewables accounted for over 16% of total energy generation, while thermal sources represented more than 51% of the energy mix. The government has set ambitious targets to exceed 30% renewable energy generation by 2030, supported by new programs and regulatory frameworks promoting private investment. The rapid growth of renewable generation has created a pressing need for expansion and modernization of Argentina’s transmission network. Much of Argentina’s existing infrastructure remains concentrated near traditional thermal and hydroelectric hubs, leaving renewable-rich regions, such as Patagonia and the Northwest, underserved. We believe this creates meaningful investment opportunities in high-voltage transmission lines, regional interconnections, and smart grid technologies. Recent reforms under the Milei administration aim to liberalize the electricity market, enabling free contracting between generators and large users, reducing state intervention, and encouraging private investment in generation and transmission projects, smart grids and energy storage. We believe these factors position Argentina as an attractive destination for investment in power generation, transmission infrastructure, and clean energy projects, offering long-term growth potential aligned with global energy-transition trends.

Information Technology and Digital Services.    Argentina has a highly competitive IT and digital services sector, supported by a deep engineering talent base and strong English-language proficiency. The industry is one of the country’s largest generators of service exports, with a significant portion of revenues effectively USD-linked through global clients in the United States and Europe. Demand for IT and digital services continues to increase as companies across key industries, such as financial services, agribusiness, retail, logistics, energy, and telecommunication, accelerate digital adoption. Publicly available forecasts indicate that the Argentina IT sector (software, services, and outsourcing) is expected to grow 9 to 11.5% annually over the next 5 to 6 years, supported by rising global demand for nearshore talent and increased investment in cloud services, data analytics, and automation technologies. We believe these dynamics position Argentina as a regional leader in IT and digital services and an attractive source of scalable, USD-linked, technology-enabled businesses.

Our Business Strategy

We believe that our company offers a highly compelling, attractive, and differentiated proposition when compared with other blank check companies and alternative sources of equity capital. Our approach combines a defined geographic focus, a proprietary investment funnel, and investment expertise supported by a deep operational track record built over multiple economic cycles. We expect to heavily rely upon the operational, governance and public company expertise of TRG in sourcing and consummating our initial business combination through our management and advisors. We believe that TRG’s partnership-oriented culture, global presence, and extensive emerging markets network, will give us a sustained competitive advantage in doing so.

Dedicated Emerging Markets and Latin America platform.    Since its inception, TRG has been built on a foundation of emerging markets expertise, with the goal of creating one of the leading diversified emerging markets-focused investment managers. Over time, TRG has developed deep local knowledge and institutional experience across these markets. We believe that, given the intricacies and unique characteristics of investing in these geographies, a dedicated focus allows for the most robust outcome.

Within this context, Latin America has historically represented a core geography for the Firm, with TRG investing in the Region since 2005. Throughout this period (2005 to 2025), TRG has achieved cumulative AUM of more than US$2.7 billion, in Latin America including in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Mexico and Peru. With a generalist approach, TRG has deployed capital in sectors like energy, IT services, telecom, food, agri-business, and pharma, among others.

With private markets investment professional advisors in our local markets, and an extended emerging markets investment advisory team led by TRG veterans Nicolas Rohatyn and Miguel Gutierrez, we believe we possess the investment acumen, capital and physical resources and institutional infrastructure necessary to successfully execute an attractive initial business combination based on our investment and acquisition criteria.

116

Table of Contents

Extensive proprietary sourcing capabilities.    All private equity and private credit investments within TRG’s portfolio of investment funds consist of proprietary and secondary market transactions sourced by TRG investment professionals dedicated to emerging markets. We seek to leverage TRG’s core industry and sector knowledge to identify additional value-enhancing opportunities beyond basic organic growth, including the early identification of bolt-on acquisition targets. TRG’s sourcing model is supported by the broad and well-established network of local connections across different geographies. This network includes current and former management teams, partners, service providers, and non-executive board members, all of whom expand the reach and insight available to TRG’s investment professionals. We expect to benefit from TRG’s decades-long reputation as a reliable, constructive, and hands-on investor in emerging markets, with experience spanning the entire capital structure of private companies.

Value creation through operational support.    TRG believes that complementing strong local management teams with experienced industry professionals at the board level, while improving successful teams with greater financial and strategic depth, leads to favorable and rewarding investment outcomes. TRG has observed that its portfolio companies benefit from enhanced decision-making tools, strengthened governance structures, and improved financial reporting systems, which together support accelerated growth. In addition to pursuing organic growth and buy-and-build strategies, TRG seeks to deliver tangible operational improvements aimed at enhancing margins and overall profitability. We expect to benefit from TRG’s approach to active management, which includes providing strategic guidance, supporting acquisitions and pan-regional expansion initiatives, implementing corporate governance and internal control best practices, optimizing management incentive structures and the balance sheet and facilitating management knowledge transfer.

Strong governance and public company expertise.    TRG has a long-standing track record of investing in portfolio companies with strong and prudent corporate governance frameworks. TRG works extensively with the boards and management teams of portfolio companies to monitor and improve governance practices, strengthen internal controls, and optimize organizational structures in preparation for successful investment exits. Several of our professionals have first-hand experience advising companies on initial public offerings (IPOs) during their tenure at leading global investment banks. Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer each have approximately 20 years of experience serving on the boards of blue-chip listed companies, such as MarketAxess, the RiskMetrics Group (pre-IPO), Archipelago (pre-IPO), Telefonica International, Abertis and Telesp. We expect to benefit from TRG’s experience in helping private companies adopt governance, reporting, and oversight standards consistent with those required for public companies.

In addition, TRG’s multi-asset investment platform includes dedicated teams with experience investing and managing a diversified portfolio of public equities in distinct global exchanges, providing TRG with insights into the standards, expectations, and valuation frameworks used by public-market investors-expertise that we expect to leverage in evaluating and preparing business combination target for the public markets.

Seasoned management team with experience spanning multiple market cycles.    Our management team and advisors bring an exceptional depth of experience, averaging over 35 years in their respective fields and have worked together for 20 years. TRG’s senior Latin America private equity team also has extensive emerging markets finance experience, averaging 18 years per professional; all members of the team have worked together for 14 years. Over the course of their careers, our management team and advisors have navigated multiple market cycles, including periods of headwinds and tailwinds across global and emerging markets. This experience spans the Asia Financial Crisis, the Russian devaluation, the entry of China into the WTO and the subsequent commodity boom, the Global Financial Crisis, the taper tantrum, and the COVID-19 pandemic.

In addition, our advisors focused on Argentina bring long-standing experience investing across different domestic macroeconomic environments, providing valuable local insight and a cycle-tested approach to underwriting risks and opportunities in the country.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, effecting a business combination with a company located in emerging markets could subject us to a variety of additional risks that may negatively affect our operations. See the risk factor titled “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Acquiring and Operating a Business in Foreign Countries — If we effect our initial business combination with a company located outside of the United States, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may adversely affect us” for more information on the risks attendant to acquiring a target business.

117

Table of Contents

Acquisition Criteria

Consistent with our business strategy and experience, we have identified the following general, non-exclusive criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective targets for our initial business combination. These criteria are intended to serve as a framework for identifying and evaluating acquisition opportunities; however, we may decide to proceed with a target that does not meet one or more of these criteria if we believe the transaction presents an attractive strategic or financial opportunity. We intend to focus on target businesses that we believe possess the following characteristics:

        established leadership position in its local market, through a differentiated product or service and a proven business model with significant growth potential;

        primarily U.S. dollar-denominated businesses;

        regional or international growth potential outside of their home market;

        potential to become a platform for consolidation and a strong foundation for a buy-and-build strategy;

        strong financial performance with stable cash flows and predictable earnings;

        proven track record of historical growth and achievable near-term growth prospects;

        robust management team that can be augmented by TRG’s network;

        established business with clear identifiable benefit from access to U.S. capital markets.

These criteria and guidelines are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on general criteria and guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management may deem relevant. In the event that we decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet the above criteria and guidelines, we will disclose that the target business does not meet the above criteria and guidelines in our shareholder communications related to our initial business combination, which, as discussed in this prospectus, would be in the form of proxy solicitation or tender offer materials that we would file with the SEC.

Acquisition Process

In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a due diligence review that may encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, market surveys, consultant studies and inspection of facilities, as well as a review of financial and other information that will be made available to us. We will also utilize our management team’s operational and capital allocation experience.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a business that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a business that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that that the consideration to be paid by us in such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

Members of our management team, including our independent directors, will directly or indirectly own founder shares and/or private placement units following this offering and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

We currently do not have any specific business combination under consideration. Our officers and directors have neither individually selected nor have they had any substantive discussions regarding possible target businesses among themselves or with the underwriter or other advisors. Additionally, we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, taken any measure, directly or indirectly, to identify or locate any suitable acquisition candidate for us, nor have we engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any such acquisition candidate.

118

Table of Contents

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that is suitable for an entity to which they have then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, they will honor their fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such entity (unless such opportunity was presented to them solely in their capacity as officers or directors of our company and it is an opportunity our company is able to complete on a reasonable basis). Such other fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors could materially affect our ability to complete our business combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for any director or officer on the one hand, and us, on the other.

Many potential targets for SPACs have already entered into an initial business combination, and there are numerous SPACs preparing for an initial public offering, as well as many such companies currently in registration. As a result, at times, fewer attractive targets may be available to consummate an initial business combination. In addition, because there are numerous SPACs seeking to enter into an initial business combination with available targets, the competition for available targets with attractive fundamentals or business models may increase, which could cause target companies to demand improved financial terms. Attractive deals could also become scarcer for other reasons, such as economic or industry sector downturns (including a negative public perception of mergers involving SPACs), geopolitical tensions, or increases in the cost of additional capital needed to close business combinations or operate targets post-business combination. This could increase the cost of, delay or otherwise complicate or frustrate our ability to find and consummate an initial business combination and may result in our inability to consummate an initial business combination on terms favorable to our investors or at all.

Initial Business Combination

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time following this offering. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of this offering and the private placement of the private placement units, the proceeds of the sale of our shares in connection with our initial business combination (including pursuant to forward purchase agreements or backstop agreements we may enter into following the consummation of this offering or otherwise), shares issued to the owners of the target, debt issued to bank or other lenders or the owners of the target, other securities issuances, or a combination of the foregoing. We may seek to complete our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon the completion of our initial business combination either (i) in connection with a general meeting called to approve the business combination or (ii) without a shareholder vote by means of a tender offer. If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if we obtain the approval of an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which require the affirmative vote of at least a simple majority of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement.

We have until the date that is 24 months from the closing of this offering or until such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, to consummate our initial business combination. If we anticipate that we may be unable to consummate our initial business combination within such time period and we wish to further extend the date by which we must consummate our initial business combination, we will seek shareholder approval to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to extend the date by which we must consummate our

119

Table of Contents

initial business combination, and holders of public shares will be offered an opportunity to redeem their shares at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned thereon (net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, subject to applicable law. Such amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may include limitations on the duration of the extension, the number of possible extensions, requirements for additional payments to the trust in connection with an extension, and other potential terms for consideration by our shareholders. There is no limit on the number of extensions that we may seek; however, we do not expect to extend the time period to consummate our initial business combination beyond 36 months from the closing of this offering. If we determine not to or are unable to extend the time period to consummate our initial business combination or fail to obtain shareholder approval to extend the completion window, our sponsor’s investment in our founder shares and our private placement units will be worthless.

If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering, or by such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering, we will redeem 100% of the public shares at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned thereon (net of taxes payable and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay liquidation and dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, subject to applicable law and certain conditions as further described herein. We expect the pro rata redemption price to be approximately $10.00 per public share (regardless of whether or not the underwriter exercises their over-allotment option), without taking into account any interest or other income earned on such funds. However, we cannot assure you that we will in fact be able to distribute such amounts as a result of claims of creditors, which may take priority over the claims of our public shareholders.

Nasdaq rules require that we must complete one or more business combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned on the trust account). Our board of directors will make the determination as to the fair market value of our initial business combination. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of our initial business combination, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. While we consider it likely that our board of directors will be able to make an independent determination of the fair market value of our initial business combination, it may be unable to do so if it is less familiar or experienced with the business of a particular target or if there is a significant amount of uncertainty as to the value of the target’s assets or prospects. Additionally, pursuant to Nasdaq rules, any initial business combination must be approved by a majority of our independent directors.

We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so that the post transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination such that the post transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity interests of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be taken into account for purposes of the 80% of net assets test described above. If the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses.

120

Table of Contents

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors or completing the business combination through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated (as defined in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association) with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions, stating that the consideration to be paid by us in such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

Members of our management team and our independent directors will directly or indirectly own founder shares and/or private placement units following this offering and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. The low price that our sponsor, executive officers and directors (directly or indirectly) paid for the founder shares creates an incentive whereby our officers and directors could potentially make a substantial profit even if we select an acquisition target that subsequently declines in value and is unprofitable for public shareholders. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering, or by such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, the founder shares and private placement units may be worthless, except to the extent they receive liquidating distributions from assets outside the trust account, which could create an incentive for our sponsor, executive officers and directors to complete a transaction even if we select an acquisition target that subsequently declines in value and is unprofitable for public shareholders. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary, contractual or other obligations or duties to one or more other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entities. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such other entity (unless such opportunity was presented to them solely in their capacity as officers or directors of our company and it is an opportunity our company is able to complete on a reasonable basis), subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer, among other persons, shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us, and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which (a) may be a corporate opportunity for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other or (b) the presentation of which would breach an existing legal obligation of a director or officer to any other entity. Such fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors could materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

In addition, our sponsor and our officers and directors may sponsor or form other SPACs similar to ours or may pursue other business or investment ventures during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination. As a result, our sponsor, officers and directors could have conflicts of interest in determining whether to present business combination opportunities to us or to any other SPAC with which they may become involved. Any such companies, businesses or investments may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an initial business combination target.

We have filed a Registration Statement on Form 8-A with the SEC to voluntarily register our securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. As a result, we will are subject to the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. We have no current intention of filing a Form 15 to suspend our reporting or other obligations under the Exchange Act prior or subsequent to the consummation of our initial business combination.

121

Table of Contents

Potential Additional Financing

We may obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination, for example, because the transaction requires more cash than is available from the proceeds held in our trust account or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon completion of the business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. If we raise additional funds through equity and equity-linked securities or the incurrence of indebtedness, our public shareholders may suffer significant dilution and these securities could have rights that rank senior to our public shares. If we raise additional funds through the incurrence of indebtedness, such indebtedness would have rights that are senior to our equity securities and could contain covenants that restrict our operations. Further, as described above, due to the anti-dilution rights of our founder shares, our public shareholders may incur material dilution. In addition, we may target businesses with enterprise values that are greater than we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units, and, as a result, if the cash portion of the purchase price exceeds the amount available from the trust account, net of amounts needed to satisfy any redemptions by public shareholders, we may be required to seek additional financing to complete such proposed initial business combination. We may also obtain financing prior to the closing of our initial business combination to fund our working capital needs and transaction costs in connection with our search for and completion of our initial business combination. There is no limitation on our ability to raise funds through the issuance of equity or equity-linked securities or through loans, advances or other indebtedness in connection with our initial business combination, including pursuant to forward purchase agreements or backstop agreements we may enter into following consummation of this offering. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only complete such financing simultaneously with the completion of our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to liquidate the trust account. In addition, following our initial business combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations.

Sponsor Information

Our sponsor is a Delaware limited liability company, which was recently formed to invest in our company. Although our sponsor is permitted to undertake any activities permitted under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act and other applicable law, our sponsor’s business is focused on investing in our company. As of the date hereof, TRG Allocation LLC is the managing member and owner of 100% of the membership interests of our sponsor. Nicolas Rohatyn, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, holds ultimate voting and investment discretion with respect to the securities held of record by the sponsor. As of the date hereof, other than Mr. Rohatyn, no person has a direct or indirect material interest in our sponsor.

At the conclusion of this offering, we expect that our sponsor’s managing member and our directors and officers will hold an indirect interest in 4,000,000 founder shares (or 4,750,000 founder shares if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full), or 80.0% of the outstanding founder shares (or 82.61% of the outstanding founder shares if the underwriters’ overallotment is exercised in full).

In addition, Harraden has committed to invest $1,000,000 in our sponsor for which it will receive an indirect interest in 100,000 of the private placement units held by our sponsor. Subject to Harraden indirectly purchasing, through our sponsor, the private placement units allocated to it simultaneously with the closing of this offering, our sponsor will issue membership interests at a nominal purchase price to Harraden reflecting an indirect interest in an aggregate of 1,000,000 founder shares (including if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full), or 20.0% of the founder shares held by our sponsor (or 17.39% if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full).

Other than Mr. Rohatyn, none of our directors, officers or Harraden will have any right to vote the founder shares, private placement units or securities underlying the private placement units that they hold indirectly through their membership interest in the sponsor. See “Summary — The Offering — Private placement units.

122

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the payments to be received by our sponsor and its affiliates from us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination and the securities issued and to be issued by us to our sponsor or its affiliates:

Entity/Individual

 

Amount of Compensation to be Received or
Securities Issued or to be Issued

 

Consideration Paid or to be Paid

TRG Latin America Acquisitions LLC

 

5,750,000 Class B Ordinary Shares

 

$25,000, or $0.004 per share

   

225,000 private placement units

 

$2,250,000

   

Up to $300,000 in loans

 

Repayment of loans made to us to cover offering related and organizational expenses.

TRG Latin America Acquisitions LLC, or its affiliate

 

$10,000 per month

 

Accounting, bookkeeping, office space, IT support, research, professional, secretarial and administrative services.

   

Up to $1,500,000 in working capital loans, which loans may be convertible into private placement units of the post-business combination entity, at a price of $10.00 per unit, at the option of the lender

 

Working capital loans to finance transaction costs in connection with an initial business combination.

   

Reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination

 

Services related to identifying, investigating, negotiating and completing an initial business combination.

Holders of Class B ordinary shares

 

Anti-dilution protection upon conversion into Class A ordinary shares at a greater than one-to-one ratio

 

Issuance of the Class A ordinary shares issuable in connection with the conversion of the founder shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion

TRG Latin America Acquisitions LLC, members of our management team, advisors and their affiliates

 

Consulting, success or finder fees in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination(1)

 

Services in connection with identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination

TRG Latin America Acquisitions LLC, or its affiliates

 

Salary or fee in an amount that constitutes a market standard for comparable transactions in connection with our initial business combination(2)

 

Services in connection with identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination

Each independent director

 

25,000 founder shares

 

$0.004 per share

____________

(1)      As of the date of this prospectus, no such arrangements are currently in place.

(2)      As of the date of this prospectus, no such arrangements are currently in place. Any such salary or fee would be paid using available working capital funds (including proceeds from any promissory notes issued by us and funds released from the trust account upon completion of our initial business combination), but would not in any event be paid out of the fees due to our sponsor under the Administrative Services Agreement.

We are not prohibited from paying any fees (including advisory fees), reimbursements or cash payments to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, including payment of consulting, legal, success or finder fees to our independent directors, advisors, or their respective affiliates in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination. Additionally, we may engage our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as an advisor or otherwise in connection with our initial business combination and certain other transactions and pay such

123

Table of Contents

person or entity a salary or fee in an amount that constitutes a market standard for comparable transactions. Such payments, if made prior to the completion of our initial business combination, will be paid from the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account, as well as working capital loans from our sponsor to finance transaction costs in connection with an initial business combination.

Because our sponsor acquired the founder shares at a nominal price of $0.004 per share, our public shareholders will incur immediate and substantial dilution upon the closing of this offering, assuming no value is ascribed to the rights included in the units. The Class A ordinary shares issuable in connection with the conversion of the founder shares, and any private placement shares of the post-business combination entity issuable in connection with the conversion of up to $1,500,000 of loans from our sponsor, members of our management team or their affiliates or other third parties, at a price of $10.00 per unit, may result in material dilution to our public shareholders. Such dilution could materially increase to the extent that the anti-dilution provision of the founder shares, as described above, results in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the founder shares at the time of our initial business combination to maintain the number of founder shares at 20%. See Summary — The Offering — Founder Shares Conversion and Anti-Dilution Rights.” In addition, our board of directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate approving any share capitalizations in the foreseeable future, mechanism immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in an amount necessary to maintain the number of founder shares at 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering (not including the private placement shares), which may result in further material dilution to our public shareholders. See Dividend Policy.” See the sections titled “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Securities — The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsor for the founder shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares upon the consummation of our initial business combination, and our sponsor is likely to make a substantial profit on its investment in us in the event we consummate an initial business combination, even if the business combination causes the trading price of our ordinary shares to materially decline.” and “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Search for, and Consummation of or Inability to Consummate, a Business Combination — We may issue additional Class A ordinary shares or preference shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon the conversion of the founder shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained therein. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.

The founder shares (up to 750,000 of which are subject to forfeiture to the extent the over-allotment option is not exercised) will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holder on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like, and subject to further adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or any other equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in this offering (including pursuant to the underwriter’s over-allotment option) and related to or in connection with the closing of the initial business combination, the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, 20% of the sum of (i) the total number of all ordinary shares outstanding upon the completion of this offering (including any Class A ordinary shares issued pursuant to the underwriter’s over-allotment option and excluding the Class A shares underlying the private placement units issued to the sponsor), plus (ii) all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued, related to or in connection with the closing of the initial business combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and any private placement-equivalent shares issued to our sponsor or any of its affiliates or to our officers or directors upon conversion of working capital loans).

124

Table of Contents

Pursuant to a letter agreement with us, each of our sponsor, directors and officers has agreed to restrictions on its ability to transfer, assign, or sell the founder shares and private placement units, as summarized in the table below.

Subject Securities

 

Expiration Date

 

Natural Persons and Entities
Subject to Restrictions

 

Exceptions to Transfer 
Restrictions

Founder Shares

 

The earlier of (i) one year after the completion of our initial business combination or (ii) the date following the completion of our initial business combination on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, the founder shares will be released from the lockup.

 

TRG Latin America Acquisitions LLC

Nicolas Rohatyn

Miguel Gutierrez

Daniel Gerold

Miguel Kiguel

Thomas Wolf

 

Transfers permitted (a) to our officers, directors, advisors or consultants, any affiliate or family member of any of our officers, directors, advisors or consultants, any members or partners of the sponsor or their affiliates and funds and accounts advised by such members or partners, any affiliates of the sponsor, or any employees of such affiliates, (b) in the case of an individual, as a gift to such person’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of such person’s immediate family, an affiliate of such person or to a charitable organization; (c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of such person; (d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (e) by private sales or transfers made in connection with any forward purchase agreement or similar arrangement, in connection with an extension of the completion window or in connection with the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the shares or units were originally purchased; (f) pro rata distributions from our sponsor to its respective members, partners or shareholders pursuant to our sponsor’s limited liability company agreement or other charter documents; (g) by virtue of the laws of Delaware or our sponsor’s limited liability company agreement upon

125

Table of Contents

Subject Securities

 

Expiration Date

 

Natural Persons and Entities
Subject to Restrictions

 

Exceptions to Transfer 
Restrictions

           

dissolution of our sponsor, (h) in the event of our liquidation prior to our consummation of our initial business combination; (i) to the Company for no value for cancellation in connection with the consummation of an initial business combination; (j) in the event that, subsequent to our consummation of an initial business combination, we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property or (k) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a transfer would be permissible under clauses (a) through (g); provided, however, that in the case of clauses (a) through (g) and clause (j) these permitted transferees must enter into a written agreement agreeing to be bound by these transfer restrictions and the other restrictions contained in the letter agreements.

Private placement units (including the securities underlying such units)

 

30 days after the completion of our initial business combination

 

TRG Latin America Acquisitions LLC

 

Same as above

Any units, rights, ordinary shares or any other securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, ordinary shares

 

180 days after the date of this prospectus

 

TRG Latin America Acquisitions LLC

Nicolas Rohatyn

Miguel Gutierrez

Daniel Gerold

Miguel Kiguel

Thomas Wolf

 

We, our sponsor and our directors and officers have agreed that we and they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Santander US Capital Markets LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, any units, rights, ordinary shares or any other securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, ordinary shares, subject to certain customary exceptions. However, the foregoing shall not apply to the

126

Table of Contents

Subject Securities

 

Expiration Date

 

Natural Persons and Entities
Subject to Restrictions

 

Exceptions to Transfer 
Restrictions

           

forfeiture of any founder shares pursuant to their terms or any transfer of founder shares to any current or future independent director of the company (as long as such current or future independent director transferee is subject to the letter agreement, filed with the Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part, or executes an agreement substantially identical to the letter agreement, as applicable to directors and officers at the time of such transfer; and as long as, to the extent any Section 16 reporting obligation is triggered as a result of such transfer, any related Section 16 filing includes a practical explanation as to the nature of the transfer). Santander US Capital Markets LLC in its sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice.

Up to 750,000 of the founder shares will be forfeited for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised. In addition, in order to facilitate our initial business combination as determined by our sponsor in its sole discretion, our sponsor may surrender or forfeit, transfer or exchange our founder shares, private placement units or any of our other securities, including for no consideration, as well as subject any such securities to earn-outs or other restrictions, or otherwise amend the terms of any such securities or enter into any other arrangements with respect to any such securities. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions as set forth therein.

Pursuant to the letter agreement entered with us, each of our sponsor, directors and officers have agreed to a lock-up and restrictions on their ability to transfer, assign, or sell the founder shares and private placement units and securities underlying the private placement units. Further, unless otherwise described in this prospectus, the sponsor membership interests are locked up and not transferable because the letter agreement prohibits indirect transfers.

Our letter agreement may be amended without shareholder approval. Such transfer restrictions have been amended in connection with business combinations for certain other special purpose acquisition companies. While we do not expect our board to approve any amendment to the letter agreement prior to our initial business combination, it may be possible that our board, in exercising its business judgment and subject to its fiduciary duties, chooses to approve one or more amendments to the letter agreement.

Corporate Information

Our executive offices are located at 65 East 55th St., 15th Floor, New York, NY 10022 and our telephone number is (212) 984-2900. We are a Cayman Islands exempted company. Exempted companies are Cayman Islands companies conducting business mainly outside the Cayman Islands and, as such, are exempted from complying with certain provisions of the Companies Act. As an exempted company, we have applied for and received a tax exemption undertaking from the Cayman Islands government that, in accordance with Section 6 of the Tax Concessions Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands, for a period of 30 years from the date of the undertaking, no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations will apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature

127

Table of Contents

of estate duty or inheritance tax will be payable (i) on or in respect of our shares, debentures or other obligations or (ii) by way of the withholding in whole or in part of a payment of dividends or other distribution of income or capital by us to our shareholders or a payment of principal or interest or other sums due under a debenture or other obligation of us.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. References herein to “emerging growth company” will have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates is equal to or exceeds $250 million as of the prior June 30, or (2) our annual revenues equaled or exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates is equal to or exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30.

Finally, after completion of this offering and prior to the consummation of a business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will have the right to vote on the appointment or removal of directors. As a result, Nasdaq will consider us to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of Nasdaq corporate governance standards. Under Nasdaq corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the appointment of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. We currently do not intend to rely on the “controlled company” exemption, but may do so in the future. Accordingly, if we choose to do so, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements.

128

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Officers and Directors

Our officers and directors are as follows:

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Nicolas Rohatyn

 

65

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Miguel Gutierrez

 

67

 

Chief Financial Officer and Director

Daniel Gerold

 

62

 

Director

Miguel Kiguel

 

71

 

Director

Thomas Wolf

 

57

 

Director

Nicolas Rohatyn is our Chief Executive Officer and has served as the Chairman of the Board of Directors since inception. Mr. Rohatyn is the founder of TRG, overseeing its overall strategy and management. He is also a member of TRG’s Executive Committee and is based in New York.

Prior to founding TRG in 2002, Mr. Rohatyn spent 19 years at J.P. Morgan, including five years as a member of J.P. Morgan’s executive management team, holding a variety of leadership positions in emerging markets, foreign exchange, commodities, credit markets and e-commerce functions. As Managing Director and Head of Emerging Markets Sales, Trading and Research, Mr. Rohatyn established offices in Mexico, South Africa, Turkey, Russia, Korea and India, as part of J.P Morgan’s expansion in those markets. From 1988 to 1995, Mr. Rohatyn built and restructured the emerging markets sales, trading and research area from a loan-based business to an integrated and diversified sales, trading and capital markets effort while producing significant net income and winning numerous awards and industry-wide recognition. During Mr. Rohatyn’s tenure, J.P. Morgan established its widely acknowledged leadership position in emerging markets securities distribution, trading and research. From 2000 to 2001, as Executive Vice President, he established LabMorgan, a new business unit created to formulate and execute J.P Morgan’s e-finance investment strategy.

Mr. Rohatyn is a founder and the former chairman of the EMTA, a body that today is recognized by many professionals as the authority on emerging markets standards, practices and volumes. He currently serves on the boards of The Asia Society and the GPCA, where he also served as chairman, and the French Institute/Alliance Française. He is a Trustee of the Citizens Budget Commission and serves on the Investment Committee of the Foundation for Contemporary Arts. He formerly served on the boards of The Alvin Ailey American Dance Theatre, Robert College of Istanbul, MarketAxess, the LISC, the RiskMetrics Group, Archipelago, and the Lewis T. Preston Foundation for Girls.

Mr. Rohatyn holds a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Brown University.

Miguel Gutiérrez is our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Gutiérrez is a co-founder, Partner and Head of Private Markets at TRG, overseeing the firm’s emerging markets private equity, private credit and infrastructure strategies. He has extensive experience leading and advising publicly listed companies. He is also a member of TRG’s Executive Committee and is based in Uruguay.

Mr. Gutiérrez has over 40 years of experience in international financial markets, with the majority of this time dedicated to emerging markets. Prior to joining TRG in October 2004, Mr. Gutiérrez served as the Chairman and CEO of the Telefónica Group in Argentina from 2001 to 2003 and as Chairman of Grupo Concesionario del Oeste S.A from 2001 to 2004. He also served as the non-executive chairman of YPF S.A. (YPF, NYSE) from April 2016 to December 2019. In that role, he was Chair of the Argentina B20 ERES Taskforce in 2018, an initiative under the B20 to promote collaboration between the global business community and the G20 leaders to pursue accelerated transitions towards a low carbon, sustainable and equitable energy future. He was also President of the the Argentine Business Council for Sustainable Development from 2019 to 2021.

Earlier in his career, Mr. Gutiérrez spent 21 years at J.P Morgan, where he held numerous senior positions, including as the Head of Global Emerging Markets Sales, Trading and Research and, prior to that, as Head of Latin America Emerging Markets. Under his leadership, J.P. Morgan established and solidified its leading position in emerging markets sales, trading and research. Earlier in his tenure, Mr. Gutiérrez also held senior roles, including Head of European Interest Rate Management and Treasury Manager in both Madrid and Buenos Aires.

129

Table of Contents

Mr. Gutiérrez has served on the boards of Abertis Infraestructuras SA in Spain (2004 – 2015), Telesp in Brazil (2005 – 2011) and Grupo Assa S.A. (2010 – 2020) Mr. Gutierrez currently serves on the boards of Satellogic Inc. (NASDAQ, SATL), CapAsia (Singapore) and Pecom Energía (Argentina). He is a member of the Advisory Boards of Harvard Business School (Latin America), Universidad Torcuato Di Tella, IAE Business School, and Grupo Pérez Companc (Argentina).

Mr. Gutiérrez holds an Advance Management Program — (AMP) degree from IAE — Universidad Austral in Argentina.

Daniel Gerold has served as an independent member of our board of directors since the commencement of trading of the units on Nasdaq. Mr. Gerold has more than 38 years of experience in the energy sector, with a particular focus on oil, natural gas, fuels, and power businesses in Latin America. He has extensive expertise in strategic planning, mergers and acquisitions, project evaluation, commercial negotiations, and energy market development.

Since April 2001, Mr. Gerold has acted as an independent consultant at G&G Energy Consultants, where he advises clients in Argentina, Bolivia, Chile, and Brazil on natural gas and oil transportation, distribution and production, power generation, company and asset valuations, market studies, and strategic business planning.

Previously, Mr. Gerold served as Commercial and Business Manager at Chevron in Argentina, where he was responsible for oil and gas marketing activities and for new business development initiatives, including mergers and acquisitions and strategic partnerships, a position Mr. Gerold held from Apil 2000 until April 2001. Prior to that, from March 1997 to March 2000, he held senior strategic and business development roles at Chevron San Jorge and Petrolera San Jorge, focusing on upstream and downstream gas business development in South America and participating in significant M&A transactions.

Earlier in his career from January 1995 to February 1997, Mr. Gerold held management positions at YPF S.A., where he was Natural Gas Sales Manager responsible for large-scale commercial contracts and regional negotiations in Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, and Chile, as well as roles in strategic planning and acquisitions. He also held positions in oil and gas operations, equipment sales, and project evaluation at various Argentine and international companies.

Mr. Gerold holds a degree in Industrial Engineering from the University of Buenos Aires and completed postgraduate studies in the Economics of Oil and Gas at the Instituto Tecnológico de Buenos Aires. Mr. Gerold was selected to serve on our board due to his expertise in the oil and gas business.

Miguel A. Kiguel has served as an independent member of our board of directors since the commencement of trading of the units on Nasdaq. Mr. Kiguel has more than four decades of experience in economics, finance, and public policy, with extensive expertise in macroeconomics, financial markets, banking, and economic advisory services. He is currently Director of Econviews, an economic and financial consultancy advising domestic and international corporations, financial institutions, and investment funds.

Mr. Kiguel serves as a member of the board of directors of Banco del Sol S.A., where he has been a director since August 2019 and has served as President of the Board since May 2025. Additionally, since June 2025, Mr. Kiguel has served as a member of the boards of Raghsa S.A. and previously served on the boards of Megainver S.A. (later Mega QM S.A.) from 2012 to 2024 and Puente Hermanos S.A. from 2013 to 2024. From 2000 to 2003, he served as Chairman of Banco Hipotecario S.A.

Mr. Kiguel previously held senior positions in the Argentine government, including Undersecretary of Finance at the Ministry of Economy and Public Works and Services from 1996 to 1999 and Chief of the Cabinet of Economic Advisors from 1998 to 1999. He also served as Deputy General Manager for Economics and Finance and Chief Economist of the Central Bank of Argentina from 1994 to 1996. Earlier in his career, he was a Lead Economist at The World Bank from 1987 to 1994. In academia, Mr. Kiguel has served as Professor of Money and Banking at Universidad Torcuato Di Tella since 1997 was an assistant professor at the University of Maryland at College Park and held teaching and research positions at Georgetown University, the University of Maryland, Columbia University, and other institutions. Mr. Kiguel was selected to serve on our board due to his extensive business and banking experience, as well as his insight into the macroeconomic landscape of Argentina.

Mr. Kiguel holds a Ph.D. in Economics from Columbia University and a degree in Economics from the University of Buenos Aires.

130

Table of Contents

Thomas Wolf has served as an independent member of our board of directors since the commencement of trading of the units on Nasdaq. Mr. Wolf is an experienced private equity investor having been in the industry since 1997 and has invested over $1.5 billion in equity. Mr. Wolf has led acquisitions, divestitures, equity and debt refinancings, new business initiatives, CEO/management changes, operational improvements and IT/ERP implementation over the last thirty years. Since April 2025, Mr. Wolf has been a senior advisor at Avance, a $1 billion private equity fund. Avance is focused on rapidly-growing entrepreneurial companies where the founders want to remain involved. Mr. Wolf’s top priority is building strong relationships with management teams to help make strategic decisions. Prior to joining Avance, Mr. Wolf was the effective Managing Partner of Kenner, a New York-based private equity firm, which he joined in May 2000. Mr. Wolf was involved in all aspects of Kenner’s fund raising, deal sourcing and portfolio management. Mr. Wolf has extensive experience in the consumer, manufacturing, building materials, aerospace and automotive industries. He has been an active board member or advisor to the following businesses: Form Technologies, Inc. (Dynacast International), Pace Industries Inc., Atrium Windows (Cornerstone Building Brands, Inc.), Therma-Tru Doors Corp., Tru-Stile Doors, LLC, BSI Holdings, Inc., and Behr Paint (Behr Process Corporation). These companies collectively represent more than $4 billion in enterprise value. Mr. Wolf maintains close relationships with his investors, which include large family offices, sovereign wealth funds and other financial institutions. Mr. Wolf’s contacts allow for close collaboration with management as a company goes through different stages of growth. Prior to Kenner beginning in October 1991, Mr. Wolf worked for J.P. Morgan in various departments, including the principal private equity group, equity derivatives and mergers & acquisitions. Mr. Wolf graduated from Cornell University with a Masters in Engineering in Operations Research in 1991 and a Bachelor of Science in Industrial Engineering in 1990. Mr. Wolf was selected to serve on our board of due to his extensive business and private equity investment experience.

Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors

Our board of directors consists of five members and is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being appointed in each year, and with each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual general meeting) serving a three-year term. Prior to the closing of our initial business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will be entitled to vote on the appointment and removal of directors or continuing the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend our constitutional documents or to adopt new constitutional documents as a result of our approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands). Holders of our public shares will not be entitled to vote on such matters during such time. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to these rights of holders of Class B ordinary shares may be amended by a special resolution passed by the affirmative vote of at least 90% (or, where such amendment is proposed in respect of the consummation of our initial business combination, two-thirds) of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company. In accordance with Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual general meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on Nasdaq. The term of office of the first class of directors, which consists of Mr. Wolf will expire at our first annual general meeting. The term of office of the second class of directors, which consists of Mr. Gerold and Mr. Kiguel will expire at the second annual general meeting. The term of office of the third class of directors, which consists of Mr. Rohatyn and Mr. Gutierrez, will expire at the third annual general meeting.

Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint officers as it deems appropriate pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Director Independence

Nasdaq rules require that a majority of our board of directors be independent within one year of our initial public offering. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person who, in the opinion of the company’s board of directors, has no material relationship with the listed company (either directly or as a partner, shareholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with the company). We have three “independent directors” as defined in Nasdaq rules and applicable SEC rules prior to completion of this offering. Our board of directors has determined that Daniel Gerold, Miguel Kiguel and Thomas Wolf are “independent directors” as defined in Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

131

Table of Contents

Executive Officer and Director Compensation

None of our executive officers or directors have received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. We are not prohibited from paying any fees (including advisory fees), reimbursements or cash payments to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, including the following payments, all of which, if made prior to the completion of our initial business combination, will be paid from net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account:

        Repayment of up to an aggregate of $300,000 in loans made to us by our sponsor to cover offering-related and organizational expenses;

        Payment of consulting, success or finder fees to our independent directors, advisors, or their respective affiliates in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination;

        We may engage our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as an advisor or otherwise in connection with our initial business combination and certain other transactions and pay such person or entity a salary or fee in an amount that constitutes a market standard for comparable transactions;

        Reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating, negotiating and completing an initial business combination; and

        Repayment of loans which may be made by our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into private placement units of the post-business combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender. Such shares would be identical to the private placement shares. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans.

Commencing on the date that our securities are first listed on Nasdaq through the earlier of consummation of our initial business combination and our liquidation, we intend to reimburse an affiliate of our sponsor for accounting, bookkeeping, office space, IT support, research, professional, secretarial and administrative services provided to us in an amount fixed at $10,000 per month. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, directors or officers, or our or their affiliates.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation materials or tender offer materials furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed initial business combination. We have not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to our directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed initial business combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation.

Any compensation to be paid to our executive officers will be determined, or recommended to the board of directors for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our board of directors.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of our initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after our initial business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

132

Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Subject to phase-in rules, the rules of Nasdaq and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act require that the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors. Each committee operates under a charter that has been approved by our board and has the composition and responsibilities described below.

Audit Committee

Our board of directors has established an audit committee of the board of directors. Daniel Gerold, Miguel Kiguel and Thomas Wolf will serve as the members of our audit committee. Under the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have three members of the audit committee, all of whom must be independent. Mr. Gerold, Mr. Kiguel and Mr. Wolf are each independent.

Miguel Kiguel serves as the chair of the audit committee. Each member of the audit committee is financially literate, and our board of directors has determined that Mr. Kiguel qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

We have adopted an audit committee charter, which details the principal functions of the audit committee, including:

        assisting board oversight of (1) the integrity of our financial statements, (2) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (3) our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence, and (4) the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm; the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement, and oversight of the work of the independent registered public accounting firm and any other independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us;

        pre-approving all audit and non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm or any other registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures; reviewing and discussing with the independent registered public accounting firm all relationships the independent registered public accounting firm have with us in order to evaluate their continued independence;

        setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations; obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent registered public accounting firm describing (1) the independent registered public accounting firm’s internal quality-control procedures and (2) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the independent registered public accounting firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues;

        meeting to review and discuss our annual audited financial statements and quarterly financial statements with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, including reviewing our specific disclosures under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”; reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction; and

        reviewing with management, the independent registered public accounting firm, and our legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

133

Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

Our board of directors has established a compensation committee of our board of directors. The members of our compensation committee will be Daniel Gerold, Miguel Kiguel and Thomas Wolf. Mr. Wolf serves as chair of the compensation committee. Under the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have a compensation committee of at least two members, all of whom must be independent. Mr. Gerold, Mr. Kiguel and Mr. Wolf are each independent. We have adopted a compensation committee charter, which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

        reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our chief executive officer’s compensation, evaluating our chief executive officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our chief executive officer’s based on such evaluation;

        reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to the compensation, and any incentive compensation and equity-based plans that are subject to board approval of all of our other officers;

        reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

        implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

        assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

        approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our executive officers and employees;

        producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

        reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

The charter provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by Nasdaq and the SEC.

Director Nominations

We do not have a standing nominating committee, though we intend to form a corporate governance and nominating committee as and when required to do so by law or Nasdaq rules. In accordance with Rule 5605I(2) of Nasdaq rules, a majority of the independent directors may recommend a director nominee for selection by our board of directors. Our board of directors believes that the independent directors can satisfactorily carry out the responsibility of properly selecting or approving director nominees without the formation of a standing nominating committee. The directors who will participate in the consideration and recommendation of director nominees are Daniel Gerold, Miguel Kiguel and Thomas Wolf. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(1)(A) of Nasdaq rules, all such directors are independent. As there is no standing nominating committee, we do not have a nominating committee charter in place.

The board of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by our shareholders during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for appointment at the next annual general meeting (or, if applicable, an extraordinary general meeting). Our shareholders that wish to nominate a director for appointment to our board of directors should follow the procedures set forth in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, our board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our shareholders. Prior to our initial business combination, holders of our public shares will not have the right to recommend director candidates for nomination to our board of directors.

134

Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, in the past year has served, as a member of the compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors.

Clawback Policy

We have adopted a compensation recovery policy that is compliant with Nasdaq listing rules as required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees. We have filed a copy of our Code of Ethics as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. You will be able to review this document by accessing our public filings at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copy of the Code of Ethics and the charters of the committees of our board of directors will be provided without charge upon request from us. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Where You Can Find Additional Information.” If we make any amendments to our Code of Ethics other than technical, administrative or other non-substantive amendments, or grant any waiver, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the Code of Ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions requiring disclosure under applicable SEC or Nasdaq rules, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver in a Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC or on our website, if we establish one, and keep such information on the website for at least 12 months. The information included on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Form S-1 or in any other report or document we file with the SEC, and any references to our website are intended to be inactive textual references only.

Conflicts of Interest

Under Cayman Islands law, directors and officers owe the following fiduciary duties:

        duty to act in good faith in what the director or officer believes to be in the best interests of the company as a whole;

        duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose;

        duty to not improperly fetter the exercise of future discretion;

        duty to exercise authority for the purpose for which it is conferred and a duty to exercise powers fairly as between different sections of shareholders;

        duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests; and

        duty to exercise independent judgment.

In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as a reasonably diligent person having both the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company and the general knowledge, skill and experience of that director.

As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position at the expense of the company. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings. Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary, contractual or other obligations or duties to one or more other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or

135

Table of Contents

will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entities. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such other entity, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer, among other persons, shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which (a) may be a corporate opportunity for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other or (b) the presentation of which would breach an existing legal obligation of a director or officer to any other entity. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Below is a table summarizing the entities to which our officers and directors currently have fiduciary duties:

Individual

 

Entity

 

Entity’s Business

 

Affiliation

Nicolas Rohatyn

 

The Rohatyn Group

 

Private Equity, Investment Management and Finance

 

Founder and Chief Executive Officer

Miguel Gutiérrez

 

The Rohatyn Group

 

Private Equity, Investment Management and Finance

 

Co-Founder

   

Satellogic Inc.

 

Information Services and Technology

 

Director

   

Capital Advisors Partner Asia

 

Private Equity

 

Director

   

PECOM Servicios Energia S.A.

 

Oil & Gas Technology and Solutions

 

Director

Daniel Gerold

 

G&G Energy Consultants

 

Oil & Gas Consulting

 

Independent Consultant

   

Purzel S.A.

 

Administrative Services

 

President

Miguel Kiguel

 

Banco Del Sol

 

Banking and Finance

 

Director

   

Raghsa S.A.

 

Real Estate

 

Director

   

Megainver S. A.

 

Asset Management

 

Director

   

Puente Hnos. S.A.

 

Financial Services

 

Director

   

Econviews

 

Consulting

   

Thomas Wolf

 

Avance Investment Management

 

Private Equity

 

Senior Advisor

   

Kenner & Company, Inc.

 

Private Equity

 

Managing Partner

In addition, our sponsor and our officers and directors may sponsor or form other SPACs similar to ours or may pursue other business or investment ventures during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination. As a result, our sponsor, officers and directors could have conflicts of interest in determining whether to present business combination opportunities to us or to any other SPAC with which they may become involved. Any such companies, businesses or investments may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an initial business combination target.

Potential investors should also be aware of the following other potential conflicts of interest:

        Our officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Each of our officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation, and our officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs.

136

Table of Contents

        Our initial shareholders purchased founder shares prior to the date of this prospectus and will purchase private placement units in a transaction that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares, private placement shares and public shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination. Additionally, our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their founder shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from assets outside the trust account. If we do not complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame, the private placement units will expire worthless. Furthermore, our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares and any Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion thereof until the earlier to occur of: (i) one year after the completion of our initial business combination; or (ii) the date following the completion of our initial business combination on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, the founder shares will be released from the lock-up. The private placement units (including the securities underlying such units) will not be transferable until 30 days following the completion of our initial business combination. Because each of our officers and director will own ordinary shares or rights directly or indirectly, they may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination.

        Our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

        The personal and financial interests of our directors and executive officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and pursuing an initial business combination or completing our initial business combination. The different timelines of competing business combinations could cause our directors and executive officers to prioritize a different business combination over finding a suitable acquisition target for our business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and executive officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest, which could negatively impact the timing for a business combination.

        Upon the closing of this offering and assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option, our sponsor will have invested in us an aggregate of $2,275,000, comprised of the $25,000 purchase price for the founder shares and the $2,250,000 purchase price for the private placement units. Assuming a trading price of $10.00 per public share upon consummation of our initial business combination, the 5,000,000 founder shares (assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option, excluding the 225,000 private placement shares, after automatic conversion of the 5,000,000 founder shares) would have an aggregate implied value of $50,000,000. Even if the trading price of our ordinary shares were as low as $0.44 per share, and disregarding the private placement units, the value of the founder shares would be equal to our sponsor’s aggregate initial investment in us. As a result, our sponsor is likely to be able to make a substantial profit on its investment in us at a time when our public shares have lost significant value. Accordingly, members of our management team, who own interests in our sponsor, may be more willing to pursue a business combination with a riskier or less-established target business than would be the case if our sponsor had paid the same per share price for the founder shares as our public shareholders paid for their public shares.

        In the event our sponsor or members of our management team provide loans to us to finance transaction costs and/or incur expenses on our behalf in connection with an initial business combination, such persons may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination as such loans may not be repaid and/or such expenses may not be reimbursed unless we consummate such business combination.

137

Table of Contents

        If we agree to pay, to the extent permitted by law, our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates, a finder’s fee, advisory fee, consulting fee or success fee for any services they render in order to effectuate the completion of our initial business combination, such persons may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination as any such fee may not be paid unless we consummate such business combination, which, if made prior to the completion of our initial business combination, will be paid from net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account.

        We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, or completing the business combination through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our sponsor, officers or directors. Accordingly, such affiliated person(s) may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination as such affiliated person(s) would have interests different from our public shareholders and would likely not receive any financial benefit unless we consummated such business combination. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated (as defined in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association) with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions, stating that the consideration to be paid by us in such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

We cannot assure you that any of the above-mentioned conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

In the event that we submit our initial business combination to our public shareholders for a vote, our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed to vote their founder shares and private placement shares, and they and the other members of our management team have agreed to vote their founder shares and any shares purchased during or after the offering in favor of our initial business combination (except that any public shares such parties may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction).

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against willful default, willful neglect, actual fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that our officers and directors will be indemnified by us to the fullest extent permitted by law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect. We expect to purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.

Our officers and directors have agreed, and any persons who may become officers or directors prior to the initial business combination will agree, to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account, and to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any services provided to us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, any indemnification provided will only be able to be satisfied by us if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination.

Our indemnification obligations may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

We believe that these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

138

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our Class A ordinary shares included in the units offered by this prospectus, and assuming no purchase of units in this offering, by:

        each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares;

        each of our officers and directors; and

        all our officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all of our ordinary shares beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record or beneficial ownership of the private placement rights as these rights are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.

On November 18, 2025, TRG Latin America Acquisitions LLC, our sponsor paid $25,000, or approximately $0.004 per share, to cover certain of our offering costs in exchange for 5,750,000 founder shares.

Prior to the initial investment in the company of $25,000 by the sponsor, the company had no assets, tangible or intangible. The purchase price of the founder shares was determined by dividing the amount of cash contributed to the company by the number of founder shares issued. The number of founder shares outstanding was determined based on the expectation that the total size of this offering would be a maximum of 23,000,000 units if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, and therefore that such founder shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares after this offering (not including the private placement shares). Up to 750,000 of the founder shares will be forfeited for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment is exercised. The post-offering percentages in the following table assume that the underwriter does not exercise their over-allotment option, that 750,000 founder shares have been forfeited to us for no consideration, and that there are 25,225,000 ordinary shares issued and outstanding after this offering.

Name and Address of 
Beneficial Owner
(1)

 

Number of
Class A
Ordinary
Shares
Beneficially
Owned

 

Approximate
Percentage of
Outstanding Class A

Ordinary Shares

 

Number of
Class B
Ordinary
Shares
Beneficially
Owned

 

Approximate
Percentage of
Outstanding Class B

Ordinary Shares

Before
Offering

 

After
Offering

 

Before
Offering

 

After
Offering

TRG Latin America Acquisitions LLC(2)(3)(4)

 

225,000

 

 

*

 

5,000,000

 

100

%

 

100

%

Nicolas Rohatyn(3)

 

225,000

 

 

*

 

5,000,000

 

100

%

 

100

%

Miguel Gutierrez

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Daniel Gerold(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Miguel Kiguel(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas Wolf(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

____________

*        Less than one percent.

(1)      Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of the following is c/o TRG Latin America Acquisitions Corp., 65 East 55th St., 15th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

(2)      Interests shown consist of founder shares, classified as Class B ordinary shares. Such shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holder on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment, as described in the section entitled “Description of Securities.” “After Offering” interests take into account both founder shares and 225,000 private placement shares, classified as Class A ordinary shares, underlying the private placement units.

(3)     Represents shares held by TRG Latin America Acquisitions LLC. TRG Allocation LLC is the sole managing member of our sponsor and controls the management of our sponsor, including the exercise of voting and investment discretion over the securities held by our sponsor. TRG Allocation Principals LLC is the managing member of TRG Allocation LLC, including the exercise of voting and investment discretion over the securities held by our TRG Allocation Principals LLC. Rohatyn Allocation Interest LLC is the managing member of TRG Allocation Principles LLC, including the exercise of voting and investment discretion over the securities held by TRG Allocation Principles LLC. Mr. Rohatyn is the managing member of

139

Table of Contents

Rohatyn Allocation Interests LLC, including the exercise of voting and investment discretion over the securities held by our Rohatyn Allocation Interests LLC. Mr. Rohatyn disclaims any beneficial ownership of the reported shares other than to the extent of any pecuniary interest they may have therein, directly or indirectly.

(4)      Includes up to 750,000 founder shares that will be forfeited for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised.

(5)      Does not include indirect interest as a member of the sponsor, TRG Latin America Acquisitions LLC. The managing member has allocated 25,000 founder shares to each of the independent directors upon completion of our initial business combination.

Immediately after this offering, our initial shareholders will beneficially own 20% of the then issued and outstanding ordinary shares (excluding private placement shares and assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering). Prior to the closing of our initial business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will be entitled to vote on the appointment and removal of directors or continuing the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend our constitutional documents or to adopt new constitutional documents as a result of our approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands). Because of this ownership block, our initial shareholders may be able to effectively influence the outcome of all other matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including the appointment of directors or continuing the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend our constitutional documents or to adopt new constitutional documents as a result of our approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands), and approval of significant corporate transactions including our initial business combination.

Our sponsor has committed to purchase an aggregate of 225,000 private placement units (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised), at a price of $10.00 per unit, or $2,250,000 in the aggregate (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised), in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering.

The private placement units will be identical to the public units sold in this offering except that so long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees, (i) the private placement units may not (including the securities underlying the units), subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holders until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination and (ii) the private placement shares underlying the private placement units will be entitled to registration rights. A portion of the purchase price of the private placement units will be added to the proceeds from this offering to be held in the trust account such that at the time of closing of this offering $200,000,000 (or $230,000,000 if the underwriter exercises their over-allotment option in full) will be held in the trust account. If we do not complete our initial business combination within the completion window, the private placement units will expire worthless. The private placement units are subject to the transfer restrictions described below.

TRG Latin America Acquisitions LLC, our sponsor, and our officers and directors are deemed to be our “promoters” as such term is defined under the federal securities laws.

Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Units

The founder shares, private placement units and any Class A ordinary shares and rights (and Class A ordinary shares underlying such rights) underlying or issued upon conversion thereof are each subject to transfer restrictions pursuant to lock-up provisions in the agreements entered into by our sponsor and management team. Those lock-up provisions provide that such securities are not transferable or saleable (i) in the case of the founder shares, until the earlier of (A) one year after the completion of our initial business combination or earlier if, subsequent to our initial business combination, the closing price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination and (B) the date following the completion of our initial business combination on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property and (ii) in the case of the private placement units and any Class A ordinary shares and rights (and Class A ordinary shares underlying such rights) underlying the units, until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination except in each case (a) to our officers, directors, advisors or consultants, any affiliate or family member of any of our officers, directors, advisors or consultants, any members or partners of the sponsor or their affiliates and funds and accounts advised

140

Table of Contents

by such members or partners, any affiliates of the sponsor, or any employees of such affiliates; (b) in the case of an individual, as a gift to such person’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of such person’s immediate family, an affiliate of such person or to a charitable organization; (c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of such person; (d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (e) by private sales or transfers made in connection with any forward purchase agreement or similar arrangement, in connection with an extension of the completion window or in connection with the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the shares or units were originally purchased; (f) pro rata distributions from our sponsor to its respective members, partners or shareholders pursuant to our sponsor’s limited liability company agreement or other charter documents; (g) by virtue of the laws of Delaware or our sponsor’s limited liability company agreement upon dissolution of our sponsor; (h) in the event of our liquidation prior to our consummation of our initial business combination; (i) to the Company for no value for cancellation in connection with the consummation of an initial business combination; (j) in the event that, subsequent to our consummation of an initial business combination, we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property or (k) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a transfer would be permissible under clauses (a) through (g); provided, however, that in the case of clauses (a) through (g) and clause (j) these permitted transferees must enter into a written agreement agreeing to be bound by these transfer restrictions and the other restrictions contained in the letter agreements.

Registration Rights

The holders of the (i) founder shares, which were issued in a private placement prior to the closing of this offering, (ii) private placement units, (iii) private placement rights, (iv) private placement shares, (v) Class A ordinary shares that may be issued upon conversion of the private placement rights upon the consummation of an initial business combination, and (vi) private placement shares that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans will have registration rights to require us to register a sale of any of our securities held by them and any other securities of the company acquired by them prior to the consummation of our initial business combination pursuant to a registration rights agreement signed on the effective date of this offering. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement and assuming the underwriter exercises their over-allotment option in full, $1,500,000 of working capital loans are converted into 150,000 private placement units, we will be obligated to register 225,000 private placement units, 225,000 private placement rights and up to 6,162,500 Class A ordinary shares, which include (i) 5,750,000 Class A ordinary shares to be issued upon conversion of the founder shares, (ii) 225,000 Class A ordinary shares underlying the private placement units, (iii) 150,000 Class A ordinary shares issued upon conversion $1,500,000 of working capital loans, (iv) 22,500 Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of the 225,000 private placement rights upon the consummation of an initial business combination, and (v) 15,000 Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of the 150,000 private placement rights from the working capital loan. The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that we register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

141

Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

On November 18, 2025, our sponsor paid $25,000, or approximately $0.004 per share, to cover certain of our offering costs in exchange for 5,750,000 founder shares.

The number of founder shares outstanding was determined based on the expectation that the total size of this offering would be a maximum of 23,000,000 units if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, and therefore that such founder shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares after this offering (not including the private placement shares). Up to 750,000 of the founder shares will be forfeited for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment is exercised.

Our sponsor has committed to purchase an aggregate of 225,000 private placement units (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised), at a price of $10.00 per unit, or $2,250,000 in the aggregate (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised), in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. The private placement units will be identical to the public units sold in this offering except that so long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees, (i) the private placement units may not (including the securities underlying the units), subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holders until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination and (ii) the private placement shares underlying the private placement units will be entitled to registration rights.

Prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, there may be payment by the company to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates, of a finder’s fee, advisory fee, consulting fee or success fee for any services they render in order to effectuate the completion of our initial business combination, which, if made prior to the completion of our initial business combination, will be paid only to the extent permitted by law and from net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account.

Prior to the closing of this offering, our sponsor may loan us funds in an aggregate amount of up to $300,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. This loan will be repaid at closing. As of December 31, 2025, we borrowed $57,952 under the promissory note.

Commencing on the date on which our securities are first listed on the Nasdaq, we will pay an amount equal to $10,000 per month to an affiliate of our sponsor for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees. Accordingly, in the event the consummation of our initial business combination takes the maximum 24 months, our sponsor’s affiliates will be paid a total of $240,000.

We expect to fund our working capital requirements prior to the time of our initial business combination with net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account. In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required on a non-interest basis. If we complete an initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, we may use net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used to repay such loaned amounts. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into private placement units of the post business combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender. Such units would be identical to the private placement units. Except as set forth above, the terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

We have until the date that is 24 months from the closing of this offering or until such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, to consummate our initial business combination. If we anticipate that we may be unable to consummate our initial business combination within such time period and we wish to further extend the date by which we must consummate our initial business combination, we will seek shareholder approval to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to extend the date by which we must consummate our initial business combination, and holders of public shares will be offered an opportunity to redeem their shares at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned thereon (net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, subject to

142

Table of Contents

applicable law. Such amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may include limitations on the duration of the extension, the number of possible extensions, requirements for additional payments to the trust in connection with an extension, and other potential terms for consideration by our shareholders.

Any of the foregoing payments to our sponsor, repayments of loans from our sponsor or repayments of working capital loans prior to our initial business combination will be made using net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account.

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our shareholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, furnished to our shareholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a general meeting held to consider our initial business combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.

We have entered into a registration rights agreement with respect to the founder shares and the private placement shares, which is described under the heading “Principal Shareholders — Registration Rights.”

Policy for Approval of Related Party Transactions

The audit committee of our board of directors has adopted a policy setting forth the policies and procedures for its review and approval or ratification of “related party transactions.” A “related party transaction” is any consummated or proposed transaction or series of transactions: (i) in which the company was or is to be a participant; (ii) the amount of which exceeds (or is reasonably expected to exceed) the lesser of $120,000 or 1% of the average of the company’s total assets at year-end for the prior two completed fiscal years in the aggregate over the duration of the transaction (without regard to profit or loss); and (iii) in which a “related party” had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. “Related parties” under this policy will include: (i) our directors, nominees for director or officers or any person who has served in such roles since the beginning of the most recent fiscal year, even if he or she does not currently serve in that role; (ii) any record or beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities; (iii) any immediate family member of any of the foregoing if the foregoing person is a natural person; and (iv) any other person who maybe a “related person” pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act. Pursuant to the policy, the audit committee will consider (i) the relevant facts and circumstances of each related party transaction, including if the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arm’s-length dealings with an unrelated third party, (ii) the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction, (iii) whether the transaction contravenes our code of ethics or other policies, (iv) whether the audit committee believes the relationship underlying the transaction to be in the best interests of the company and its shareholders and (v) if the related party is a director or an immediate family member of a director, the effect that the transaction may have on a director’s status as an independent member of the board and on his or her eligibility to serve on the board’s committees. Management will present to the audit committee each proposed related party transaction, including all relevant facts and circumstances relating thereto. Under the policy, we may consummate related party transactions only if our audit committee approves or ratifies the transaction in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the policy. The policy will not permit any director or officer to participate in the discussion of, or decision concerning, a related person transaction in which he or she is the related party.

We are not prohibited from paying any fees (including advisory fees), reimbursements or cash payments to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, including the following payments, all of which, if made prior to the completion of our initial business combination, will be paid from net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account:

        Repayment of up to an aggregate of $300,000 in loans made to us by our sponsor to cover offering-related and organizational expenses;

        Payment of consulting, success or finder fees to our independent directors, advisors, or their respective affiliates in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination;

        We may engage our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as an advisor or otherwise in connection with our initial business combination and certain other transactions and pay such person or entity a salary or fee in an amount that constitutes a market standard for comparable transactions;

143

Table of Contents

        Reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating, negotiating and completing an initial business combination; and

        Repayment of loans which may be made by our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into private placement units of the post-business combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender. Such units would be identical to the private placement units. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans.

        Commencing on the date that our securities are first listed on Nasdaq through the earlier of consummation of our initial business combination and our liquidation, we intend to reimburse an affiliate of our sponsor for accounting, bookkeeping, office space, IT support, research, professional, secretarial and administrative services provided to us in an amount fixed at $10,000 per month. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, directors or officers, or our or their affiliates.

144

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company (company number 427869) and our affairs are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Act and the common law of the Cayman Islands. Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we are authorized to issue 200,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value each, 20,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value each as well as 1,000,000 preference shares, $0.0001 par value each. The following description summarizes certain terms of our shares as set out more particularly in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part. Because it is only a summary, it may not contain all the information that is important to you.

Units

Public Units

Each unit has an offering price of $10.00 and consists of one Class A ordinary share, one right entitling the holder thereof to receive one tenth (1/10) of one ordinary share upon the consummation of an initial business combination. Rights will only convert into a whole number of Class A ordinary shares. As a result, you must have 10 rights to receive one ordinary share. The Class A ordinary shares and rights comprising the units are expected to begin separate trading on the 52nd day following the date of this prospectus unless Santander US Capital Markets LLC informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, subject to our having filed the Current Report on Form 8-K described below and having issued a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin. Once the Class A ordinary shares and rights commence separate trading, holders will have the option to continue to hold units or separate their units into the component securities. Holders will need to have their brokers contact our transfer agent in order to separate the units into Class A ordinary shares and rights.

In no event will the Class A ordinary shares and rights be traded separately until we have filed with the SEC a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering. We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes this audited balance sheet upon the completion of this offering. If the over-allotment option is exercised following the initial filing of such Current Report on Form 8-K, a second or amended Current Report on Form 8-K will be filed to provide updated information to reflect the exercise of the over-allotment option.

Private Placement Units

The private placement units have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the public units being sold in this offering. The private placement units (including the private placement shares, private placement rights and private placement shares issuable upon conversion of such rights) will not be transferable, assignable or saleable until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination (except, among other limited exceptions as described under “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Units,” to our officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with our sponsor).

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required on a non-interest basis. If we complete an initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, we may use net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used to repay such loaned amounts. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into private placement units of the post business combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender. Such units would be identical to the private placement units. Except as set forth above, the terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans.

Ordinary Shares

Prior to the date of this prospectus, there were 5,750,000 Class B ordinary shares outstanding, all of which were held of record by our initial shareholders, so that our initial shareholders will own 20% of our issued and outstanding shares after this offering (excluding private placement shares and assuming our initial shareholders do not purchase any units

145

Table of Contents

in this offering). Up to 750,000 of the founder shares will be forfeited for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment is exercised. Upon the closing of this offering, 25,225,000 of our ordinary shares will be outstanding (assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option and the corresponding surrender for no consideration of 750,000 founder shares) comprising:

        20,000,000 Class A ordinary shares underlying public units issued as part of this offering;

        225,000 Class A ordinary shares underlying private placement units issued as part of this offering; and

        5,000,000 Class B ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders.

Ordinary shareholders of record are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by shareholders. However, only holders of Class B ordinary shares will have the right to (i) appoint or remove directors prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, meaning that holders of Class A ordinary shares will not have the right to vote to appoint any directors until after the completion of our initial business combination and (ii) continue the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend our constitutional documents or to adopt new constitutional documents as a result of our approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands). The provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association governing these matters prior to our initial business combination may only be amended by a special resolution passed by the affirmative vote of at least 90% (or, where such amendment is proposed in respect of the consummation of our initial business combination, two-thirds) of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company. On any other matter submitted to a vote of our shareholders prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, holders of Class A ordinary shares and holders of Class B ordinary shares will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders except as required by law. Unless otherwise specified in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, or as required by applicable provisions of the Companies Act or applicable stock exchange rules, the affirmative vote of a majority of our ordinary shares that are represented in person or by proxy and are voted is required to approve any such matter voted on by our shareholders. Approval of certain actions will require a special resolution under Cayman Islands law, which (except as outlined above) requires the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company, and pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association; such actions include amending our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (other than the provisions referred to above) and approving a statutory merger or consolidation with another company. Our board of directors is divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being appointed in each year. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the appointment of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares entitled to vote and voted for the appointment of directors can appoint all of the directors. Our shareholders are entitled to receive ratable dividends when, as and if declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor.

Because our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorize the issuance of up to 500,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, if we were to enter into a business combination, we may (depending on the terms of such a business combination) be required to increase the number of Class A ordinary shares which we are authorized to issue at the same time as our shareholders vote on the business combination to the extent we seek shareholder approval in connection with our initial business combination. Our board of directors is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being appointed in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual general meeting) serving a three-year term.

In accordance with Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual general meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on Nasdaq. There is no requirement under the Companies Act for us to hold annual or general meetings or appoint directors other than to ensure that the company has at least one director at all times. We may not hold an annual general meeting to appoint new directors prior to the consummation of our initial business combination.

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares, regardless of whether they abstain, vote for, or vote against, our initial business combination, upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, including

146

Table of Contents

interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations and on the conditions described herein. The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per public share. The per share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriter, as such commissions are subject to pro-rata reduction based on the number of Class A ordinary shares redeemed by our public shareholders. Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares, private placement shares and public shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination. Unlike many SPACs that hold shareholder votes and conduct proxy solicitations in conjunction with their initial business combinations and provide for related redemptions of public shares for cash upon completion of such initial business combinations even when a vote is not required by law, if a shareholder vote is not required by law and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association require these tender offer documents to contain substantially the same financial and other information about our initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. If, however, a shareholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other reasons, we will, like many SPACs, offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if we obtain the approval of an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which requires the affirmative vote of at least a simple majority of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company. However, if our initial business combination is structured as a statutory merger or consolidation with another company under Cayman Islands law, in addition to obtaining approval of our initial business combination by ordinary resolution, the approval of the statutory merger or consolidation will require a special resolution under Cayman Islands law, which requires the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company. However, the participation of our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates in privately-negotiated transactions (as described in this prospectus), if any, could result in the approval of our initial business combination even if a majority of our public shareholders vote, or indicate their intention to vote, against such initial business combination. For purposes of seeking approval of an ordinary resolution, non-votes will have no effect on the approval of our initial business combination once a quorum is obtained. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association require that at least five clear days’ notice will be given of any general meeting.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering (the “Excess Shares”) without our prior consent. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. Our shareholders’ inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce their influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination, and such shareholders could suffer a material loss in their investment if they sell such Excess Shares on the open market. Additionally, such shareholders will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial business combination. And, as a result, such shareholders will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose such shares would be required to sell their shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

If we seek shareholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed to vote their founder shares, private placement shares and any public shares purchased during or after this offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions) in favor of our initial business combination (except that any public shares such parties may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the

147

Table of Contents

Exchange Act would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction). As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ founder shares and shares underlying the private placement units, we would need 7,387,501 public shares, or 36.94%, of the 20,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to have our initial business combination approved, assuming all outstanding shares are voted, the over-allotment option is not exercised and the parties to the letter agreement do not acquire any Class A ordinary shares. Assuming that only the holders of one-third of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares, representing a quorum under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, vote their shares at a general meeting of the company, we would need 3,183,333 public shares, or 15.92% of the 20,000,000 public shares sold in this offering, in addition to our founder shares and private placement shares to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to approve an initial business combination. Additionally, each public shareholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or vote against the proposed transaction, or whether they do not vote or abstain from voting on the proposed transaction, or whether they were a public shareholder on the record date for the general meeting held to approve the proposed transaction.

Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, if we have not completed our initial business combination within the completion window, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter (and subject to lawfully available funds therefor), redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay liquidation and dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their founder shares and private placement shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the completion window. However, if our sponsor or management team acquire public shares in or after this offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time period.

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company after a business combination, our shareholders are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision is made for each class of shares, if any, having preference over the ordinary shares. Our shareholders have no preemptive or other subscription rights. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the ordinary shares, except that we will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash at a per share price equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, upon the completion of our initial business combination, subject to the limitations and on the conditions described herein.

Founder Shares

The founder shares are designated as Class B ordinary shares and, except as described below, are identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the units being sold in this offering, and holders of founder shares have the same shareholder rights as public shareholders, except that (i) the founder shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below, (ii) the founder shares are entitled to registration rights; (iii) our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to (A) waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares, private placement shares and public shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, (B) waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares, private placement shares and public shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within the completion window or (B) with respect to any other material provisions relating to the rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares or pre-initial business

148

Table of Contents

combination activity, (C) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their founder shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the completion window, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within such time period and to liquidating distributions from assets outside the trust account and (D) vote any founder shares and private placement shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after this offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions), in favor of our initial business combination (except that any public shares such parties may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction), (iv) the founder shares are automatically convertible into Class A ordinary shares in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holder on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as described herein and in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, and (v) prior to the closing of our initial business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will be entitled to vote on the appointment and removal of directors or continuing the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend our constitutional documents or to adopt new constitutional documents as a result of our approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands).

The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holder on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like, and subject to further adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or any other equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in this offering (including pursuant to the underwriter’s over-allotment option) and related to or in connection with the closing of the initial business combination, the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, 20% of the sum of (i) the total number of all ordinary shares outstanding upon the completion of this offering (including any Class A ordinary shares issued pursuant to the underwriter’s over-allotment option and excluding the Class A ordinary shares underlying the shares underlying the private placement units issued to the sponsor), plus (ii) all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued, related to or in connection with the closing of the initial business combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and any private placement-equivalent shares issued to our sponsor or any of its affiliates or to our officers or directors upon conversion of working capital loans). Such adjustment may result in material dilution to our public shareholders.

With certain limited exceptions, the founder shares are not transferable, assignable or saleable (except to our officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with our sponsor, each of whom will be subject to the same transfer restrictions) until the earlier of (A) one year after the completion of our initial business combination or earlier if, subsequent to our initial business combination, the closing price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, and (B) the date following the completion of our initial business combination on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. Up to 750,000 founder shares will be forfeited to us for no consideration depending on the exercise of the over-allotment option.

Except in certain limited circumstances, no member of the sponsor may Transfer all or any portion of its membership interests in the sponsor. For more information, see “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Units.”

Rights

Public Rights

Except in cases where we are not the surviving company in a business combination, each holder of a right will automatically receive one tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share upon consummation of our initial business combination, even if the holder of a public right redeemed all Class A ordinary shares held by him, her or it in

149

Table of Contents

connection with the initial business combination or an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association with respect to our pre-initial business combination activities. In the event we will not be the surviving company upon completion of our initial business combination, each holder of a right will be required to affirmatively convert his, her or its rights in order to receive the one tenth (1/10) of one ordinary share underlying each right upon consummation of the business combination. No additional consideration will be required to be paid by a holder of rights in order to receive his, her or its additional Class A ordinary shares upon consummation of an initial business combination. The Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of the rights will be freely tradable (except to the extent held by affiliates of ours). If we enter into a definitive agreement for a business combination in which we will not be the surviving entity, the definitive agreement will provide for the holders of rights to receive the same consideration per ordinary share the holders of the Class A ordinary shares will receive in the transaction on an as-converted into Class A ordinary shares basis.

We will not issue fractional Class A ordinary shares in connection with an exchange of rights. Fractional shares will either be rounded down to the nearest whole share or otherwise addressed in accordance with Cayman Islands law. As a result, you must hold rights in multiples of 10 in order to receive Class A ordinary shares for all of your rights upon closing of a business combination. There will be no redemption rights with respect to our rights, and if we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the completion window and we liquidate the funds held in the trust account, holders of rights will not receive any of such funds with respect to their rights, nor will they receive any distribution from our assets held outside of the trust account with respect to such rights. Further, there are no contractual penalties for failure to deliver securities to the holders of the rights upon consummation of an initial business combination. Additionally, in no event will we be required to cash settle the rights. Accordingly, the rights may expire worthless.

Our rights will be issued in registered form under a rights agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as rights agent, and us. The rights agreement provides that the terms of the rights may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision. The rights agreement requires the approval by the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding rights in order to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the holders of the rights.

Private placement rights

The private placement rights, which are the rights underlying the private placement units, have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the rights being sold as part of the public units in this offering. The private placement rights (including the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of the rights) will not be transferable, assignable, or saleable until the completion of our initial business combination (except as described herein).

Register of Members

Under Cayman Islands law, we must keep a register of members and there will be entered therein:

        the names and addresses of the members, a statement of the shares held by each member, and of the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid, on the shares of each member and the voting rights of the shares of each member;

        whether voting rights attach to the shares in issue;

        the date on which the name of any person was entered on the register as a member; and

        the date on which any person ceased to be a member.

Under Cayman Islands law, the register of members of our company is prima facie evidence of the matters set out therein (i.e., the register of members will raise a presumption of fact on the matters referred to above unless rebutted) and a member registered in the register of members will be deemed as a matter of Cayman Islands law to have legal title to the shares as set against its name in the register of members. Upon the closing of this public offering, the register of members will be immediately updated to reflect the issue of shares by us. Once our register of members has been updated, the shareholders recorded in the register of members will be deemed to have legal title to the shares set

150

Table of Contents

against their name. However, there are certain limited circumstances where an application may be made to a Cayman Islands court for a determination on whether the register of members reflects the correct legal position. Further, the Cayman Islands court has the power to order that the register of members maintained by a company should be rectified where it considers that the register of members does not reflect the correct legal position. If an application for an order for rectification of the register of members were made in respect of our ordinary shares, then the validity of such shares may be subject to re-examination by a Cayman Islands court.

Preference Shares

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorize 1,000,000 preference shares and provide that preference shares may be issued from time to time in one or more series. Our board of directors will be authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences, the relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. Our board of directors will be able to, without shareholder approval, issue preference shares with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the ordinary shares and could have anti-takeover effects. The ability of our board of directors to issue preference shares without shareholder approval could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of us or the removal of existing management. We have no preference shares outstanding at the date hereof. Although we do not currently intend to issue any preference shares, we cannot assure you that we will not do so in the future. No preference shares are being issued or registered in this offering.

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of our initial business combination. A Cayman Islands company may pay a dividend on its shares out of either profit or the share premium account, provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if following such payment the company would be unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. The payment of cash dividends following completion of our initial business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time and will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition at such time. There is no certainty we will be in a position to, or decide to, pay cash dividends after completing any business combination. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with our initial business combination, our ability to declare dividends following completion of our initial business combination may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

Our Transfer Agent and Rights Agent

The transfer agent for our Class A ordinary shares and rights agent for our rights is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. We have agreed to indemnify Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company in its roles as transfer agent and rights agent, its agents and each of its shareholders, directors, officers and employees against all claims and losses that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence or intentional misconduct of the indemnified person or entity. Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company has agreed that it has no right of set-off or any right, title, interest or claim of any kind to, or to any monies in, the trust account, and has irrevocably waived any right, title, interest or claim of any kind to, or to any monies in, the trust account that it may have now or in the future. Accordingly, any indemnification provided will only be able to be satisfied, or a claim will only be able to be pursued, solely against us and our assets outside the trust account and not against the any monies in the trust account or interest earned thereon.

Certain Differences in Corporate Law

Cayman Islands companies are governed by the Companies Act. The Companies Act is modeled on English law but does not follow recent English law statutory enactments, and differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the material differences between the provisions of the Companies Act applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

Mergers and Similar Arrangements.    In certain circumstances, the Companies Act allows for mergers or consolidations between two Cayman Islands companies, or between a Cayman Islands company and a company incorporated in another jurisdiction (provided that is facilitated by the laws of that other jurisdiction).

151

Table of Contents

Where the merger or consolidation is between two Cayman Islands companies, the directors of each company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation containing certain prescribed information. That plan or merger or consolidation must then be authorized by either (i) a special resolution of the shareholders of each company or (ii) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. No shareholder resolution is required for a merger between a parent company (i.e., a company that holds issued shares that together represent 90% of the votes at a general meeting of the subsidiary company) and its subsidiary company, provided the parent company is the surviving entity and a copy of the plan of merger is given to every member of each subsidiary company to be merged unless that member agrees otherwise. The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest of a constituent company must be obtained, unless the court waives such requirement. If the Cayman Islands Registrar of Companies is satisfied that the requirements of the Companies Act (which includes certain other formalities) have been complied with, the Registrar of Companies will register the plan of merger or consolidation.

Where the merger or consolidation involves a foreign company, the procedure is similar, save that with respect to the foreign company, the directors of the Cayman Islands company are also required to make a declaration to the effect that, having made due enquiry, they are of the opinion that certain requirements have been met, including the following requirements: (i) that the merger or consolidation is permitted or not prohibited by the constitutional documents of the foreign company and by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the foreign company is incorporated, and that those laws and any requirements of those constitutional documents have been or will be complied with; (ii) that no petition or other similar proceeding has been filed and remains outstanding or order made or resolution adopted to wind up or liquidate the foreign company in any applicable jurisdictions; (iii) that no receiver, trustee, administrator or other similar person has been appointed in any jurisdiction and is acting in respect of the foreign company, its affairs or its property or any part thereof; (iv) that no scheme, order, compromise or other similar arrangement has been entered into or made in any jurisdiction whereby the rights of creditors of the foreign company are and continue to be suspended or restricted; and (v) there is no other reason why it would be against the public interest to permit the merger or consolidation.

Where the surviving company is the Cayman Islands exempted company, the directors of the Cayman Islands exempted company are further required to make a declaration to the effect that, having made due enquiry, they are of the opinion that the following requirements have been met: (i) that the foreign company is able to pay its debts as they fall due and that the merger or consolidation is bona fide and not intended to defraud unsecured creditors of the foreign company; (ii) that in respect of the transfer of any security interest granted by the foreign company to the surviving or consolidated company (A) consent or approval to the transfer has been obtained, released or waived; (B) the transfer is permitted by and has been approved in accordance with the constitutional documents of the foreign company; and (C) the laws of the jurisdiction of the foreign company with respect to the transfer have been or will be complied with; and (iii) that the foreign company will, upon the merger or consolidation becoming effective, cease to be incorporated, registered or exist under the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction.

The Companies Act provides for a right of dissenting shareholders to be paid the fair value of their shares upon their dissenting to the merger or consolidation in certain circumstances if they follow a prescribed procedure. In essence, where such rights apply, that procedure is as follows: (i) the shareholder must give his written objection to the merger or consolidation to the constituent company before the vote on the merger or consolidation, including a statement that the shareholder proposes to demand payment for their shares if the merger or consolidation is authorized by the vote; (ii) within 20 days following the date on which the merger or consolidation is authorized by the shareholders, the constituent company must give written notice to each shareholder who made a written objection; (iii) a shareholder must within 20 days following receipt of such notice from the constituent company, give the constituent company a written notice of his intention to dissent including, among other details, a demand for payment of the fair value of their shares; (iv) within seven days following the date of the expiration of the period set out in paragraph (ii) above or seven days following the date on which the plan of merger or consolidation is filed, whichever is later, the constituent company, the surviving company or the consolidated company must make a written offer to each dissenting shareholder to purchase their shares at a price that the company determines is the fair value and if the company and the shareholder agree the price within 30 days following the date on which the offer was made, the company must pay the shareholder such amount; and (v) if the company and the shareholder fail to agree on a price within such 30 day period, within 20 days following the date on which such 30 day period expires, the company must (and any dissenting shareholder may) file a petition with the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands to determine the fair value of all dissenting shares and such petition must be accompanied by a list of the names and addresses of the dissenting shareholders with whom agreements as to the fair value of their shares

152

Table of Contents

have not been reached by the company. At the hearing of that petition, the court has the power to determine the fair value of the shares together with a fair rate of interest, if any, to be paid by the company upon the amount determined to be the fair value. Any dissenting shareholder whose name appears on the list filed by the company may participate fully in all proceedings until the determination of fair value is reached. A shareholder who dissents must do so in respect of all shares that the person holds in the constituent company. Upon the giving of a notice of dissent under paragraph (iii) above, the shareholder to whom the notice relates shall cease to have any of the rights of a shareholder except the right to be paid the fair value of that person’s shares and certain rights specified in the Companies Act. These rights of a dissenting shareholder are not available in certain circumstances, for example, to dissenting shareholders holding shares of any class in respect of which an open market exists on a recognized stock exchange or recognized interdealer quotation system at the relevant date, where the consideration for such shares to be contributed are shares of any company listed on a national securities exchange or shares of the surviving or consolidated company.

Moreover, Cayman Islands law has separate statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction or amalgamation of companies in certain circumstances, commonly referred to in the Cayman Islands as a “scheme of arrangement,” which may be tantamount to a merger. Schemes of arrangement will generally be more suited for complex mergers or other transactions involving widely held companies. In the event that a merger was sought pursuant to a scheme of arrangement (the procedures for which are more rigorous and take longer to complete than the procedures typically required to consummate a merger in the United States), the arrangement in question must be approved (i) in relation to a compromise or arrangement between a company and its creditors or any class of them, a majority in number of such creditors or class of creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made and who must in addition represent 75% in value of such creditors or class of creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a general meeting summoned for that purpose; and (ii) in relation to a compromise or arrangement between a company and its shareholders or any class of them, shareholders who represent 75% in value of the company’s shareholders or class of shareholders, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a general meeting summoned for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the terms of the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder would have the right to express to the court the view that the transaction should not be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it satisfies itself that:

        we are not proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of our corporate authority and the statutory provisions as to majority vote have been complied with;

        the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question;

        the arrangement is such as a businessman would reasonably approve; and

        the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Act or that would amount to a “fraud on the minority.”

If a scheme of arrangement or takeover offer (as described below) is approved, any dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to dissenters’ rights or appraisal rights (providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares), which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of United States corporations.

Squeeze-out Provisions.    When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% in value of the shares to whom the offer relates within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period after the expiration of the initial four-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith, collusion or inequitable treatment of the shareholders.

Further, transactions similar to a merger, reconstruction and/or an amalgamation may in some circumstances be achieved through means other than these statutory provisions, such as a share capital exchange, asset acquisition or control, or through contractual arrangements of an operating business.

153

Table of Contents

Shareholders’ Suits.    Maples and Calder (Cayman) LLP, our Cayman Islands legal counsel, is not aware of any reported class action having been brought in a Cayman Islands court. Derivative actions have been brought in the Cayman Islands courts, and the Cayman Islands courts have confirmed the availability of such actions. In most cases, we will be the proper plaintiff in any claim based on a breach of duty owed to us, and a claim against (for example) our officers or directors usually may not be brought by a shareholder. However, based both on Cayman Islands authorities and on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority and be applied by a court in the Cayman Islands, exceptions to the foregoing principle apply in circumstances in which:

        a company is acting, or proposing to act, illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;

        the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of the authority, could be effected if duly authorized by more than the number of votes which have actually been obtained; or

        those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”

A shareholder may have a direct right of action against us where the individual rights of that shareholder have been infringed or are about to be infringed.

Enforcement of Civil Liabilities.    The Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides less protection to investors. Additionally, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the Federal courts of the United States.

We have been advised by Maples and Calder (Cayman) LLP, our Cayman Islands legal counsel, that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, and or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

Special Considerations for Exempted Companies.    We are an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Act. The Companies Act distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies.

Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except for the exemptions and privileges listed below:

        annual reporting requirements are minimal and consist mainly of a statement that the company has conducted its operations mainly outside of the Cayman Islands and has complied with the provisions of the Companies Act;

        an exempted company’s register of members is not open to inspection and can be kept outside of the Cayman Islands;

        an exempted company does not have to hold an annual general meeting;

        an exempted company may issue shares with no nominal or par value;

        an exempted company may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 30 years in the first instance); and

154

Table of Contents

        an exempted company may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;

“Limited liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on the shares of the company (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstance in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil).

Our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association contains certain requirements and restrictions relating to this offering that will apply to us until the completion of our initial business combination. These provisions cannot be amended without a special resolution. As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a special resolution is a resolution that (i) has been passed by a majority of at least two-thirds (or any higher threshold specified in a company’s articles of association) of such of a company’s shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting for which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been given, or (ii) if so authorized by a company’s articles of association, has been approved by a unanimous written resolution of all of the company’s shareholders who are entitled to vote on such matter (or such lower threshold as may be allowed under the Companies Act from time to time). The provisions regulating the appointment and removal of directors and continuing the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands may only be amended by a special resolution passed by the affirmative vote of at least 90% (or, where such amendment is proposed in respect of the consummation of our initial business combination, two-thirds) of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable. Other than as described above, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that special resolutions must be approved either by at least two-thirds of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company (i.e., the lowest threshold permissible under Cayman Islands law), or by a unanimous written resolution passed by all of the shareholders of the company in accordance with the Companies Act.

Our initial shareholders, who will collectively beneficially own 20% of our ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering (excluding private placement shares and assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering), will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. Specifically, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide, among other things, that:

        If we have not completed our initial business combination within the completion window, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter (and subject to lawfully available funds therefor), redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay liquidation and dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law;

        Prior to our initial business combination, we may not, except in connection with the conversion of Class B ordinary shares into Class A ordinary shares where the holders of such shares have waived any rights to receive funds from the trust account, issue additional shares that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote as a class with public shares on any initial business combination;

        If a shareholder vote on our initial business combination is not required by law and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other reasons, we will offer to redeem our public shares pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, and will file tender offer documents with the SEC

155

Table of Contents

prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about our initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required in the registration statement;

        Nasdaq rules require that we must complete one or more business combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the trust account (net of amounts disbursed to management for working capital purposes, if permitted, and excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting discount held in trust);

        If our shareholders approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association not for the purposes of approving, or in conjunction with the consummation of, an initial business combination (i) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with an initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within the completion window or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares or pre-initial business combination activity, we will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon such approval at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares;

        We will not effectuate our initial business combination solely with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations; and

        Only holders of our Class B ordinary shares have the right to vote on appointing or removing directors or continuing our company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (as further described herein), prior to the consummation of our initial business combination.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the courts of the Cayman Islands shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any claim or dispute arising out of or in connection with our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or otherwise related in any way to each shareholder’s shareholding in us, including, but not limited to, (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of any fiduciary or other duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees to us or our shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Companies Act or our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine (as such concept is recognized under the laws of the United States of America) and that each shareholder irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Cayman Islands over all such claims or disputes. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association also provide that, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that we may have, each of our shareholders acknowledges that damages alone would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the selection of the courts of the Cayman Islands as exclusive forum and that accordingly we shall be entitled, without proof of special damages, to the remedies of injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief for any threatened or actual breach of the selection of the courts of the Cayman Islands as exclusive forum. The forum selection provision in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will not apply to actions or suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act, Exchange Act or any claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are, as a matter of the laws of the United States of America, the sole and exclusive forum for determination of such a claim.

Anti-Money Laundering, Counter Terrorist Financing, Prevention of Proliferation Financing and Financial Sanctions Compliance — Cayman Islands

If any person resident in the Cayman Islands knows or suspects, or has reasonable grounds for knowing or suspecting, that another person is engaged in criminal conduct or is involved with terrorism or terrorist financing and property or proliferation financing or is the business combination partner of a financial sanction and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of business in the regulated sector or other trade, profession, business or employment, the person will be required to report such knowledge or suspicion to (i) the Financial Reporting Authority of the Cayman Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands if the disclosure relates to criminal conduct, money laundering or proliferation financing or is the business combination partner of a financial sanction; or (ii) a police officer of the rank of constable or higher, or

156

Table of Contents

the Financial Reporting Authority, pursuant to the Terrorism Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands, if the disclosure relates to involvement with terrorism or terrorist financing and property. Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise. We reserve the right to refuse to make any payment to a shareholder if our directors or officers suspect or are advised that the payment to such shareholder might result in a breach of applicable anti-money laundering, counter-terrorist financing, prevention of proliferation financing and financial sanctions or other laws or regulations by any person in any relevant jurisdiction, or if such refusal is considered necessary or appropriate to ensure our compliance with any such laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction.

Should a shareholder or its duly authorized delegates or agents be, or become (or is believed by the company or its affiliates (“Agents”) to be or become) at any time while it owns or holds an interest in the company, (a) an individual or entity named on any sanctions list maintained by the United Kingdom (including as extended to the Cayman Islands by Orders in Council) or the Cayman Islands or any similar list maintained under applicable law or is otherwise subject to applicable sanctions in the Cayman Islands (a “Sanctions Subject”) or (b) an entity owned or controlled directly or indirectly by a Sanctions Subject, as determined by the company in its sole discretion, then (i) the company or its Agents may immediately and without notice to the shareholder cease any further dealings with the shareholder or freeze any dealings with the interests or accounts of the shareholder (e.g., by prohibiting payments by or to the shareholder or restricting or suspending dealings with the interests or accounts) or freeze the assets of the company (including interests or accounts of other shareholders who are not Sanctions Subjects), until the relevant person ceases to be a Sanctions Subject or a license is obtained under applicable law to continue such dealings (a “Sanctioned Persons Event”), (ii) the company and its Agents may be required to report such action or failure to comply with information requests and to disclose the shareholder’s identity (and/or the identity of the shareholder’s beneficial owners and control persons) to the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority, the Cayman Islands Financial Reporting Authority, or other applicable governmental or regulatory authorities (without notifying the Subscriber that such information has been so provided) and (iii) the company and its Agents have no liability whatsoever for any liabilities, costs, expenses, damages and/or losses (including, but not limited to, any direct, indirect or consequential losses, loss of profit, loss of revenue, loss of reputation and all interest, penalties and legal costs and all other professional costs and expenses) incurred by the shareholder as a result of a Sanctioned Persons Event.

Economic Substance — Cayman Islands

The Cayman Islands, together with several other non-European Union jurisdictions, have introduced legislation aimed at addressing concerns raised by the Council of the European Union and the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) as to offshore structures engaged in certain activities which attract profits without real economic activity. The International Tax Co-operation (Economic Substance) Act (As Revised) (the “Substance Act”) came into force in the Cayman Islands in January 2019, introducing certain economic substance requirements for in-scope Cayman Islands entities which are engaged in certain geographically mobile business activities (“relevant activities”). As we are a Cayman Islands exempted company, compliance obligations include filing annual notifications, in which need to state whether we are carrying out any relevant activities and if so, whether we have satisfied economic substance tests to the extent required under the Substance Act. It is anticipated that our Company will not be engaging in any relevant activities prior to the consummation of our initial business combination and will therefore not be required to meet the economic substance requirements tests or will otherwise be subject to more limited substance requirements. Failure to satisfy applicable requirements may subject us to penalties under the Substance Act.

Data Protection — Cayman Islands

We have certain duties under the Data Protection Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands, as amended from time to time and any regulations, codes of practice, or orders promulgated pursuant thereto (the “DPA”) based on internationally accepted principles of data privacy.

157

Table of Contents

Privacy Notice

Introduction

This privacy notice puts our shareholders on notice that through your investment in the company you will provide us with certain personal information which constitutes personal data within the meaning of the DPA (“personal data”). In the following discussion, the “company” refers to us and our affiliates and/or delegates, except where the context requires otherwise.

We are committed to processing personal data in accordance with the DPA. In our use of personal data, we will be characterized under the DPA as a “data controller,” whilst certain of our service providers, affiliates, and delegates may act as “data processors” under the DPA. These service providers may process personal data for their own lawful purposes in connection with services provided to us. For the purposes of this Privacy Notice, “you” or “your” shall mean the subscriber and shall also include any individual connected to the subscriber.

By virtue of your investment in the company, we and certain of our service providers may collect, record, store, transfer, and otherwise process personal data by which individuals may be directly or indirectly identified. We may combine personal data that you provide to use with personal data that we collect from, or about you. This may include personal data collected in an online or offline context including from credit reference agencies and other available public databases or data sources, such as news outlines, websites and other media sources and international sanctions lists.

Your personal data will be processed fairly and for lawful purposes, including (a) where the processing is necessary for us to perform a contract to which you are a party or for taking pre-contractual steps at your request, (b) where the processing is necessary for compliance with any legal, tax, or regulatory obligation to which we are subject, (c) where the processing is for the purposes of legitimate interests pursued by us or by a service provider to whom the data are disclosed, or (d) where you otherwise consent to the processing of personal data for any other specific purpose. As a data controller, we will only use your personal data for the purposes for which we collected it. If we need to use your personal data for an unrelated purpose, we will contact you.

We anticipate that we will share your personal data with our service providers for the purposes set out in this privacy notice. We may also share relevant personal data where it is lawful to do so and necessary to comply with our contractual obligations or your instructions or where it is necessary or desirable to do so in connection with any regulatory reporting obligations. In exceptional circumstances, we will share your personal data with regulatory, prosecuting, and other governmental agencies or departments, and parties to litigation (whether pending or threatened), in any country or territory including to any other person where we have a public or legal duty to do so (e.g., to assist with detecting and preventing fraud, tax evasion, and financial crime or compliance with a court order).

Your personal data shall not be held by the company for longer than necessary with regard to the purposes of the data processing.

We will not sell your personal data. Any transfer of personal data outside of the Cayman Islands shall be in accordance with the requirements of the DPA. Where necessary, we will ensure that separate and appropriate legal agreements are put in place with the recipient of that data.

We will only transfer personal data in accordance with the requirements of the DPA, and will apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of the personal data and against the accidental loss, destruction, or damage to the personal data.

Investor Data

We will collect, use, disclose, retain and secure personal data to the extent reasonably required only and within the parameters that could be reasonably expected during the normal course of business. We will only process, disclose, transfer or retain personal data to the extent legitimately required to conduct our activities of on an ongoing basis

158

Table of Contents

or to comply with legal and regulatory obligations to which we are subject. We will only transfer personal data in accordance with the requirements of the DPA, and will apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of the personal data and against the accidental loss, destruction or damage to the personal data.

In our use of this personal data, we will be characterized as a “data controller” for the purposes of the DPA, while our affiliates and service providers who may receive this personal data from us in the conduct of our activities may either act as our “data processors” for the purposes of the DPA or may process personal information for their own lawful purposes in connection with services provided to us.

We may also obtain personal data from other public sources. Personal data includes, without limitation, the following information relating to a shareholder and/or any individuals connected with a shareholder as an investor: name, residential address, email address, contact details, corporate contact information, signature, nationality, place of birth, date of birth, tax identification, credit history, correspondence records, passport number, bank account details, source of funds details and details relating to the shareholder’s investment activity.

Who this Affects

If you are a natural person, this will affect you directly. If you are a corporate investor (including, for these purposes, legal arrangements such as trusts or exempted limited partnerships) that provides us with personal data on individuals connected to you for any reason in relation to your investment in the company, this will be relevant for those individuals and you should transmit the content of this Privacy Notice to such individuals or otherwise advise them of its content.

How the Company May Use a Shareholder’s Personal Data

The company, as the data controller, may collect, store and use personal data for lawful purposes, including, in particular:

        where this is necessary for the performance of our rights and obligations under any purchase agreements;

        where this is necessary for compliance with a legal and regulatory obligation to which we are subject (such as compliance with anti-money laundering, counter terrorist financing, prevention of proliferation financing, financial sanctions and FATCA/CRS requirements); and/or

        where this is necessary for the purposes of our legitimate interests and such interests are not overridden by your interests, fundamental rights or freedoms.

Should we wish to use personal data for other specific purposes (including, if applicable, any purpose that requires your consent), we will contact you.

Why We May Transfer Your Personal Data

In certain circumstances we may be legally obliged to share personal data and other information with respect to your shareholding with the relevant regulatory authorities such as the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority or the Tax Information Authority. They, in turn, may exchange this information with foreign authorities, including tax authorities.

We anticipate disclosing personal data to persons who provide services to us and their respective affiliates (which may include certain entities located outside the United States, the Cayman Islands or the European Economic Area), who will process your personal data on our behalf.

The Data Protection Measures We Take

Any transfer of personal data by us or our duly authorized affiliates and/or delegates outside of the Cayman Islands shall be in accordance with the requirements of the DPA.

We and our duly authorized affiliates and/or delegates shall apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of personal data, and against accidental loss or destruction of, or damage to, personal data.

159

Table of Contents

We shall notify you of any personal data breach that is reasonably likely to result in a risk to your interests, fundamental rights or freedoms or those data subjects to whom the relevant personal data relates.

Rights of Individual Data Subjects

Individual data subjects have certain data protection rights, including the right to:

        be informed about the purposes for which your personal data are processed;

        access your personal data;

        stop direct marketing;

        restrict the processing of your personal data;

        have incomplete or inaccurate personal data corrected;

        ask us to stop processing your personal data;

        be informed of a personal data breach (unless the breach is unlikely to be prejudicial to you);

        complain to the Data Protection Ombudsman; and

        require us to delete your personal data in some limited circumstances.

If you consider that your personal data has not been handled correctly, or you are not satisfied with our responses to any requests you have made regarding the use of your personal data, you have the right to complain to the Cayman Islands’ Ombudsman. The Ombudsman can be contacted by email at info@ombudsman.ky or by accessing their website here: ombudsman.ky. The information on Ombudsman’s website is not incorporated by reference in this prospectus, and you should not consider it a part of this prospectus.

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association

Our memorandum and articles of association provide that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors. In addition, prior to the closing of our initial business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will have the right to vote to appoint and remove directors prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination. As a result, in most circumstances, a person can gain control of our board only by successfully engaging in a proxy contest at two or more annual general meetings and obtaining the support of our sponsor.

Our authorized but unissued ordinary shares and preference shares are available for future issuances without shareholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved ordinary shares and preference shares could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Extraordinary General Meetings

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that extraordinary general meetings may be called only by a majority vote of our board of directors, by our Chief Executive Officer or by our Chairman.

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals and Director Nominations

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that shareholders seeking to bring business before our annual general meeting, or to nominate candidates for appointment as directors at our annual general meeting must provide timely notice of their intent in writing. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice will need to be received by the company secretary at our principal executive offices not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 150th day prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual general meeting. Pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, proposals seeking inclusion in our annual proxy statement must comply with the notice periods contained therein. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will also specify certain requirements as to the form and content of a shareholders’ meeting. These provisions may preclude our

160

Table of Contents

shareholders from bringing matters before our annual general meeting or from making nominations for directors at our annual general meeting. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will allow the chairman of a general meeting to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a general meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control of us.

Written Resolutions

Subsequent to the consummation of the offering, any action required or permitted to be taken by our shareholders may be effected by a duly called annual general meeting or extraordinary general meeting or by a unanimous written resolution passed by all of the shareholders of the company in accordance with the Companies Act.

Classified Board of Directors

Our board of directors is initially divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Subject to the terms of any preference shares, any or all of the directors may be removed from office at any time by an ordinary resolution of the holders of Class B ordinary shares as only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will have the right to vote on the appointment and removal of directors. Our board of directors may, by a vote of a majority of our directors then in office, appoint any person to be a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director.

Securities Eligible for Future Sale

Immediately after this offering we will have 25,225,000 (or 28,975,000 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) ordinary shares outstanding. Of these shares, the Class A ordinary shares sold in this offering (20,000,000 Class A ordinary shares if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is not exercised and 23,000,000 shares if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any Class A ordinary shares purchased by one of our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. All of the outstanding founder shares (5,000,000 founder shares if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is not exercised and 5,750,000 founder shares if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full), all of the outstanding private placement units (225,000 units, including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised) and any Class A ordinary shares and rights (and Class A ordinary shares underlying such rights) underlying the private placement units will be restricted securities under Rule 144, in that they were issued in private transactions not involving a public offering.

Rule 144

Pursuant to Rule 144, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares or rights for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale and have filed all required reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the 12 months (or such shorter period as we were required to file reports) preceding the sale.

Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares or rights for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of:

        1% of the total number of Class A ordinary shares then outstanding, which will equal 202,250 shares immediately after this offering (or 232,250 if the underwriter exercises in full their over-allotment option); or

        the average weekly reported trading volume of the Class A ordinary shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

161

Table of Contents

Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies

Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or issuers that have been at any time previously a shell company. However, Rule 144 also includes an important exception to this prohibition if the following conditions are met:

        the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;

        the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

        the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Current Reports on Form 8-K; and

        at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company.

As a result, our initial shareholders will be able to sell their founder shares and private placement shares, as applicable, pursuant to Rule 144 without registration one year after we have completed our initial business combination.

Registration Rights

The holders of the (i) founder shares, which were issued in a private placement prior to the closing of this offering, (ii) private placement units, (iii) private placement rights, (iv) private placement shares, (v) Class A ordinary shares that may be issued upon conversion of the private placement rights upon the consummation of an initial business combination, and (vi) private placement shares that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans will have registration rights to require us to register a sale of any of our securities held by them and any other securities of the company acquired by them prior to the consummation of our initial business combination pursuant to a registration rights agreement signed on the effective date of this offering. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement and assuming the underwriter exercises their over-allotment option in full, $1,500,000 of working capital loans are converted into 150,000 private placement units, we will be obligated to register 225,000 private placement units, 225,000 private placement rights and up to 6,162,500 Class A ordinary shares, which include (i) 5,750,000 Class A ordinary shares to be issued upon conversion of the founder shares, (ii) 225,000 Class A ordinary shares underlying the private placement units, (iii) 150,000 Class A ordinary shares issued upon conversion $1,500,000 of working capital loans, (iv) 22,500 Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of the 225,000 private placement rights upon the consummation of an initial business combination, and (v) 15,000 Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of the 150,000 private placement rights from the working capital loan. The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that we register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Listing of Securities

Our units have been approved for listing on Nasdaq under the symbol “TRGSU” commencing on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. Once the securities comprising the units begin separate trading, we expect that the Class A ordinary shares and rights will be listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “TRGS” and “TRGSR”, respectively.

162

Table of Contents

TAXATION

The following summary of certain Cayman Islands and United States federal income tax consequences of an investment in our units, each consisting of one Class A ordinary share and one right, which we refer to collectively as our securities, is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our Class A ordinary shares and rights, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws.

Prospective investors should consult their advisors on the possible tax consequences of investing in our securities under the laws of their country of citizenship, residence or domicile.

Cayman Islands Taxation

The following is a discussion on certain Cayman Islands income tax consequences of an investment in our securities. The discussion is a general summary of present law, which is subject to prospective and retroactive change. It is not intended as tax advice, does not consider any investor’s particular circumstances, and does not consider tax consequences other than those arising under Cayman Islands law.

Under Existing Cayman Islands Laws

The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or companies based upon profits, income, gains, or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax, gift tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us levied by the Government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or, after execution, brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. No stamp duty is payable in the Cayman Islands on the issue of shares by, or any transfers of shares of, Cayman Islands companies (except those which hold interests in land in the Cayman Islands). There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

Payments of dividends and capital in respect of our securities will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of a dividend or capital to any holder of the securities nor will gains derived from the disposal of the securities be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporate tax.

No stamp duty is payable in respect of the issue of the rights, the units or the Class A ordinary shares. An instrument of transfer in respect of a right, a unit or a Class A ordinary share is stampable if executed in or brought into the Cayman Islands.

The Company has been incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability and, as such, has applied for and received an undertaking from the Financial Secretary of the Cayman Islands in a form substantially similar to the following on November 13, 2025:

“The Tax Concessions Act
(As Revised)
Undertaking as to Tax Concessions

In accordance with the Tax Concessions Act (As Revised), the following undertaking is hereby given to the Company:

1       That no law which is hereafter enacted in the Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations shall apply to the Company or its operations; and

2       In addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable:

2.1    On or in respect of the shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company; or

2.2    by way of the withholding in whole or in part of any relevant payment as defined in the Tax Concessions Act (As Revised).

These concessions shall be for a period of 30 years from the 13th day of November 2025.”

163

Table of Contents

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

General

The following discussion summarizes the material United States federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our units that are purchased in this offering by U.S. Holders (as defined below) and Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). Because the components of a unit are generally separable at the option of the holder, the holder of a unit generally should be treated, for United States federal income tax purposes, as the owner of the underlying Class A ordinary share and the right. As a result, the discussion below with respect to actual holders of Class A ordinary shares and rights also should apply to holders of units (as the deemed owners of the underlying Class A ordinary shares and rights that constitute the units).

This discussion is limited to the material United States federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to beneficial owners of our securities who are initial purchasers of a unit pursuant to this offering and hold the unit and each component of the unit as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). This discussion assumes that the Class A ordinary shares and rights will trade separately and that any distributions made (or deemed made) by us on our Class A ordinary shares and any consideration received (or deemed received) by a holder in consideration for the sale or other disposition of our securities will be in U.S. dollars.

This discussion does not address the United States federal income tax consequences to our sponsors, officers or directors, or to holders of our founder shares or private placement units. This discussion is a summary only and does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of a unit by a prospective investor in light of its particular circumstances, including, but not limited to, any alternative minimum tax, the Medicare tax on net investment income, the special timing rules prescribed under section 451(b) of the Code and the different consequences that may apply to investors that are subject to special rules under U.S. federal income tax laws, including but not limited to:

        banks, financial institutions or financial services entities;

        broker-dealers;

        taxpayers that are subject to the mark-to-market tax accounting rules;

        tax-exempt entities;

        governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;

        insurance companies;

        regulated investment companies;

        real estate investment trusts;

        expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States;

        nonresident alien individuals present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the taxable year;

        persons that actually or constructively own five percent or more (by vote or value) of our shares;

        persons that acquired our securities pursuant to an exercise of employee share options, in connection with employee share incentive plans or otherwise as compensation or in connection with the performance of services;

        persons that hold our securities as part of a straddle, constructive sale, wash sale, conversion or other integrated or similar transaction;

        controlled foreign corporations;

        Passive foreign investment companies;

164

Table of Contents

        Our sponsor, co-founders, officers or directors;

        entities or arrangements classified as partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and any beneficial owners of such partnerships; and

        U.S. Holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

Moreover, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, the final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof, and such provisions may be repealed, revoked, modified or subject to differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis, which may result in United States federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. Furthermore, this discussion does not address any aspect of United States federal non-income tax laws, such as gift or estate tax laws, or state, local or non-United States tax laws.

We have not sought, and do not expect to seek, a ruling from the United States Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) as to any United States federal income tax consequence described herein. The IRS may disagree with the discussion herein, and its determination may be upheld by a court. Moreover, there can be no assurance that future legislation, regulations, administrative rulings or court decisions will not adversely affect the accuracy of the statements in this discussion.

If a partnership (or other entity or arrangement classified as a partnership or other pass-through entity for United States federal income tax purposes) is the beneficial owner of our securities, the United States federal income tax treatment of a partner, member or beneficial owner in such partnership or other pass-through entity generally will depend on the status of the partner, member or other beneficial owner and the activities of the partnership or other pass-through entity. Partners, members or other beneficial owners of a partnership or other pass-through entity holding our securities are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our securities.

THIS DISCUSSION IS ONLY A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR SECURITIES. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IN OUR SECURITIES IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO SUCH INVESTOR OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR SECURITIES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL NON-INCOME, STATE, LOCAL, AND NON-UNITED STATES TAX LAWS.

Allocation of Purchase Price and Characterization of a Unit

No statutory, administrative or judicial authority directly addresses the treatment of a unit or any instrument substantially similar to a unit for United States federal income tax purposes, and therefore, that treatment is not entirely clear. The acquisition of a unit should be treated for United States federal income tax purposes as the acquisition of one Class A ordinary share and one right, and we intend to treat the acquisition of a unit in such a manner. By purchasing a unit, you agree to adopt such treatment for United States federal income tax purposes. For United States federal income tax purposes, each holder of a unit must allocate the purchase price paid by such holder for such unit between the Class A ordinary share and the right based on the relative fair market value of each at the time of issuance. Under U.S. federal income tax law, each investor must make his or her own determination of such value based on all the relevant facts and circumstances. Therefore, we strongly urge each investor to consult his or her tax advisor regarding the determination of value for these purposes. The price allocated to each Class A ordinary share and right should be the holder’s initial tax basis in such share and such right.

Any disposition of a unit should be treated for United States federal income tax purposes as a disposition of the Class A ordinary share and the right, and the amount realized on the disposition should be allocated between the Class A ordinary share, and the right based on their respective fair market values (as determined by each such unit holder based on all the relevant facts and circumstances) at the time of disposition. The separation of the Class A ordinary share from the right should not be a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes.

The foregoing treatments of the units, Class A ordinary shares, and rights, and a holder’s purchase price allocation are not binding on the IRS or the courts. Because there are no authorities that directly address instruments that are similar to the units, no assurance can be given that the IRS or the courts will agree with the characterization described

165

Table of Contents

above or the discussion below. Accordingly, each prospective investor is urged to consult its tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of an investment in a unit (including alternative characterizations of a unit) and regarding an allocation of the purchase price among the Class A ordinary share and the rights that comprise a unit. The balance of this discussion assumes that the characterization of the units described above will be respected for United States federal income tax purposes.

U.S. Holders

This section applies to you if you are a “U.S. Holder.” A U.S. Holder is a person that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a beneficial owner of our units, Class A ordinary shares or rights, and that is:

        an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

        a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for United States tax purposes) organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

        an estate whose income is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source; or

        a trust, if: (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons (as defined in the Code) have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person (as defined in the Code).

Taxation of Distributions

Subject to the passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will be required to include in gross income as dividends in the year actually or constructively received by the U.S. Holder the amount of any distribution of cash or other property (other than certain distributions of our shares or rights to acquire our shares) paid on our Class A ordinary shares to the extent the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under United States federal income tax principles). Distributions in excess of such earnings and profits generally will be applied against and reduce the U.S. Holder’s basis in its Class A ordinary shares (but not below zero) and, to the extent in excess of such basis, will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of such Class A ordinary shares (the treatment of which is described under “— Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares and Rights” below).

Dividends paid by us will be taxable to a corporate U.S. Holder at regular rates and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to domestic corporations in respect of dividends received from other domestic corporations. With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, dividends generally will be taxed at the lower applicable long-term capital gains rate (see “— Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares and Rights” below) only if (i) our Class A ordinary shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, (ii) we are not a PFIC in the taxable year in which the dividend was paid or in the previous year, and (iii) certain other requirements, including holding period requirements, are met. We intend to list the Class A ordinary shares on Nasdaq. There is no assurance, however, that we will not be treated as a PFIC, as described under “ — Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules” below. It is also unclear whether certain redemption rights described in this prospectus may suspend the running of the applicable holding period of the Class A ordinary shares for this purpose. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of such lower rate for any dividends paid with respect to our Class A ordinary shares.

Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares and Rights

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss on the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A ordinary shares (including a redemption of our Class A ordinary shares (as described below) or rights that is treated as a taxable disposition, including pursuant to our dissolution and liquidation if we do not consummate an initial business combination within the completion window). Any such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for such Class A ordinary shares or rights exceeds one year. Long-term capital gain realized by a non-corporate U.S. Holder may be taxed at reduced rates of taxation. It is unclear, however, whether certain redemption rights described in this prospectus may suspend the running of the applicable holding period of the Class A ordinary shares for this purpose. If the running of the holding

166

Table of Contents

period for the Class A ordinary shares is suspended, then non-corporate U.S. Holders may not be able to satisfy the one-year holding period requirement for long-term capital gain treatment, in which case any gain on a sale or other taxable disposition of the Class A ordinary shares would be subject to short-term capital gain treatment and would be taxed at regular ordinary income tax rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

The amount of gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on a sale or other taxable disposition generally will be equal to the difference between (i) the sum of the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received in such disposition (or, if the Class A ordinary shares or rights are held as part of units at the time of the disposition, the portion of the amount realized on such disposition that is allocated to the Class A ordinary shares or rights based upon the then relative fair market values of the Class A ordinary shares and the rights comprising the units determined by the allocation principles described above under “— Allocation of Purchase Price and Characterization of a Unit”) and (ii) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A ordinary shares or rights so disposed of. A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A ordinary shares or rights generally will equal the U.S. Holder’s acquisition cost (that is, the portion of the purchase price of a unit allocated to a Class A ordinary share or right, as described above under “— Allocation of Purchase Price and Characterization of a Unit”) reduced, in the case of a Class A ordinary share, by any prior distributions (including deemed distributions) treated as a return of capital.

Redemption of Class A Ordinary Shares

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, in the event that a U.S. Holder’s Class A ordinary shares are redeemed pursuant to the redemption provisions described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Securities — Ordinary Shares,” or if we purchase a U.S. Holder’s Class A ordinary shares in an open market transaction (such open market purchase of Class A ordinary shares by us is referred to as a “redemption” for the remainder of this discussion), the treatment of the transaction for United States federal income tax purposes will depend on whether the redemption qualifies as a sale of the Class A ordinary shares under Section 302 of the Code. If the redemption qualifies as a sale of Class A ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder will be treated as described under “— Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares and Rights” above. If the redemption does not qualify as a sale of Class A ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder will be treated as receiving a corporate distribution with the tax consequences described above under “— Taxation of Distributions.” Whether a redemption qualifies for sale treatment will depend largely on the total number of our shares treated as held by the U.S. Holder (including any shares constructively owned by the U.S. Holder per the constructive ownership rules described in the following paragraph, including as a result of owning rights) relative to all of our shares outstanding both before and after such redemption. A redemption of Class A ordinary shares generally will be treated as a sale of the Class A ordinary shares (rather than as a corporate distribution) if such redemption (i) is “substantially disproportionate” with respect to the U.S. Holder, (ii) results in a “complete termination” of the U.S. Holder’s interest in us or (iii) is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” with respect to the U.S. Holder. These tests are explained more fully below.

In determining whether any of the foregoing tests are satisfied, a U.S. Holder takes into account not only our shares actually owned by the U.S. Holder, but also our shares that are constructively owned by such U.S. Holder. A U.S. Holder may constructively own, in addition to shares owned directly, shares owned by certain related individuals and entities in which the U.S. Holder has an interest or that have an interest in such U.S. Holder, as well as any shares the U.S. Holder has a right to acquire by exercise of an option or that the U.S. Holder has a right to receive, which generally would include Class A ordinary shares which would be received by such U.S. Holder pursuant to the rights. In order to meet the substantially disproportionate test, the percentage of our issued and outstanding voting shares actually and constructively owned by the U.S. Holder immediately following the redemption of Class A ordinary shares must, among other requirements, be less than 80% of the percentage of our issued and outstanding voting shares actually and constructively owned by the U.S. Holder immediately before the redemption. Prior to our initial business combination, it is possible that the Class A ordinary shares may not be treated as voting shares for this purpose and, consequently, this substantially disproportionate test may not be applicable. There will be a complete termination of a U.S. Holder’s interest if either (i) all of our shares actually and constructively owned by the U.S. Holder are redeemed or (ii) all of our shares actually owned by the U.S. Holder are redeemed and the U.S. Holder is eligible to waive, and effectively waives in accordance with specific rules, the attribution of shares owned by certain family members and the U.S. Holder does not constructively own any other shares of ours (including any shares constructively owned by the U.S. Holder as a result of owning rights). The redemption of the Class A ordinary shares will not be essentially equivalent to a dividend if such redemption results in a “meaningful reduction” of the U.S. Holder’s proportionate interest in us. Whether the redemption will result in a meaningful reduction in a U.S. Holder’s proportionate interest in us will depend on the particular facts and circumstances. However, the IRS has indicated in a published ruling that even a small reduction in

167

Table of Contents

the proportionate interest of a small minority shareholder in a publicly held corporation who exercises no control over corporate affairs may constitute such a “meaningful reduction.” A U.S. Holder should consult with its own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of a redemption of any Class A ordinary shares.

If none of the foregoing tests are satisfied, then the redemption of any Class A ordinary shares will be treated as a corporate distribution and the tax effects will be as described under “— Taxation of Distributions” above. After the application of those rules, any remaining tax basis of the U.S. Holder in the redeemed Class A ordinary shares will be added to the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its remaining shares, or, if it has none, to the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its rights or possibly in other shares constructively owned by it.

U.S. Holders who actually or constructively own five percent (or if our Class A ordinary shares are not then publicly traded, U.S. Holders who actually or constructively own one percent) or more of our shares (by vote or value) may be subject to special reporting requirements with respect to a redemption of Class A ordinary shares, and such holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of an exercise of the redemption right, including with respect to their reporting requirements.

Conversion or Lapse of Rights

The treatment of the rights upon consummation of an initial business combination is uncertain. The right may be viewed as a forward contract, derivative security or similar interest in us (analogous to a warrant or option with no exercise price), and thus, the U.S. Holder of the right would not be viewed as owning the ordinary shares issuable pursuant to the rights until such ordinary shares are actually issued. There may be other alternative characterizations of the rights that the IRS may successfully assert, including that the rights are treated as equity in us at the time the rights are issued. If a right is allowed to lapse unexercised, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize a capital loss equal to such holder’s tax basis in the right. The U.S. federal income tax consequences of a conversion of rights is uncertain. Accordingly, a U.S. Holder should consult with its own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of an acquisition of ordinary shares pursuant to rights or of a lapse of rights.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

A foreign (i.e., non-U.S.) corporation will be classified as a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes if either (i) at least 75% of its gross income in a taxable year, including its pro rata share of the gross income of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of its assets in a taxable year (ordinarily determined based on fair market value and averaged quarterly over the year), including its pro rata share of the assets of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, are held for the production of, or produce, passive income. Passive income generally includes, among other things, dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business) and gains from the disposition of assets giving rise to passive income. Cash is generally a passive asset for these purposes.

Because we are a blank check company, with no current active business, we believe that it is likely that we will meet the PFIC asset or income test for our current taxable year. However, pursuant to a startup exception, a corporation will not be a PFIC for the first taxable year in which the corporation has gross income (the “startup year”), if (i) no predecessor of the corporation was a PFIC; (ii) the corporation satisfies the IRS that it will not be a PFIC for either of the first two taxable years following the startup year; and (iii) the corporation is not in fact a PFIC for either of those years. The applicability of the startup exception to us is uncertain and will not be known until after the close of our current taxable year and, perhaps, until after the end of our two taxable years following our startup year. After the acquisition of a company or assets in a business combination, we may still meet one of the PFIC tests depending on the timing of the acquisition and the amount of our passive income and assets as well as the passive income and assets of the acquired business. If the company that we acquire in a business combination is a PFIC, then we will likely not qualify for the startup exception and will be a PFIC for our current taxable year. Our actual PFIC status for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year (and, in the case of the startup exception to our current taxable year, perhaps until after the end of our two taxable years following our startup year). Accordingly, there can be no assurance with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future taxable year. In addition, our U.S. counsel expresses no opinion with respect to our PFIC status for our current or future taxable years.

168

Table of Contents

It is not entirely clear how various aspects of the PFIC rules apply to the rights. As discussed above, it is possible that the IRS could treat the rights as outstanding equity interests, in which case the rights may be “stock” for PFIC purposes and subject to the same rules described below with respect to the Class A ordinary shares. If the rights are treated as some other type of non-stock interest in us, it is possible that the IRS could treat the rights as subject to the PFIC rules concerning options. Section 1298(a)(4) of the Code provides that, to the extent provided in Treasury regulations, any person who has an option to acquire stock in a PFIC shall be considered to own such stock in the PFIC for purposes of the PFIC rules. No final Treasury regulations are currently in effect under Section 1298(a)(4) of the Code. However, proposed Treasury regulations under Section 1298(a)(4) of the Code have been promulgated with a retroactive effective date (the “Proposed PFIC Option Regulations”). Each prospective investor is urged to consult its tax advisors regarding the possible application of the Proposed PFIC Option Regulations to an investment in the rights. Solely for discussion purposes, the following discussion assumes that the Proposed PFIC Option Regulations will apply to the rights.

Although our PFIC status is determined annually, an initial determination that our company is a PFIC generally will apply for subsequent years to a U.S. Holder who held (or was deemed to hold) Class A ordinary shares or rights while we were a PFIC, whether or not we meet the test for PFIC status in those subsequent years. If we are determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder of our Class A ordinary shares or rights and, in the case of our Class A ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder did not make either a timely mark-to-market election, a qualified electing fund (“QEF”) election (as discussed below) for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder held (or was deemed to hold) Class A ordinary shares, or a QEF election together with a purging election, as described below, such U.S. Holder generally will be subject to special rules with respect to (i) any gain recognized by the U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of its Class A ordinary shares or rights (which may include gain realized by reason of transfers of Class A ordinary shares or rights that would otherwise qualify as non-recognition transactions for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and (ii) any “excess distribution” made to the U.S. Holder (generally, any distributions to such U.S. Holder during a taxable year of the U.S. Holder that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by such U.S. Holder in respect of the Class A ordinary shares during the three preceding taxable years of such U.S. Holder or, if shorter, the portion of such U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Class A ordinary shares that preceded the taxable year of the distribution) (together the “excess distribution rules”).

Under these excess distribution rules:

        the U.S. Holder’s gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Class A ordinary shares or rights;

        the amount allocated to the U.S. Holder’s taxable year in which the U.S. Holder recognized the gain or received the excess distribution, or to the portion of the U.S. Holder’s holding period before the first day of our first taxable year in which we are a PFIC, will be taxed as ordinary income;

        the amount allocated to each other taxable year (or portion thereof) of the U.S. Holder and included in its holding period will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year and applicable to the U.S. Holder without regard to the U.S. Holder’s other items of income and loss for that year; and

        an additional amount equal to the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the U.S. Holder with respect to the tax attributable to each such other taxable year of the U.S. Holder.

In general, if we are determined to be a PFIC, a U.S. Holder may be able to avoid the excess distribution rules described above in respect to our Class A ordinary shares (but, under current law, not the rights) by making a timely and valid QEF election (if eligible to do so) to include in income its pro rata share of our net capital gains (as long-term capital gain) and other earnings and profits (as ordinary income), on a current basis, in each case whether or not distributed, in the taxable year of the U.S. Holder in which or with which our taxable year ends. A U.S. Holder generally may make a separate election to defer the payment of taxes on undistributed income inclusions under the QEF rules, but if deferred, any such taxes will be subject to an interest charge.

If a U.S. Holder makes a QEF election with respect to its Class A ordinary shares in a year after our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder held (or was deemed to hold) Class A ordinary shares, then notwithstanding such QEF election, the excess distribution rules discussed above, adjusted to take into account the current income

169

Table of Contents

inclusions resulting from the QEF election, will continue to apply with respect to such U.S. Holder’s Class A ordinary shares, unless the U.S. Holder makes a purging election under the PFIC rules. Under one type of purging election, the U.S. Holder will be deemed to have sold such Class A ordinary shares at their fair market value and any gain recognized on such deemed sale will be treated as an excess distribution, as described above. As a result of such purging election, the U.S. Holder will have additional basis (to the extent of any gain recognized on the deemed sale) and, solely for purposes of the PFIC rules, a new holding period in the Class A ordinary shares.

Under current law and assuming the Proposed PFIC Options Regulations apply to the rights, a U.S. Holder may not make a QEF election with respect to its rights to receive our Class A ordinary shares. As a result, if a U.S. Holder sells or otherwise disposes of such rights (other than upon receipt of Class A ordinary shares pursuant to such rights) and we were a PFIC at any time during the U.S. Holder’s holding period of such rights, any gain recognized generally will be treated as an excess distribution, taxed as described above. If a U.S. Holder that receives Class A ordinary shares pursuant to such rights properly makes and maintains a QEF election with respect to the newly acquired Class A ordinary shares (or has previously made a QEF election with respect to our Class A ordinary shares), the QEF election will apply to the newly acquired Class A ordinary shares. Notwithstanding such QEF election, the excess distribution rules discussed above, adjusted to take into account the current income inclusions resulting from the QEF election, will continue to apply with respect to such newly acquired Class A ordinary shares (which, while not entirely clear, generally will be deemed to have a holding period for purposes of the PFIC rules that includes the period the U.S. Holder held the rights), unless the U.S. Holder makes a purging election under the PFIC rules. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the application of the rules governing purging elections to their particular circumstances.

The QEF election is made on a shareholder-by-shareholder basis and, once made, can be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. A U.S. Holder generally makes a QEF election by attaching a completed IRS Form 8621 (Information Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign Investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund), including the information provided in a PFIC annual information statement, to a timely filed United States federal income tax return for the tax year to which the election relates. Retroactive QEF elections generally may be made only by filing a protective statement with such return and if certain other conditions are met or with the consent of the IRS. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a retroactive QEF election under their particular circumstances.

In order to comply with the requirements of a QEF election, a U.S. Holder must receive a PFIC annual information statement from us. If we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year, upon written request, we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. Holder such information as the IRS may require, including a PFIC annual information statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a QEF election, but there is no assurance that we will timely provide such required information. There is also no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of our status as a PFIC in the future or of the required information to be provided.

If a U.S. Holder has made a QEF election with respect to our Class A ordinary shares, and the excess distribution rules discussed above do not apply to such shares (because of a timely QEF election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) such shares or a purge of the PFIC taint pursuant to a purging election, as described above), any gain recognized on the sale of our Class A ordinary shares generally will be taxable as capital gain and no additional interest charge will be imposed under the PFIC rules. As discussed above, if we are a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder of our Class A ordinary shares that has made a QEF election will be currently taxed on its pro rata share of our earnings and profits, whether or not distributed for such year. A subsequent distribution of such earnings and profits that were previously included in income generally should not be taxable when distributed to such U.S. Holder. The tax basis of a U.S. Holder’s shares in a QEF will be increased by amounts that are included in income, and decreased by amounts distributed but not taxed as dividends, under the above rules. In addition, if we are not a PFIC for any taxable year, such U.S. Holder will not be subject to the QEF inclusion regime with respect to our Class A ordinary shares for such a taxable year.

Alternatively, if a U.S. Holder, at the close of its taxable year, owns shares in a PFIC that are treated as marketable stock, the U.S. Holder may make a mark-to-market election with respect to such shares for such taxable year. If the U.S. Holder makes a valid mark-to-market election for the first taxable year of the U.S. Holder in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) Class A ordinary shares in us and for which we are determined to be a PFIC, such U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to the excess distribution rules described above with respect to its Class A ordinary shares. Instead, in general, the U.S. Holder will include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess,

170

Table of Contents

if any, of the fair market value of its Class A ordinary shares at the end of its taxable year over its adjusted basis in its Class A ordinary shares. These amounts of ordinary income would not be eligible for the favorable tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income or long-term capital gains. The U.S. Holder also will recognize an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of its adjusted basis in its Class A ordinary shares over the fair market value of its Class A ordinary shares at the end of its taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). The U.S. Holder’s basis in its Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts, and any further gain recognized on a sale or other taxable disposition of its Class A ordinary shares will be treated as ordinary income. Under current law and assuming the Proposed PFIC Options Regulations apply to the rights, a mark-to-market election may not be made with respect to rights.

The mark-to-market election is available only for stock that is regularly traded on a national securities exchange that is registered with the SEC, including Nasdaq (on which we intend to list the Class A ordinary shares), or on a foreign exchange or market that the IRS determines has rules sufficient to ensure that the market price represents a legitimate and sound fair market value. If made, a mark-to-market election would be effective for the taxable year for which the election was made and for all subsequent taxable years unless the Class A ordinary shares ceased to qualify as “marketable stock” for purposes of the PFIC rules or the IRS consented to the revocation of the election. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a mark-to-market election in respect to our Class A ordinary shares under their particular circumstances.

If we are a PFIC and, at any time, have a non-U.S. subsidiary that is classified as a PFIC, U.S. Holders generally would be deemed to own a portion of the shares of such lower-tier PFIC, and generally could incur liability for the deferred tax and interest charge described above if we receive a distribution from, or dispose of all or part of our interest in, the lower-tier PFIC or the U.S. Holders otherwise were deemed to have disposed of an interest in the lower-tier PFIC. Upon written request, we will endeavor to cause any lower-tier PFIC to provide to a U.S. Holder the information that may be required to make or maintain a QEF election with respect to the lower-tier PFIC. There can be no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of the status of any such lower-tier PFIC. In addition, we may not hold a controlling interest in any such lower-tier PFIC and thus there can be no assurance we will be able to cause the lower-tier PFIC to provide such required information. A mark-to-market election generally would not be available with respect to such lower-tier PFIC. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax issues raised by lower-tier PFICs.

A U.S. Holder that owns (or is deemed to own) shares in a PFIC during any taxable year of the U.S. Holder, may have to file an IRS Form 8621 (whether or not a QEF or mark-to-market election is made) and such other information as may be required by the U.S. Treasury Department. Failure to do so, if required, will extend the statute of limitations until such required information is furnished to the IRS.

The rules dealing with PFICs and with the QEF, purging, and mark-to-market elections are very complex and are affected by various factors in addition to those described above. Accordingly, U.S. Holders of our Class A ordinary shares and rights should consult their own tax advisors concerning the application of the PFIC rules to our Class A ordinary shares and rights under their particular circumstances.

Consequences of a Domestication

The discussion below assumes that we will qualify for the start-up exception to the PFIC rules as discussed above under “— Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules” and will not be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, including our current taxable year. In the event that we do not qualify for the start-up exception or are otherwise treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, the tax consequences below may be different, as discussed in the section entitled “— Alternative Treatment of the Domestication under the PFIC Rules.” All prospective U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the consequences of a change of our place of incorporation, including how the application of the PFIC rules (including if the start-up exception is unavailable or if we were otherwise treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, including our current taxable year) may alter the discussion below.

We may change our place of incorporation to a U.S. tax jurisdiction (the “Domestication”). The U.S. federal income tax consequences of a Domestication will depend in part upon whether the Domestication qualifies as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368 of the Code. Under Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code a reorganization (an “F reorganization”) includes a “mere change in identity, form, or place of organization of one corporation, however effected.” To qualify as an F reorganization, a transaction must generally, among other requirements, (i) involve only

171

Table of Contents

one operating corporation; (ii) result in no change in the shareholders; and (iii) result in no change in the assets of the corporation. Based on the foregoing, we expect that any change in our place of incorporation to a U.S. jurisdiction would qualify as an F reorganization.

Accordingly, assuming the Domestication qualifies as an F reorganization, based on such characterization, U.S. Holders of Class A ordinary shares or rights would not recognize gain or loss on the Domestication for U.S. federal income tax purposes, except as provided below under “— Effects of Section 367.” However, if we are considered a PFIC (contrary to our assumption here), a U.S. Holder may recognize gain (but not loss) upon the Domestication even if it qualifies as an F reorganization. The initial tax basis of a new share or right received by a U.S. Holder in the Domestication would equal the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Class A ordinary share or right forfeited in exchange thereof, increased by any amount included in the income of such U.S. Holder as a result of Section 367 of the Code — see “— Effects of Section 367.” The holding period for a new share or right received by a U.S. Holder would include such holder’s holding period for the Class A ordinary share or right forfeited in exchange therefor.

Following the Domestication, any distribution of cash or other property paid on our Class A ordinary shares generally would continue be taxed in same manner as described above under “— Taxation of Distributions.” However, dividends would then be treated as U.S. source income and a corporate U.S. Holder generally would be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to domestic corporations in respect of dividends received from other domestic corporations. It is unclear, however, whether certain redemption rights described in this prospectus may suspend the running of the applicable holding period for this purpose. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of such lower rate for any dividends paid with respect to our Class A ordinary shares. With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, such dividends generally would be taxed at the lower applicable long-term capital gains rate provided that the applicable holding period requirement is met (see “— Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares and Rights”).

Effects of Section 367 of the Code

Section 367 of the Code applies to certain nonrecognition transactions involving foreign corporations, including the domestication of a foreign corporation in an F reorganization. When it applies, Section 367 imposes income tax on certain U.S. persons in connection with transactions that would otherwise generally be tax-free. A U.S. Holder who, on the day of Domestication, beneficially owns (directly, indirectly or constructively, taking into account a U.S. Holder’s ownership of our rights) our Class A ordinary shares with a fair market value of less than $50,000 is not generally subject to income tax under these rules pursuant to a de minimis exception. Additionally, a U.S. Holder who, on the day of the Domestication, beneficially owns (directly, indirectly or constructively, taking into account a U.S. Holder’s ownership of our rights) our Class A ordinary shares with a fair market value of $50,000 or more but less than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our ordinary shares entitled to vote may recognize gain with respect to the Domestication or, in the alternative, elect to recognize the net positive earnings and profits amount as described below. Complex attribution rules apply in determining whether a U.S. Holder owns 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our ordinary shares entitled to vote. All U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to those attribution rules.

Unless a U.S. Holder qualifies for the de minimis exception or makes the “all earnings and profits” election as described below, such holder generally must recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to shares received in the Domestication. Any such gain would be equal to the excess of the fair market value of the new shares received over the U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in the Class A ordinary shares deemed to be forfeited in exchange therefor. Such gain would be capital gain, and would be long-term capital gain if the holder held our shares for longer than one year.

In lieu of recognizing any gain as described in the preceding paragraph, a U.S. Holder may elect to include the “all earnings and profits” amount attributable to our Class A ordinary shares under Section 367(b) as a deemed dividend. In connection with this election, we intend to provide each U.S. Holder eligible to make such an election with information regarding our earnings and profits upon request. We do not expect to have significant, if any, cumulative earnings and profits through the date of any Domestication and if we do not have cumulative earnings and profits that are greater than zero, a U.S. Holder who makes this election generally would not have an income inclusion under Section 367(b) provided the U.S. Holder properly executes the election and complies with the applicable notice requirements. There are strict conditions for making this election. In the event of a Domestication, U.S. Holders are strongly urged to consult their tax advisors regarding whether to make this election and, if the election is determined to be advisable, the appropriate filing requirements with respect to this election.

172

Table of Contents

Alternative Treatment of a Domestication under the PFIC Rules

If we are treated as a PFIC, Section 1291(f) of the Code requires that, to the extent provided in Treasury Regulations, a United States person who disposes of our stock (possibly including, for this purpose, exchanging rights for newly issued rights in the Domestication) recognizes gain notwithstanding any other provision of the Code. No final Treasury Regulations are currently in effect under Section 1291(f) of the Code. However, proposed Treasury Regulations under Section 1291(f) of the Code have been promulgated with a retroactive effective date. If finalized in their current form, those proposed Treasury Regulations may require gain recognition to U.S. Holders of our Class A ordinary shares and rights upon the Domestication in the manner discussed above in the section entitled “— Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules” if:

(i)     we were classified as a PFIC at any time during such U.S. Holder’s holding period in our Class A ordinary shares or rights, and

(ii)    the U.S. Holder had not timely made (a) a QEF election for the first taxable year in which the U.S. Holder owned such Class A ordinary shares or in which we were a PFIC, whichever is later (or a QEF election along with a purging election), or (b) a mark-to-market election with respect to such Class A ordinary shares. Generally, as discussed above, we expect that neither election would apply to the rights.

Any “all earnings and profits amount” included in income by a U.S. Holder as a result of the Domestication (discussed under the heading “— Effects of Section 367 of the Code” above) would generally be treated as gain subject to these rules.

It is difficult to predict whether, in what form and with what effective date final Treasury Regulations under Section 1291(f) of the Code may be adopted or how any such Treasury Regulations would apply. Therefore, U.S. Holders of our Class A ordinary shares that have not made a valid QEF election (or a QEF election along with a purging election) or a mark-to-market election may, pursuant to the proposed Treasury Regulations, be subject to taxation under the PFIC rules on the Domestication with respect to their Class A ordinary shares and rights under the PFIC rules in the manner set forth above. A U.S. Holder that made a valid QEF election would generally not be subject to the adverse PFIC rules discussed above with respect to their Class A ordinary shares but rather would include annually in gross income its pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain, whether or not such amounts are actually distributed.

As discussed above, the application of the PFIC rules to our rights is unclear. A proposed Treasury Regulation issued under the PFIC rules generally treats an “option” (which could include one of our rights) to acquire the stock of a PFIC as stock of the PFIC, while a final Treasury Regulation issued under the PFIC rules provides that the QEF election does not apply to options, and no mark-to-market election is currently available with respect to options. Therefore, it is possible that the proposed Treasury Regulations, if finalized in their current form, could apply to cause gain recognition on the exchange of our rights for new right pursuant to the Domestication.

Any gain recognized by a U.S. Holder of our Class A ordinary shares or rights as a result of the Domestication pursuant to the PFIC rules would be taxable income to such U.S. Holder, taxed under the PFIC rules in the manner set forth above, with no corresponding receipt of cash.

ALL U.S. HOLDERS ARE STRONGLY URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DOMESTICATION AND ITS APPLICATION TO THEM.

Tax Reporting

Certain U.S. Holders may be required to file an IRS Form 926 (Return by a U.S. Transferor of Property to a Foreign Corporation) to report a transfer of property (including cash) to us. Substantial penalties may be imposed on a U.S. Holder that fails to comply with this reporting requirement, and the period of limitations on assessment and collection of United States federal income taxes will be extended in the event of a failure to comply.

Furthermore, certain U.S. Holders that own “specified foreign financial assets” with an aggregate value in excess of US$50,000 on the last day of the taxable year, or US$75,000 at any time during the taxable year, are generally required to file an information statement along with their tax returns, currently on Form 8938, with respect to such assets. “Specified foreign financial assets” include any financial accounts held at a non-U.S. financial institution, as

173

Table of Contents

well as securities issued by a non-U.S. issuer that are not held in accounts maintained with a U.S. financial institution. Higher reporting thresholds apply to certain individuals living abroad and to certain married individuals. Regulations extend this reporting requirement to certain entities that are treated as formed or availed of to hold direct or indirect interests in specified foreign financial assets based on objective criteria. U.S. Holders who fail to report the required information could be subject to substantial penalties. In addition, the statute of limitations for assessment of tax would be suspended, in whole or part. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of these rules, including the application of the rules to their particular circumstances.

Non-U.S. Holders

This section applies to you if you are a “Non-U.S. Holder.” As used herein, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our units, Class A ordinary shares or rights that is:

        a non-resident alien individual (other than certain former citizens and residents of the United States subject to U.S. tax as expatriates);

        a foreign corporation; or

        an estate, or foreign trust that is not a U.S. Holder.

The characterization for United States federal income tax purposes of distributions of cash or other property on a Non-U.S. Holder’s Class A ordinary shares generally will correspond to the United States federal income tax characterization of such distributions of a U.S. Holder’s Class A ordinary shares, as described under “— U.S. Holders — Taxation of Distributions” above.

Dividends paid or deemed paid to a Non-U.S. Holder in respect of our Class A ordinary shares or rights generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax, unless the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such Non-U.S. Holder maintains in the United States) (provided we do not undertake a Domestication, as discussed above). In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax on any gain attributable to a sale or other disposition of our Class A ordinary shares or rights unless such gain is effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such Non-U.S. Holder maintains in the United States) as discussed below rights.

Dividends and gains that are “effectively connected” with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States) generally will be subject to United States federal income tax at the same regular United States federal income tax rates applicable to a comparable U.S. Holder and, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate.

The characterization for United States federal income tax purposes of the redemption of the Non-U.S. Holder’s Class A ordinary shares or rights generally will correspond to the United States federal income tax treatment of such a redemption of a U.S. Holder’s Class A ordinary shares or rights, as described under “— U.S. Holders — Redemption of Class A Ordinary Shares” or “— U.S. Holders — Conversion or Lapse of Rights” above, as applicable, and the consequences of the redemption to the Non-U.S. Holder will be as described in the paragraphs above under the heading “— Non-U.S. Holders” based on such characterization. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of an exercise of the redemption right and the tax treatment of any losses that result if the rights expire worthless.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Dividend payments with respect to our Class A ordinary shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of our Class A ordinary shares or rights may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and possible United States backup withholding. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes other required certifications, or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding and establishes such exempt status.

174

Table of Contents

A Non-U.S. Holder may be required to comply with certification and identification procedures in order to establish its exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by providing certification of its foreign status, under penalties of perjury, on a duly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 or by otherwise establishing an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against a holder’s United States federal income tax liability, and a holder generally may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by timely filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information.

175

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Santander US Capital Markets LLC is acting as the sole underwriter. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, each underwriter named below has severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to such underwriter, the number of units set forth opposite the underwriter’s name.

Underwriter

 

Number of
Units

Santander US Capital Markets LLC

 

20,000,000

Total

 

20,000,000

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriter is obligated to purchase all the units in this offering if any are purchased, other than those units covered by the over-allotment option described below.

We have granted to the underwriter a 45-day option from the date of this prospectus to purchase on a pro rata basis up to 3,000,000 additional units at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of units.

The underwriter proposes to offer the units initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at the price less an average selling concession of $0.0075 per unit.

The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay to the underwriter in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option.

 

Per Unit

 

Total

   

Without
Over-allotment

 

With
Over-allotment

 

Without
Over-allotment

 

With
Over-allotment

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by us(1)

 

$

0.3125

 

$

0.3125

 

$

6,250,000

 

$

7,150,000

____________

(1)      Includes $250,000 (such amount to remain unchanged in the event to underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) payable to the underwriter upon the closing of this offering. Also includes $0.30 per unit on all units sold ($6,000,000 in the aggregate or up to $6,900,000 in the aggregate if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) payable to the underwriter for deferred underwriting commissions to be deposited into a trust account located in the United States and released to Santander US Capital Markets LLC for its own account only upon the completion of an initial business combination. Such deferred underwriting commissions will not be payable with respect to any shares redeemed in connection with an initial business combination, and may be paid at the sole and absolute discretion of our management team to any one or more FINRA members, which may or may not include the underwriter.

If we do not complete our initial business combination within the completion window and subsequently liquidate, the trustee and the underwriter has agreed that (i) they will forfeit any rights or claims to any unpaid portion of their deferred underwriting discounts and commissions, including any accrued interest thereon, then in the trust account upon liquidation, and (ii) that the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions will be distributed on a pro rata basis, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (net of taxes payable), to the public shareholders.

We estimate that our portion of the total expenses of this offering payable by us will be $1,000,000, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions.

In addition to the underwriting discounts and commissions, we will also engage Santander US Capital Markets LLC to provide advisory services from time to time. As compensation for the services provided under the engagement letter, we will agree to pay Santander US Capital Markets LLC an advisory fee equal to 3% of the gross proceeds raised in the IPO, payable upon closing of our initial business combination. We will also agree to indemnify Santander US Capital Markets LLC and its affiliates in connection with its role in providing the advisory services.

We have agreed to reimburse the underwriter for certain of its out-of-pocket costs for this offering up to an aggregate reimbursement allowance of $25,000 for legal fees related to review by FINRA.

The representative has informed us that the underwriter does not intend to make sales to discretionary accounts.

176

Table of Contents

We, our sponsor and our directors and officers have agreed that we and they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Santander US Capital Markets LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, any units, rights, ordinary shares or any other securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, ordinary shares; provided, however, that we may (1) issue and sell the private placement units; (2) issue and sell the additional units to cover the underwriter’s over-allotment option (if any); (3) register with the SEC pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into concurrently with the issuance and sale of the securities in this offering, the resale of the private placement units and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the automatic conversion of the rights and the founder shares; and (4) issue securities in connection with our initial business combination. However, the foregoing shall not apply to the forfeiture of any founder shares pursuant to their terms or any transfer of founder shares to any current or future independent director of the company (as long as such current or future independent director transferee is subject to the letter agreement, filed with the Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part, or executes an agreement substantially identical to the letter agreement, as applicable to directors and officers at the time of such transfer; and as long as, to the extent any Section 16 reporting obligation is triggered as a result of such transfer, any related Section 16 filing includes a practical explanation as to the nature of the transfer). Santander US Capital Markets LLC in its sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice.

Our initial shareholder has agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of our initial business combination; and (B) subsequent to our initial business combination (x) if the last reported sale price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations, rights issuances, consolidations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and other similar transactions) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination or (y) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property (except with respect to permitted transferees as described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Units”). Any permitted transferees would be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of our initial shareholder with respect to any founder shares.

The private placement units (including the private placement shares, private placement rights and private placement shares issuable upon conversion of such rights) will not be transferable, assignable or saleable until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination (except with respect to permitted transferees as described herein under the section of this prospectus entitled “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Units”).

For more information, see “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Units.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriter against certain liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriter may be required to make in that respect.

Our units have been approved for listing on Nasdaq, under the symbol “TRGSU” commencing on or promptly after the date of this prospectus, and, once the Class A ordinary shares and rights begin separate trading, to have our Class A ordinary shares and rights listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “TRGS” and “TRGSR”, respectively.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our securities. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the units was determined by negotiations between us and the representative.

The determination of our per unit offering price was more arbitrary than would typically be the case if we were an operating company. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies, prior offerings of those companies, our management, our capital structure, and currently prevailing general conditions in equity securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company. We cannot assure you, however, that the price at which the units, Class A ordinary shares or rights will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our units, Class A ordinary shares or rights will develop and continue after this offering.

177

Table of Contents

In connection with this offering, the underwriter may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

        Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

        Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriter of units in excess of the number of units the underwriter is obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of units over-allotted by the underwriter is not greater than the number of units that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of units involved is greater than the number of units in the over-allotment option. The underwriter may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing units in the open market.

        Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the units in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of units to close out the short position, the underwriter will consider, among other things, the price of units available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase units through the over-allotment option. If the underwriter sell more units than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying units in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriter is concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the units in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

        Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the units originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our units or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the units. As a result, the price of our units may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

We are not under any contractual obligation to engage any underwriter to provide any services for us after this offering, but we may do so at our discretion. However, any underwriter may introduce us to potential target businesses, provide financial advisory services to us in connection with a business combination or assist us in raising additional capital in the future, including by acting as a placement agent in a private offering or underwriting or arranging debt financing. If any underwriter provides services to us after this offering, we may pay such underwriter fair and reasonable fees that would be determined at that time in an arm’s length negotiation; provided that no agreement will be entered into with any underwriter and no fees for such services will be paid to any underwriter prior to the date that is 60 days from the date of this prospectus, unless such payment would not be deemed underwriter’s compensation in connection with this offering. We may, to the extent permitted by law, pay the underwriter of this offering or any entity with which they are affiliated, a finder’s fee or other compensation for services rendered to us in connection with the completion of a business combination. Any fees we may pay the underwriter or its affiliates for services rendered to us after this offering may be contingent on the completion of a business combination and may include non-cash compensation. The underwriter or its affiliates that provide these services to us may have a potential conflict of interest given that the underwriter is entitled to the deferred portion of its underwriting compensation for this offering only if an initial business combination is completed within the specified timeframe.

The underwriter and its affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates, including in connection with acting in an advisory capacity or as a potential financing source in conjunction with our potential acquisition of a company. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In addition, in the ordinary course of its business activities, the underwriter and its affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriter and its

178

Table of Contents

affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by the underwriter, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and the underwriter participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representative may agree to allocate a number of units to underwriter and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriter and selling group members that will make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Selling Restrictions

The units are offered for sale in the United States, Europe, Asia and other jurisdictions where it is lawful to make such offers. The underwriter has represented and agreed that it has not offered, sold or delivered and will not offer, sell or deliver any of the units directly or indirectly, or distribute this prospectus or any other offering material relating to the units, in or from any jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable laws and regulations thereof and that will not impose any obligations on us except as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each a “Member State”), no units have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in that Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the units which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of units may be made to the public in that Member State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

(a)     to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

(b)    to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriter for any such offer; or

(c)     in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation, provided that no such offer of units shall require the Issuer or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any units in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any units to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any units, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

United Kingdom

No units have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the units which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority, except that the units may be offered to the public in the United Kingdom at any time:

(a)     to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in Article 2 of the U.K. Prospectus Regulation;

(b)    to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in Article 2 of the U.K. Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Representative for any such offer; or

(c)     in any other circumstances falling within section 86 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (the “FSMA”), provided that no such offer of units shall require the Issuer or any Manager to publish a prospectus pursuant to section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the U.K. Prospectus Regulation.

179

Table of Contents

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any units in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any units to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any units, and the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.

In the United Kingdom, this prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors (as defined under Article 2 of the U.K. Prospectus Regulation) that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (as amended, the “Order”) or (ii) high net worth entities or other persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order or (iii) persons to whom an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the FSMA) in connection with the issue or sale of any units may otherwise lawfully be communicated or caused to be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as a “relevant person”). In the United Kingdom, the units are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to purchase or otherwise acquire such units will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Argentina

The units have not been registered with the Comisión Nacional de Valores and may not be offered publicly in Argentina. The units may not be publicly distributed in Argentina. Neither we nor the underwriters will solicit the public in Argentina in connection with this prospectus. Argentine holders are encouraged to consult a tax advisor as to the particular Argentine tax consequences derived from the holding of, and any transactions relating to, the units.

Hong Kong

The underwriter and its affiliates have not (1) offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, our units other than (A) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance or (B) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32 of Hong Kong) or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance or (2) issued or had in its possession for the purposes of issue, and will not issue or have in its possession for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere any advertisement, invitation or document relating to our units which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to our securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance. The contents of this document have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this document, you should obtain independent professional advice.

Japan

The underwriter will not offer or sell any of our units directly or indirectly in Japan or to, or for the benefit of any Japanese person or to others, for re-offering or re-sale directly or indirectly in Japan or to any Japanese person, except in each case pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan and any other applicable laws and regulations of Japan. For purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese person” means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our units may not be circulated or distributed, nor may our units be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than

180

Table of Contents

(1) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA, (2) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA and (where applicable) Regulation 3 of the Securities and Futures (Classes of Investors) Regulations 2018, or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the units are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined in Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities or securities based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the units pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA, except: (1) to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA; or (2) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or (3) where the transfer is by operation of law; or (4) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or (5) as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018.

Any reference to the SFA is a reference to the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore and a reference to any term as defined in the SFA or any provision in the SFA is a reference to that term or provision as modified or amended from time to time including by such of its subsidiary legislation as may be applicable at the relevant time.

Notification under Section 309B of the SFA: The units are prescribed capital markets products (as defined in the Securities and Futures (Capital Markets Products) Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Germany

Each person who is in possession of this prospectus is aware that no German sales prospectus (Verkaufsprospekt) within the meaning of the Securities Sales Prospectus Act (Wertpapier-Verkaufsprospektgesetz, the “Act”) of the Federal Republic of Germany has been or will be published with respect to our units. In particular, each underwriter has represented that it has not engaged and has agreed that it will not engage in a public offering (offentliches Angebot) within the meaning of the Act with respect to any of our units otherwise then in accordance with the Act and all other applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

France

The units are being issued and sold outside the Republic of France and that, in connection with their initial distribution, it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any units to the public in the Republic of France, and that it has not distributed and will not distribute or cause to be distributed to the public in the Republic of France this prospectus or any other offering material relating to the units, and that such offers, sales and distributions have been and will be made in the Republic of France only to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) in accordance with Article L.411-2 of the Monetary and Financial Code and decrét no. 98-880 dated October 1, 1998.

Netherlands

Our units may not be offered, sold, transferred or delivered in or from the Netherlands as part of their initial distribution or at any time thereafter, directly or indirectly, other than to, individuals or legal entities situated in The Netherlands who or which trade or invest in securities in the conduct of a business or profession (which includes banks, securities intermediaries (including dealers and brokers), insurance companies, pension funds, collective investment institution, central governments, large international and supranational organizations, other institutional investors and other parties, including treasury departments of commercial enterprises, which as an ancillary activity regularly invest in securities; hereinafter, “Professional Investors”); provided that in the offer, prospectus and in any other documents or advertisements in which a forthcoming offering of our units is publicly announced (whether electronically or otherwise) in The Netherlands it is stated that such offer is and will be exclusively made to such Professional Investors.

181

Table of Contents

Individual or legal entities who are not Professional Investors may not participate in the offering of our units, and this prospectus or any other offering material relating to our units may not be considered an offer or the prospect of an offer to sell or exchange our units.

Canada

By purchasing units in Canada and accepting delivery of a purchase confirmation, a purchaser is representing to us and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

        the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the units without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws as it is an “accredited investor” as defined under National Instrument 45 – 106 — Prospectus Exemptions or Section 73.3 of the Securities Act (Ontario), as applicable;

        the purchaser is a “permitted client” as defined in National Instrument 31 – 103 — Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations;

        where required by law, the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent; and

        the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions.

Conflicts of Interest

Canadian purchasers are hereby notified that Santander US Capital Markets LLC is relying on the exemption set out in section 3A.3 or 3A.4, if applicable, of National Instrument 33 – 105 — Underwriting Conflicts from having to provide certain conflict of interest disclosure in this document.

Statutory Rights of Action

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if the prospectus (including any amendment thereto) such as this document contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser of these securities in Canada should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Enforcement of Legal Rights

All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

Canadian purchasers of units should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the units in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the units for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

Cayman Islands

No invitation or offer, whether directly or indirectly, may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands to subscribe for our securities.

182

Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP, New York, New York, is acting as counsel in connection with the registration of our securities under the Securities Act, and as such, will pass upon the validity of the securities offered in this prospectus with respect to units and rights. Maples and Calder (Cayman) LLP, will pass upon the validity of the securities offered in this prospectus with respect to the ordinary shares and matters of Cayman Islands law. In connection with this offering, Allen Overy Shearman Sterling US LLP, New York, New York, is acting as counsel to the underwriter.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of TRG Latin America Acquisitions Corp., as of December 31, 2025 and for the period from November 7, 2025 (inception) through December 31, 2025 appearing in this prospectus have been audited by Withum Smith+Brown, PC, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to substantial doubt about the ability of TRG Latin America Acquisitions Corp. to continue as a going concern as discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements) appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the securities we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information about us and our securities, you should refer to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed with the registration statement. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are materially complete but may not include a description of all aspects of such contracts, agreements or other documents, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act and will file annual, quarterly and current event reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

183

Table of Contents

F-1

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholder and the Board of Directors of
TRG Latin America Acquisitions Corp:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of TRG Latin America Acquisitions Corp (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025, and the related statements of operations, changes in shareholder’s deficit, and cash flows for the period from November 7, 2025 (inception) through December 31, 2025, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from November 7, 2025 (inception) through December 31, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. The Company has no cash, a working capital deficit and expects to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of its financing and acquisition plans. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s evaluation of the events and conditions and management’s plans regarding these matters are also described in Note 1 to the financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (the “PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2025.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

New York, New York
February 10, 2026

F-2

Table of Contents

TRG Latin America Acquisitions Corp.
BALANCE SHEET
DECEMBER 31, 2025

ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

Current Assets

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses

 

$

25,000

 

Total current assets

 

 

25,000

 

Deferred offering costs

 

 

120,932

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

145,932

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER’S DEFICIT:

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

Accrued offering costs

 

$

85,932

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

26,000

 

Promissory note – related party

 

 

57,952

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

169,884

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 6)

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholder’s Deficit

 

 

 

 

Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding

 

 

 

Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding

 

 

 

Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 5,750,000 shares issued and outstanding(1)

 

 

575

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

24,425

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(48,952

)

Total Shareholder’s Deficit

 

 

(23,952

)

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER’S DEFICIT

 

$

145,932

 

____________

(1)      Includes 750,000 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriter (Note 7).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-3

Table of Contents

TRG Latin America Acquisitions Corp.
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE PERIOD FROM NOVEMBER 7, 2025 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2025

General and administrative expenses

 

$

48,952

 

Net loss

 

$

(48,952

)

Basic and diluted weighted average Class B ordinary shares outstanding(1)

 

 

5,000,000

 

Basic and diluted net loss per Class B ordinary share

 

$

(0.01

)

____________

(1)      Excludes 750,000 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriter (Note 7).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-4

Table of Contents

TRG Latin America Acquisitions Corp.
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDER’S DEFICIT
FOR THE PERIOD FROM NOVEMBER 7, 2025 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2025

 

Class B
Ordinary Shares

 

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

Shareholder’s
Deficit

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balance as of November 7, 2025 (inception)

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

 

Class B ordinary shares issued to Sponsor(1)

 

5,750,000

 

 

575

 

 

24,425

 

 

 

 

 

25,000

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(48,952

)

 

 

(48,952

)

Balance as of December 31, 2025

 

5,750,000

 

$

575

 

$

24,425

 

$

(48,952

)

 

$

(23,952

)

____________

(1)      Includes 750,000 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriter (Note 7).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-5

Table of Contents

TRG Latin America Acquisitions Corp.
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE PERIOD FROM NOVEMBER 7, 2025 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2025

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(48,952

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

Payment of general and administrative expenses through the promissory note – related party

 

 

22,952

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

26,000

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash

 

 

 

Cash, beginning of the period

 

 

 

Cash, end of the period

 

$

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses paid by Sponsor in exchange for issuance of Class B ordinary shares

 

$

25,000

 

Deferred offering costs paid through promissory note – related party

 

$

35,000

 

Deferred offering costs included in accrued offering costs

 

$

85,932

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-6

Table of Contents

TRG Latin America Acquisitions Corp.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2025

Note 1 — Organization and Business Operations

TRG Latin America Acquisitions Corp. (the “Company”) is a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company on November 7, 2025. The Company was incorporated for the purpose of effecting a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Business Combination”). The Company has not selected any specific Business Combination target and the Company has not, nor has anyone on its behalf, engaged in any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any Business Combination target with respect to an initial Business Combination with the Company.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from November 7, 2025 (inception) through December 31, 2025 relates to the Company’s formation and the Proposed Public Offering (as defined below). The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the Proposed Public Offering. The Company has selected December 31 as its fiscal year end.

The Company’s sponsor is TRG Latin America Acquisitions LLC (the “Sponsor”). The Company’s ability to commence operations is contingent upon obtaining adequate financial resources through a Proposed Public Offering of 20,000,000 units at $10.00 per unit (the “Units”) (or 23,000,000 Units if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full), which is discussed in Note 3 (the “Proposed Public Offering”), and the sale of an aggregate of 225,000 Private Placement Units (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) (the “Private Placement Units”) to the Sponsor at a price of $10.00 per Unit, or $2,250,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the Proposed Public Offering. Each Unit consists of one Class A ordinary share (the “Public Share”), one right entitling the holder thereof to receive one tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share upon the consummation of an initial Business Combination (the “Public Right”) upon the consummation of an initial Business Combination. Each Private Placement Unit consists of one Class A ordinary share (each, a “private placement share”) and one right entitling the holder thereof to receive one tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share upon the consummation of an initial Business Combination (each, a “private placement right”). The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Proposed Public Offering and the Private Placement Units, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be generally applied toward consummating a Business Combination (less deferred underwriting commissions).

The Company’s Business Combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net balance in the Trust Account (as defined below) (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the signing of an agreement to enter into a Business Combination. The board of directors will make the determination as to the fair market value of the initial business combination. If the board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the initial business combination, the Company will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination.

Upon the closing of the Proposed Public Offering, management has agreed that an aggregate of $10.00 per Unit sold in the Proposed Public Offering will be held in a trust account (the “Trust Account”) and initially be invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations; the holding of these assets in this form is intended to be temporary and for the sole purpose of facilitating the intended Business Combination. To mitigate the risk that the Company might be deemed to be an investment company for purposes of the Investment Company Act, which risk increases the longer that the Company holds investments in the Trust Account, the Company may, at any time (based on the management team’s ongoing assessment of all factors related to the Company’s potential status under the Investment Company Act), instruct the trustee to liquidate the investments held in the Trust Account and instead to hold the funds in the Trust Account in cash or in an interest bearing demand deposit account at a bank. Except with respect to interest earned on the funds held in

F-7

Table of Contents

TRG Latin America Acquisitions Corp.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2025

Note 1 — Organization and Business Operations (cont.)

the Trust Account that may be released to the Company to pay its taxes, if any, the proceeds from the Proposed Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Units will not be released from the Trust Account until the earliest of (i) the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination, (ii) the redemption of the Company’s public shares (as defined below) if the Company is unable to complete the initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Proposed Public Offering or by such earlier liquidation date as the Company’s board of directors may approve (the “Completion Window”), subject to applicable law, or (iii) the redemption of the Company’s public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to amend the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to (A) modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with the initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Company’s public shares if the Company has not consummated an initial Business Combination within the Completion Window or (B) with respect to any other material provisions relating to the rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares or pre-initial Business Combination activity. The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could become subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of the Company’s public shareholders.

The Company will provide the Company’s public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares upon the completion of the initial Business Combination either (i) in connection with a general meeting called to approve the initial Business Combination or (ii) without a shareholder vote by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of a proposed initial Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The public shareholders will be entitled to redeem their shares at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial Business Combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account (less taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations. The amount in the Trust Account is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per public share.

The Class A ordinary shares subject to redemption will be recorded at a redemption value and classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the Proposed Public Offering, in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.”

The Company will have only the duration of the Completion Window to complete the initial Business Combination. However, if the Company is unable to complete its initial Business Combination within the Completion Window, the Company will as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account (less taxes payable and up to $100,000 of interest to pay liquidation and dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will constitute full and complete payment for the public shares and completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation or other distributions, if any), subject to the Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and subject to the other requirements of applicable law.

The Sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with the Company, pursuant to which they have agreed to (i) waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares, private placement shares and public shares in connection with the completion of the initial business combination; (ii) waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares, private placement shares and public shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association; (iii) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their founder shares and private placement shares if the Company fails to complete the initial business combination within the Completion Window, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any public shares they hold if the Company fails to complete the initial Business Combination within the Completion Window and to liquidating distributions from assets outside the Trust Account; and (iv) vote any founder shares and private placement shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after the Proposed Public Offering (including

F-8

Table of Contents

TRG Latin America Acquisitions Corp.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2025

Note 1 — Organization and Business Operations (cont.)

in open market and privately-negotiated transactions, aside from shares they may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act, which would not be voted in favor of approving the Business Combination) in favor of the initial Business Combination.

The Company’s Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or Business Combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the Trust Account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriter of the Proposed Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). However, the Company has not asked the Sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor has the Company independently verified whether the Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and the Company believes that the Sponsor’s only assets are securities of the Company. Therefore, the Company cannot assure that the Sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations.

Going Concern Considerations

At December 31, 2025, the Company had no cash and a working capital deficit of $144,884. The Company has incurred and expects to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of its financing and acquisition plans. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of time for one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. Management plans to address this uncertainty through the Proposed Public Offering as discussed in Note 3. There is no assurance that the Company’s plans to raise capital or to consummate a Business Combination will be successful or successful within the Combination Period. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (the “U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply

F-9

Table of Contents

TRG Latin America Acquisitions Corp.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2025

Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company had no cash and no cash equivalents as of December 31, 2025.

Deferred Offering Costs

The Company complies with the requirements of the ASC 340-10-S99 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5A, “Expenses of Offering.” Deferred offering costs consist principally of professional and registration fees that are related to the Proposed Public Offering. FASB ASC 470-20, “Debt with Conversion and Other Options,” addresses the allocation of proceeds from the issuance of convertible debt into its equity and debt components. The Company applies this guidance to allocate Proposed Public Offering proceeds from the Units between Class A ordinary shares and rights, by allocating Proposed Public Offering proceeds first to assigned value of the rights and then to the Class A ordinary shares. Offering costs allocated to the Public and Private Placement Units will be allocated to temporary equity and shareholder’s deficit, based on the classification of underlying financial instruments. Should the Proposed Public Offering prove to be unsuccessful, these deferred costs, as well as additional expenses to be incurred, will be charged to operations.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under FASB ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the balance sheet, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Net Loss per Class B Ordinary Share

Net loss per Class B ordinary share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of Class B ordinary shares outstanding during the period, excluding ordinary shares subject to forfeiture. Weighted average shares were reduced for the effect of an aggregate of 750,000 ordinary shares that are subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriter (see Note 7). At December 31, 2025, the Company did not have any dilutive securities and other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into ordinary shares and then share in the earnings of the Company. As a result, diluted loss per Class B ordinary share is the same as basic loss per Class B ordinary share for the period presented.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” which requires an asset and liability approach to financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in future

F-10

Table of Contents

TRG Latin America Acquisitions Corp.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2025

Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

taxable or deductible amounts, based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company’s management determined that the Cayman Islands is the Company’s major tax jurisdiction. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. As of December 31, 2025, there were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.

The Company is considered to be an exempted Cayman Islands company with no connection to any other taxable jurisdiction and is presently not subject to income taxes or income tax filing requirements in the Cayman Islands or the United States. As such, the Company’s tax provision was zero for the period presented.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company evaluates its financial instruments to determine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives in accordance with ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”. For derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as liabilities, the derivative instrument is initially recorded at its fair value on the grant date and is then re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported in the statement of operations. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is evaluated at the end of each reporting period. Derivative liabilities are classified in the balance sheet as current or non-current based on whether or not net cash settlement or conversion of the instrument could be required within 12 months of the balance sheet date. The underwriter’s over-allotment option is deemed to be a freestanding financial instrument indexed on the shares subject to redemption and will be accounted for as a liability pursuant to ASC 480 if not fully exercised at the time of the Proposed Public Offering.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2023, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2023-07, “Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures”. The amendments in this ASU require disclosures, on an annual and interim basis, of significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), as well as the aggregate amount of other segment items included in the reported measure of segment profit or loss. The ASU requires that a public entity disclose the title and position of the CODM and an explanation of how the CODM uses the reported measure(s) of segment profit or loss in assessing segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources. Public entities will be required to provide all annual disclosures currently required by Topic 280 in interim periods, and entities with a single reportable segment are required to provide all the disclosures required by the amendments in this ASU and existing segment disclosures in Topic 280. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2023-07 on November 7, 2025, date of incorporation.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

Note 3 — Proposed Public Offering

In the Proposed Public Offering, the Company will offer for sale up to 20,000,000 Units (or 23,000,000 Units if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit that the Company is offering has a price of $10.00 and consists of one Class A ordinary share, one right entitling the holder thereof to receive one tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share upon the consummation of an initial Business Combination.

F-11

Table of Contents

TRG Latin America Acquisitions Corp.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2025

Note 4 — Private Placement

The Sponsor has committed to purchase an aggregate of 225,000 Private Placement Units (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised), at a price of $10.00 per unit, or $2,250,000 in the aggregate (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised), in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of the Proposed Public Offering.

The Sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with the Company, pursuant to which they have agreed to (i) waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares, private placement shares and public shares in connection with the completion of the initial Business Combination; (ii) waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares, private placement shares and public shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with the initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the public shares if the Company has not consummated an initial Business Combination within the Completion Window or (B) with respect to any other material provisions relating to the rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares or pre-initial Business Combination activity; (iii) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their founder shares and private placement shares if the Company fails to complete the initial Business Combination within the Completion Window, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any public shares they hold if the Company fails to complete the initial Business Combination within the Completion Window and to liquidating distributions from assets outside the Trust Account; and (iv) vote any founder shares and private placement shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after the Proposed Public Offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions, aside from shares they may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act, which would not be voted in favor of approving the Business Combination) in favor of the initial Business Combination.

Note 5 — Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

On November 18, 2025, the Sponsor made a capital contribution of $25,000, or approximately $0.004 per share, to cover certain of the Company’s deferred offering costs and expenses, for which the Company issued 5,750,000 founder shares to the Sponsor. Up to 750,000 of the founder shares may be forfeited by the Sponsor for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment is exercised.

The Company’s initial shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares and any Class A ordinary shares issued upon conversion thereof until the earlier to occur of (i) one year after the completion of the initial Business Combination or (ii) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction after the initial Business Combination that results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. Any permitted transferees will be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of the Company’s initial shareholders with respect to any founder shares (the “Lock-up”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) the closing price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share subdivisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the initial Business Combination or (2) if the Company consummates a transaction after the initial Business Combination which results in the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property, the founder shares will be released from the Lock-up.

Promissory Note — Related Party

The Sponsor has agreed to loan the Company an aggregate of up to $300,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of the Proposed Public Offering. The loan is non-interest bearing and unsecured. The promissory note is payable on the earlier of June 30, 2026 or the date the Company consummates the Proposed Public Offering out of the $1,000,000

F-12

Table of Contents

TRG Latin America Acquisitions Corp.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2025

Note 5 — Related Party Transactions (cont.)

of offering proceeds that has been allocated to the payment of offering expenses, from amounts available for working capital or from the net proceeds of the offering and the sale of the private placement units not held in the Trust Account. As of December 31, 2025, the Company borrowed $57,952 under the promissory note.

Administrative Services Agreement

Commencing on the effective date of the Proposed Public Offering, the Company will enter into an agreement with the Sponsor or an affiliate to pay an aggregate of $10,000 per month for accounting, bookkeeping, office space, IT support, research, professional, secretarial and administrative services. Upon completion of a Business Combination or its liquidation, the Company will cease paying these monthly fees. As of December 31, 2025, such arrangements had not been executed.

Working Capital Loans

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (the “Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds from the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. Up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into private placement units of the post-business combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit, at the option of the lender. Such units would be identical to the Private Placement Units. There are no Working Capital Loans outstanding as of December 31, 2025.

Note 6 — Commitments and Contingencies

Risks and Uncertainties

The United States and global markets are experiencing volatility and disruption following the geopolitical instability resulting from the ongoing Russia-Ukraine conflict and the Israel-Hamas conflict. In response to the ongoing Russia-Ukraine conflict, the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (“NATO”) deployed additional military forces to eastern Europe, and the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union and other countries have announced various sanctions and restrictive actions against Russia, Belarus and related individuals and entities, including the removal of certain financial institutions from the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication payment system. Certain countries, including the United States, have also provided and may continue to provide military aid or other assistance to Ukraine and to Israel, increasing geopolitical tensions among a number of nations. The invasion of Ukraine by Russia and the Israel-Hamas conflict and the resulting measures that have been taken, and could be taken in the future, by NATO, the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union, Israel and its neighboring states and other countries have created global security concerns that could have a lasting impact on regional and global economies. Although the length and impact of the ongoing conflicts are highly unpredictable, they could lead to market disruptions, including significant volatility in commodity prices, credit and capital markets, as well as supply chain interruptions and increased cyberattacks against U.S. companies. Additionally, any resulting sanctions could adversely affect the global economy and financial markets and lead to instability and lack of liquidity in capital markets.

Any of the above mentioned factors, or any other negative impact on the global economy, capital markets or other geopolitical conditions resulting from the Russian invasion of Ukraine, the Israel-Hamas conflict and subsequent sanctions or related actions, could adversely affect the Company’s search for an initial Business Combination and any target business with which the Company may ultimately consummate an initial Business Combination.

F-13

Table of Contents

TRG Latin America Acquisitions Corp.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2025

Note 6 — Commitments and Contingencies (cont.)

Registration Rights

The holders of the (i) founder shares, (ii) private placement units, (iii) private placement rights, (iv) private placement shares, (v) Class A ordinary shares that may be issued upon conversion of the private placement rights upon the consummation of an initial Business Combination, and (vi) private placement shares that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans will have registration rights to require the Company to register a sale of any of the securities held by them and any other securities of the company acquired by them prior to the consummation of the initial Business Combination pursuant to a registration rights agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of the Proposed Public Offering. The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain piggyback registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to completion of the initial Business Combination. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The underwriter has a 45-day option from the date of the Proposed Public Offering to purchase up to an additional 3,000,000 units to cover over-allotments, if any.

The underwriter will be entitled to $250,000 (such amount to remain unchanged in the event the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full), which shall be payable to the underwriter upon the closing of the Proposed Public Offering.

Additionally, the underwriter will be entitled to a deferred underwriting discount of $0.30 per Unit or $6,000,000 in the aggregate (or up to $6,900,000 in the aggregate if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full). Such deferred underwriting commissions will not be payable with respect to any shares redeemed in connection with an initial business combination, and may be paid at the sole and absolute discretion of the Company’s management team to any one or more Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) members, which may or may not include the underwriter in the Proposed Public Offering. The deferred underwriting discount will become payable to the underwriter from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event the Company completes its Initial Business Combination.

Advisory Fee

In addition to the underwriting agreement, in connection with the Proposed Public Offering, the Company will enter into an agreement with the underwriter in which the underwriter is entitled to an advisory fee equal to 3% of the gross proceeds raised in the Proposed Public Offering upon and subject to the closing of the initial Business Combination.

Note 7 — Shareholder’s Deficit

Preference Shares — The Company is authorized to issue a total of 1,000,000 preference shares at par value of $0.0001 each. At December 31, 2025, there were no preference shares issued or outstanding.

Class A Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue a total of 200,000,000 Class A ordinary shares at par value of $0.0001 each. At December 31, 2025, there were no Class A ordinary shares issued or outstanding.

Class B Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue a total of 20,000,000 Class B ordinary shares at par value of $0.0001 each. On November 18, 2025, the Company issued 5,750,000 Class B ordinary shares to the Sponsor for $25,000, or approximately $0.004 per share. The founder shares include an aggregate of up to 750,000 shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriter in full.

The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares in connection with the consummation of the initial Business Combination or earlier at the option of the holder on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for share subdivisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like, and subject to further

F-14

Table of Contents

TRG Latin America Acquisitions Corp.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2025

Note 7 — Shareholder’s Deficit (cont.)

adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or any other equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in the Proposed Public Offering and related to or in connection with the closing of the initial business combination, the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, 20% of the sum of (i) the total number of all ordinary shares outstanding upon the completion of the Proposed Public Offering (including any Class A ordinary shares issued pursuant to the underwriter’s over-allotment option and excluding the Class A ordinary shares underlying the shares underlying the private placement units issued to the Sponsor), plus (ii) all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued, in connection with the closing of the initial Business Combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial Business Combination and any private placement-equivalent shares issued to the Sponsor or any of its affiliates or to our officers or directors upon conversion of Working Capital Loans). Such adjustment may result in material dilution to the Company’s public shareholders.

Holders of record of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by shareholders. Unless specified in the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or as required by the Companies Act or stock exchange rules, an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law and the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which requires the affirmative vote of at least a simple majority of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the Company is generally required to approve any matter voted on by the Company’s shareholders. Approval of certain actions require a special resolution under Cayman Islands law, which (except as specified below) requires the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting, and pursuant to the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, such actions include amending the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approving a statutory merger or consolidation with another company. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the appointment of directors, meaning, following the Company’s initial Business Combination, the holders of more than 50% of the ordinary shares voted for the appointment of directors can appoint all of the directors. Prior to the consummation of the initial Business Combination, only holders of the Class B ordinary shares will (i) have the right to vote on the appointment and removal of directors and (ii) be entitled to vote on continuing the Company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to adopt new constitutional documents as a result of approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands). Holders of the Class A ordinary shares will not be entitled to vote on these matters during such time. These provisions of the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended if approved by a special resolution passed by the affirmative vote of at least 90% (or, where such amendment is proposed in respect of the consummation of the initial Business Combination, two-thirds) of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the Company.

Rights

Except in cases where the Company is not the surviving company in a Business Combination, each holder of a right will automatically receive one tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share upon consummation of the initial Business Combination, even if the holder of a public right redeemed all Class A ordinary shares held by him, her or it in connection with the initial Business Combination or an amendment to the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association with respect to the pre-initial business combination activities. In the event the Company will not be the surviving company upon completion of our initial Business Combination, each holder of a right will be required to affirmatively convert his, her or its rights in order to receive the one tenth (1/10) of one ordinary share underlying each right upon consummation of the Business Combination. No additional consideration will be required to be paid by a holder of rights in order to receive his, her or its additional Class A ordinary shares upon consummation

F-15

Table of Contents

TRG Latin America Acquisitions Corp.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2025

Note 7 — Shareholder’s Deficit (cont.)

of an initial Business Combination. The Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of the rights will be freely tradable (except to the extent held by affiliates of ours). If the Company enters into a definitive agreement for a Business Combination in which the Company will not be the surviving entity, the definitive agreement will provide for the holders of rights to receive the same consideration per ordinary share the holders of the Class A ordinary shares will receive in the transaction on an as-converted into Class A ordinary shares basis.

The Company will not issue fractional Class A ordinary shares in connection with an exchange of rights. Fractional shares will either be rounded down to the nearest whole share or otherwise addressed in accordance with Cayman Islands law. As a result, the holder must hold rights in multiples of 10 in order to receive Class A ordinary shares for all of their rights upon closing of a Business Combination. If the Company is unable to complete an initial Business Combination within the required time period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of rights will not receive any of such funds with respect to their rights, nor will they receive any distribution from assets held outside of the Trust Account with respect to such rights. Further, there are no contractual penalties for failure to deliver securities to the holders of the rights upon consummation of an initial Business Combination. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to cash settle the rights. Accordingly, the rights may expire worthless.

Note 8 — Segment Information

ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting,” establishes standards for companies to report in their financial statement information about operating segments, products, services, geographic areas, and major customers. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise that engage in business activities from which it may recognize revenues and incur expenses, and for which separate financial information is available that is regularly evaluated by the Company’s CODM, or group, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance.

The Company’s CODM has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews the assets, operating results, and financial metrics for the Company as a whole to make decisions about allocating resources and assessing financial performance. Accordingly, management has determined that the Company only has one reportable segment.

The CODM assesses performance for the single segment and decides how to allocate resources based on net income or loss that also is reported on the statement of operations as net income or loss. The measure of segment assets is reported on the balance sheet as total assets. When evaluating the Company’s performance and making key decisions regarding resource allocation the CODM reviews several key metrics, which include the following:

 

December 31,
2025

Deferred offering costs

 

$

120,932

 

For the
Period from
November 7,
2025 (Inception)
through
December 31,
2025

General and administrative expenses

 

$

48,952

General and administrative expenses are reviewed and monitored by the CODM to manage and forecast cash to ensure enough capital is available to complete a business combination or similar transaction within the business combination period. The CODM also reviews general and administrative expenses to manage, maintain and enforce all contractual agreements to ensure costs are aligned with all agreements and budget. General and administrative expenses, as reported on the statement of operations, are the significant segment expenses provided to the CODM on a regular basis.

F-16

Table of Contents

TRG Latin America Acquisitions Corp.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2025

Note 9 — Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date through February 10, 2026, the date that the financial statements were issued. Based upon this review, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

F-17

Table of Contents

20,000,000 Units

TRG Latin America Acquisitions Corp.

–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––

PROSPECTUS

February 25, 2026

–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––

Sole Book-Running Manager

Santander

Until March 22, 2026 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our units, Class A ordinary shares or public rights, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.